Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
WhatsUpGold
v15.0
User Guide
Overview
WhatsUp Gold Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 17
Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold ...................................................................................................... 17
WhatsUp Gold editions ................................................................................................................................ 19
New in Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold................................................................................................................. 23
Sending feedback .......................................................................................................................................... 23
Finding more information and updates................................................................................................. 24
Getting Familar with WhatsUp Gold ....................................................................................................... 25
Devices
Discovery Console ...................................................................................................................................................... 47
Learning about the Discovery Console .................................................................................................. 47
Discovering network devices ..................................................................................................................... 48
Using Device Roles......................................................................................................................................... 62
Managing device roles ................................................................................................................................. 70
Using Devices ............................................................................................................................................................... 73
Viewing devices in WhatsUp Gold ........................................................................................................... 73
About device icons ........................................................................................................................................ 75
Using Credentials ........................................................................................................................................... 75
Searching for devices .................................................................................................................................... 76
Understanding group access and user rights for Find Device ....................................................... 77
Searching for devices with interface traffic .......................................................................................... 77
Using Device Groups ................................................................................................................................................. 79
Using device groups...................................................................................................................................... 79
Creating device groups ................................................................................................................................ 80
Configuring Dynamic Groups .................................................................................................................... 81
Dynamic Group examples ........................................................................................................................... 83
Using the Dynamic Group builder ........................................................................................................... 91
Using Maps.................................................................................................................................................................... 93
Using the Map View....................................................................................................................................... 93
About Map View device limitations ......................................................................................................... 95
Managing devices ...................................................................................................................................................... 97
Learning about devices ................................................................................................................................ 97
Using Device Properties ........................................................................................................................................ 118
Working with Device Properties ............................................................................................................ 119
Using Device Properties - Summary ..................................................................................................... 120
Using Device Properties - General........................................................................................................ 121
i
Device Properties - Performance Monitors ........................................................................................ 121
Using Device Properties - Active Monitors......................................................................................... 123
Using Device Properties - Passive Monitors....................................................................................... 123
Using Device Properties - Actions ......................................................................................................... 123
Using Device Properties - Credentials ................................................................................................. 124
Using Device Properties - Polling .......................................................................................................... 125
Using Device Properties - Virtualization.............................................................................................. 126
Using Device Properties - Notes ............................................................................................................ 127
Using Device Properties - Custom Links ............................................................................................. 127
Using Device Properties - Attributes .................................................................................................... 128
Using the DeviceIdentifier attribute ..................................................................................................... 128
Using Device Property - Menus .............................................................................................................. 129
Using WhatsConfigured Device Properties - Tasks ......................................................................... 130
Using Network Tools .............................................................................................................................................. 131
Using the Ping tool ..................................................................................................................................... 132
Using the Traceroute tool ........................................................................................................................ 133
Using the Lookup tool ............................................................................................................................... 133
Using the Telnet tool.................................................................................................................................. 134
Using the SNMP MIB Walker .................................................................................................................... 135
Using the SNMP MIB Explorer ................................................................................................................. 138
Using the MAC Address Tool................................................................................................................... 139
Using the Web Performance Monitor .................................................................................................. 141
Using the Web Task Manager ................................................................................................................. 144
Monitoring Devices .................................................................................................................................... 154
Scenario: ......................................................................................................................................................... 269
Using Actions ................................................................................................................................................ 271
Required for SMS Direct Actions ............................................................................................................ 282
Select a Device ............................................................................................................................................. 307
Dynamic Groups - Delete Devices ......................................................................................................... 307
Configure Data Collection Advanced Settings ................................................................................. 307
Using Network Tools to view real-time data ..................................................................................... 308
Network Interfaces...................................................................................................................................... 308
Add/Edit Network Interface ..................................................................................................................... 308
Ping Advanced Settings ............................................................................................................................ 309
Passive Monitor: Select Event Type ...................................................................................................... 309
Monitor Properties - Select Monitor Type .......................................................................................... 309
Monitor Properties - Set Polling Interval and Dependencies ...................................................... 309
ii
Passive Monitor: Actions ........................................................................................................................... 310
Monitor Properties - Setup Actions for Device State Changes ................................................... 310
Active Monitor Advanced Properties ................................................................................................... 310
APC UPS Performance Monitor .............................................................................................................. 311
Select Action and State ............................................................................................................................. 311
Select Credentials........................................................................................................................................ 311
Device Dependencies ................................................................................................................................ 312
About Dynamic Group Properties ......................................................................................................... 313
Using the Dynamic Group Rule Editor ................................................................................................. 315
MIB Walker Advanced Parameters ........................................................................................................ 317
Add/Edit WMI Performance Counter ................................................................................................... 321
Select WMI Performance Counter for WMI monitor ....................................................................... 321
Selecting a Performance Counter ......................................................................................................... 322
Add/Edit SNMP Performance Counter ................................................................................................ 322
APC UPS Active Monitor ........................................................................................................................... 323
Diagnostic Tool ............................................................................................................................................ 326
Re-enabling the Telnet protocol handler ........................................................................................... 326
Selecting a Performance Monitor Type ............................................................................................... 326
Add Custom Link ......................................................................................................................................... 327
Add a Device Attribute .............................................................................................................................. 327
Bulk Field Change - Action Policy .......................................................................................................... 327
Bulk Field Change - Active Monitor ...................................................................................................... 327
Bulk Field Change - Active Monitor Properties................................................................................. 328
Bulk Field Change - Attribute .................................................................................................................. 328
Bulk Field Change - Credentials ............................................................................................................. 329
Bulk Field Change - Device Type ........................................................................................................... 329
Bulk Field Change - Down Dependency ............................................................................................. 329
Bulk Field Change - Maintenance Mode ............................................................................................. 329
Bulk Field Change - Notes ........................................................................................................................ 330
Bulk Field Change - Passive Monitor .................................................................................................... 330
Bulk Field Change - Passive Monitor Properties............................................................................... 331
Bulk Field Change - Performance Monitor ......................................................................................... 331
Bulk Field Change - Polling Interval ...................................................................................................... 331
Bulk Field Change - Up Dependency ................................................................................................... 332
Hub Transport Server Role thresholds ................................................................................................. 332
Outlook Web Access Server Role thresholds..................................................................................... 333
Mailbox Server Role thresholds.............................................................................................................. 334
iii
Selecting or Creating an Action ............................................................................................................. 335
Setting Advanced Properties for a HTTP Content Monitor .......................................................... 335
Setting Advanced Properties for an Email Active Monitor ........................................................... 336
Configure CPU Threshold ......................................................................................................................... 337
Home
Understanding and using dashboards ............................................................................................................ 339
Learning about dashboards .................................................................................................................... 339
Overview of dashboard report categories ......................................................................................... 340
Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view ............................................................................. 342
Searching for dashboard reports ........................................................................................................... 345
Working with dashboard views.............................................................................................................. 346
Changing dashboard content ................................................................................................................ 348
Using the dashboard report menu ....................................................................................................... 348
Configuring a dashboard report ............................................................................................................ 349
Moving dashboard reports within a dashboard view .................................................................... 350
Navigating dashboard views .................................................................................................................. 351
Types of dashboards............................................................................................................................................... 352
About types of dashboards ..................................................................................................................... 352
Home Dashboard ........................................................................................................................................ 353
Device Status dashboard .......................................................................................................................... 354
Top 10 Dashboard....................................................................................................................................... 356
Using Favorites ......................................................................................................................................................... 358
Using the Favorites toolbar ..................................................................................................................... 358
Adding Favorites ......................................................................................................................................... 358
Editing Favorites .......................................................................................................................................... 360
Dashboard reports .................................................................................................................................................. 362
CPU Utilization reports .............................................................................................................................. 363
Custom Performance Monitor reports ................................................................................................ 369
Disk Utilization reports .............................................................................................................................. 374
Flow Monitor reports ................................................................................................................................. 382
General reports ............................................................................................................................................ 407
Interface Errors and Discards reports ................................................................................................... 423
Interface Utilization reports ..................................................................................................................... 431
Inventory reports ......................................................................................................................................... 441
Memory Utilization reports ...................................................................................................................... 445
Performance-Historic reports ................................................................................................................. 451
iv
Performance-Last Poll reports ................................................................................................................ 469
Ping Availability and Response Time reports .................................................................................... 481
Problem Areas reports ............................................................................................................................... 489
Problem Areas Specific Device ............................................................................................................... 501
Remote/Central reports ............................................................................................................................ 507
Split Second Graph reports...................................................................................................................... 536
Threshold reports ........................................................................................................................................ 552
Top 10 reports .............................................................................................................................................. 561
Virtualization reports ................................................................................................................................. 570
Wireless reports ........................................................................................................................................... 577
ELM reports.................................................................................................................................................... 585
Dashboard Report - Remote Site ........................................................................................................... 587
Creating and modifying user accounts ............................................................................................... 587
Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports ................................................................................. 589
Monitoring
Working with monitor reports ............................................................................................................................ 592
Viewing device reports.............................................................................................................................. 592
Viewing group reports .............................................................................................................................. 594
Changing the report date range ............................................................................................................ 597
Using Business Hours settings in monitor reports .......................................................................... 598
Viewing real-time data in monitor reports......................................................................................... 600
About report refresh intervals ................................................................................................................ 601
Changing the date range ......................................................................................................................... 602
Using the Zoom tool .................................................................................................................................. 603
Using paging options ................................................................................................................................ 604
Changing preferences ............................................................................................................................... 604
Using the WhatsUp Gold toolbar buttons.......................................................................................... 606
Configuring monitor report charts ....................................................................................................... 606
Resizing and sorting report columns ................................................................................................... 607
Disabling Instant Info popups ................................................................................................................ 608
Understanding the Graph Types ........................................................................................................... 610
Using Favorites ......................................................................................................................................................... 612
Using the Favorites toolbar ..................................................................................................................... 612
Adding Favorites ......................................................................................................................................... 612
Editing Favorites .......................................................................................................................................... 614
v
Using WhatsUp Gold monitor reports.............................................................................................................. 616
List of reports and logs .............................................................................................................................. 616
Learning about monitor reports ............................................................................................................ 619
Device Properties - Performance Monitors ........................................................................................ 622
Using the Performance Monitor Library ............................................................................................. 624
Scheduling reports ..................................................................................................................................... 625
Exporting reports and logs ...................................................................................................................... 626
Emailing reports and logs ........................................................................................................................ 627
Printing reports and logs .......................................................................................................................... 628
Viewing scheduled reports ...................................................................................................................... 628
Performance monitor reports ............................................................................................................................. 630
Learning about performance monitors............................................................................................... 630
CPU Utilization.............................................................................................................................................. 631
Disk Utilization ............................................................................................................................................. 633
Memory Utilization ..................................................................................................................................... 636
Custom ............................................................................................................................................................ 639
Network monitor reports ...................................................................................................................................... 641
Learning about network monitors ........................................................................................................ 641
Interface Utilization .................................................................................................................................... 642
Interface Traffic ............................................................................................................................................ 644
Ping Response Time ................................................................................................................................... 647
Ping Availability ........................................................................................................................................... 650
Interface Discards ........................................................................................................................................ 654
Interface Errors ............................................................................................................................................. 656
Using Device monitor reports ............................................................................................................................. 659
Learning about Device monitors ........................................................................................................... 659
Active Monitor Availability....................................................................................................................... 659
Active Monitor Outages ............................................................................................................................ 662
Device Uptime .............................................................................................................................................. 663
Device Health................................................................................................................................................ 665
State Change Acknowledgment............................................................................................................ 666
State Change Timeline .............................................................................................................................. 667
Top 10 Dashboard....................................................................................................................................... 669
Remote Site Log........................................................................................................................................... 670
Report body................................................................................................................................................... 670
Remote Site Status ...................................................................................................................................... 670
Report Body ................................................................................................................................................... 671
vi
Diagnostic Report ....................................................................................................................................... 671
Maximum report records.......................................................................................................................... 671
Business Hours report settings ............................................................................................................... 672
WhatsConnected Device Info ................................................................................................................. 672
Device State Legend .................................................................................................................................. 674
Logs
Working with logs.................................................................................................................................................... 676
Learning about Logs .................................................................................................................................. 676
Selecting a device to view logs .............................................................................................................. 677
Changing the report or log date range ............................................................................................... 678
Changing the date range ......................................................................................................................... 678
Using paging options ................................................................................................................................ 679
Navigating between logs ......................................................................................................................... 680
Printing reports and logs .......................................................................................................................... 680
Using the WhatsUp Gold toolbar buttons.......................................................................................... 680
Using Manage Web Server ....................................................................................................................... 681
Managing Action Policies ......................................................................................................................... 682
Viewing payload details ............................................................................................................................ 683
Changing preferences ............................................................................................................................... 684
Using WhatsUp Gold System Logs .................................................................................................................... 686
Action Log ...................................................................................................................................................... 687
Error Logs ....................................................................................................................................................... 688
SNMP Trap Log ............................................................................................................................................. 692
Syslog............................................................................................................................................................... 694
Windows Event Log .................................................................................................................................... 696
Activity Log .................................................................................................................................................... 698
Scheduled Report Log ............................................................................................................................... 699
Recurring Action Log ................................................................................................................................. 700
Web User Activity Log ............................................................................................................................... 701
WhatsVirtual Event Log ............................................................................................................................. 702
Using WhatsUp Gold Group / Device Logs..................................................................................................... 704
Actions Applied............................................................................................................................................ 704
Blackout Summary Log ............................................................................................................................. 705
Monitors Applied......................................................................................................................................... 707
Quarterly Availability Summary ............................................................................................................. 708
State Summary ............................................................................................................................................. 710
vii
Alert Center
Working with Alert Center reports .................................................................................................................... 713
Using Alert Center reports ....................................................................................................................... 713
Filtering the Items Report ........................................................................................................................ 713
Using the Item History report ................................................................................................................. 714
Updating Alert Center items ................................................................................................................... 715
A note about notifications ....................................................................................................................... 717
Understanding resolving items - examples ....................................................................................... 717
Filtering the Log Report ............................................................................................................................ 718
Configuring Alert Center records to expire ....................................................................................... 719
Using the Alerts Home reports ........................................................................................................................... 720
Using the Performance CPU threshold report .................................................................................. 721
Using the Performance Custom threshold report ........................................................................... 721
Using the Performance Disk threshold report .................................................................................. 721
Using the Performance Interface threshold report ......................................................................... 722
Using the Interface Errors and Discards threshold report ............................................................ 722
Using the Performance Memory threshold report.......................................................................... 723
Using the Performance Ping Availability threshold report .......................................................... 723
Using the Ping Response Time threshold report ............................................................................. 724
Using the SNMP Trap threshold report ............................................................................................... 724
Using the Syslog threshold report ........................................................................................................ 725
Using the Windows Event Log threshold report.............................................................................. 725
Using the Flow Monitor Conversation Partners threshold report ............................................. 726
Using the Flow Monitor Custom threshold report .......................................................................... 726
Using the Flow Monitor Failed Connections threshold report ................................................... 727
Flow Monitor Interface Traffic threshold report............................................................................... 727
Using the Flow Monitor Top Sender/Receiver threshold report ................................................ 728
Using the Blackout Summary threshold report................................................................................ 728
Using the WhatsUp Health threshold report..................................................................................... 729
Failover threshold report .......................................................................................................................... 729
Using the WhatsConfigured Threshold report ................................................................................. 729
WhatsVirtual events threshold report.................................................................................................. 730
Configuring notifications ...................................................................................................................................... 731
Using Alert Center and actions............................................................................................................... 731
Alert Center Percent Variables................................................................................................................ 732
Using Alert Center Notification Policy options ................................................................................. 733
Configuring a notification policy ........................................................................................................... 734
viii
Configuring an Alert Center email notification ................................................................................ 736
Configuring an Alert Center SMS Direct notification ..................................................................... 738
Configuring an Alert Center SMS Action notification .................................................................... 741
Configuring email notification message settings............................................................................ 743
Stopping a running notification policy ............................................................................................... 744
Using the Email Action .............................................................................................................................. 745
Using the SMS Direct Action ................................................................................................................... 745
Using the SMS Action ................................................................................................................................ 746
Configuring thresholds.......................................................................................................................................... 747
Configuring Alert Center thresholds .................................................................................................... 748
Selecting threshold devices .................................................................................................................... 749
Configuring performance thresholds .................................................................................................. 753
Configuring passive thresholds ............................................................................................................. 770
Configuring Flow Monitor thresholds ................................................................................................. 777
Configuring system thresholds .............................................................................................................. 790
Notification Policy Graph View ............................................................................................................... 799
Threshold Devices ....................................................................................................................................... 800
Alert Center Item Details .......................................................................................................................... 801
Netflow database record types .............................................................................................................. 802
Reducing the WhatsUp database size ................................................................................................. 802
Reducing the number of raw, hourly, or daily data records ........................................................ 803
Reducing the number of host records ................................................................................................. 803
Restarting the Flow Collector service................................................................................................... 803
Reducing performance monitors .......................................................................................................... 804
WhatsUp discovery service is down ..................................................................................................... 804
WhatsUp web service SQL queries exceed threshold .................................................................... 804
WhatsUp web service is down ................................................................................................................ 806
WhatsUp web service HTTP responses exceed threshold ............................................................ 806
WhatsUp polling service SQL queries exceed threshold .............................................................. 808
WhatsUp polling service is down .......................................................................................................... 809
Troubleshooting the WhatsUp Health Threshold ........................................................................... 810
Changing how long report data is stored .......................................................................................... 811
Reducing passive monitor records ....................................................................................................... 811
Reducing expired records ........................................................................................................................ 814
Database Tools Table Maintenance...................................................................................................... 814
Program Options - Report Data.............................................................................................................. 815
Configure CPU Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 816
ix
Configure Disk Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 816
Configure Memory Utilization ................................................................................................................ 817
Configure Ping Latency and Availability ............................................................................................. 817
Configure Data Collection Advanced Settings ................................................................................. 817
Creating global custom performance monitors .............................................................................. 818
Creating device-specific custom performance monitors ............................................................. 818
Reducing ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog ......................................................................................... 818
Reducing StatisticalInterface .................................................................................................................. 819
Bulk Field Change - Performance Monitor ......................................................................................... 820
Configure Interface Data Collection ..................................................................................................... 823
Monitored devices exceeds license limit ............................................................................................ 824
Flow Threshold Hosts ................................................................................................................................ 825
Select Notification Type ............................................................................................................................ 826
Reducing performance monitor records ............................................................................................ 826
Reducing PassiveMonitorActivityLog .................................................................................................. 827
Configure VMware event listener .......................................................................................................... 829
Admin
Using WhatsUp Gold Admin features .............................................................................................................. 832
Using Admin features ................................................................................................................................ 832
Home ............................................................................................................................................................................ 834
Using Admin Console ................................................................................................................................ 834
Opening NM Console from the Web interface ................................................................................. 834
Libraries ....................................................................................................................................................................... 835
Using the Monitor Library ........................................................................................................................ 835
Using the Credentials Library .................................................................................................................. 836
Scheduled................................................................................................................................................................... 842
Adding and editing a Recurring Action .............................................................................................. 842
Using Admin Scheduled features .......................................................................................................... 843
System Administration .......................................................................................................................................... 845
Managing WhatsUp Gold server options ........................................................................................... 845
Using the SNMP MIB Manager ................................................................................................................ 845
Setting LDAP credentials .......................................................................................................................... 848
Translation Groups ..................................................................................................................................... 851
Managing users and groups .................................................................................................................... 852
x
Options ........................................................................................................................................................................ 865
Configuring Email settings....................................................................................................................... 866
Changing preferences ............................................................................................................................... 867
Managing dashboard views .................................................................................................................... 868
Using the Program Options ..................................................................................................................... 871
Setting Advanced Options ....................................................................................................................... 881
Types of SNMP Trap Monitors................................................................................................................. 882
Common SNMP Traps ................................................................................................................................ 882
Select computer........................................................................................................................................... 883
FTP server user permissions .................................................................................................................... 883
WMI .................................................................................................................................................................. 884
Event Viewer ................................................................................................................................................. 884
Payload Definition....................................................................................................................................... 884
SMS Providers ............................................................................................................................................... 884
Setting Modem Connection Preferences ........................................................................................... 884
Configure Memory Threshold................................................................................................................. 885
Configure Disk Performance - Exchange ............................................................................................ 885
Configure System Thresholds ................................................................................................................. 886
Configure Links Thresholds ..................................................................................................................... 886
Configure Queues Thresholds ................................................................................................................ 887
Adding Custom Thresholds ..................................................................................................................... 887
FTP server user permissions .................................................................................................................... 887
Configure Disk Performance ................................................................................................................... 888
Configure Disk space Threshold ............................................................................................................ 888
Configure System Threshold ................................................................................................................... 888
Configure Buffers Threshold ................................................................................................................... 888
Configure Locks Threshold ...................................................................................................................... 888
Configure Cache Threshold ..................................................................................................................... 889
Configure Transactions Threshold ........................................................................................................ 889
Configure Users Threshold ...................................................................................................................... 889
Configure Alerts Threshold ...................................................................................................................... 889
SQL Server Services..................................................................................................................................... 890
Selecting a Device ....................................................................................................................................... 891
Selecting computers .................................................................................................................................. 891
Configuring CPU Threshold ..................................................................................................................... 892
Setting Advanced Properties for a HTTP Content Monitor .......................................................... 892
Setting Advanced Properties for an Email Active Monitor ........................................................... 892
xi
Selecting a blackout period ..................................................................................................................... 894
Importing a MIB file .................................................................................................................................... 894
Hub Transport Server Role Thresholds ................................................................................................ 894
Select Action Type ...................................................................................................................................... 896
WinEvent Condition ................................................................................................................................... 896
Using SNMP Features
SNMP overview......................................................................................................................................................... 898
Enabling SNMP on Windows devices ............................................................................................................... 899
Monitoring an SNMP Service ............................................................................................................................... 899
About the SNMP Agent or Manager ................................................................................................................. 900
About the SNMP Management Information Base ....................................................................................... 900
About SNMP Object Names and Identifiers ................................................................................................... 901
Using the SNMP MIB Manager ............................................................................................................................ 901
Using the SNMP MIB Manager to troubleshoot MIB files .......................................................................... 902
About the SNMP operations ................................................................................................................................ 904
Using a custom name for SNMP device interfaces ...................................................................................... 905
Configuring a custom name (ifAlias) for an SNMP device interface ......................................... 905
About SNMP Security ............................................................................................................................................. 908
Using the Trap Definition Import Tool ............................................................................................................. 908
Extending WhatsUp Gold with custom scripting
Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting ......................................................................................................... 909
Scripting Active Monitors ..................................................................................................................................... 910
Using the Context object with Active Monitors ............................................................................... 911
Example Active Script Active Monitors ............................................................................................... 913
Scripting Performance Monitors ........................................................................................................................ 926
Using the Context object with Performance Monitors .................................................................. 928
Example Active Script Performance Monitors .................................................................................. 931
Scripting Actions ...................................................................................................................................................... 936
Using the Context object with Actions ............................................................................................... 937
Example Active Script Actions ................................................................................................................ 939
xii
Using the SNMP API
CoreAsp.SnmpRqst ..................................................................................................................................... 942
CoreAsp.ComResult.................................................................................................................................... 945
CoreAsp.ComSnmpResponse ................................................................................................................. 945
Example scripts using the SNMP API .................................................................................................... 946
Troubleshooting the SNMP API.............................................................................................................. 949
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Troubleshooting your network .......................................................................................................................... 951
Maintaining the Database .................................................................................................................................... 952
About the database tools ......................................................................................................................... 952
Recovering from a "Version Mismatch" error ................................................................................................ 955
Task Tray Application fails on Windows Vista................................................................................................ 955
Co-located SQL Server and WhatsUp Gold server clocks must be synchronized............................. 956
Connecting to a Remote Desktop ..................................................................................................................... 956
WhatsUp Gold engine message ......................................................................................................................... 956
Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections ............................................................................................. 957
Re-enabling the Telnet protocol handler........................................................................................................ 958
Passive Monitor payload limitation................................................................................................................... 958
Receiving entries in the SNMP Trap Log ......................................................................................................... 959
Recommended SMS modems and troubleshooting tips .......................................................................... 959
Uninstalling Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold ................................................................................................................ 961
Troubleshooting the WhatsUp Health Threshold ........................................................................................ 962
Using WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor
Flow Monitor Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 964
Welcome to WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor ......................................................................................... 964
What is Flow Monitor? ............................................................................................................................... 965
How does Flow Monitor work?............................................................................................................... 965
System requirements ................................................................................................................................. 967
Flow Monitor Home ................................................................................................................................... 968
Preparing network devices .................................................................................................................................. 972
Determining which network devices to monitor ............................................................................ 972
Manually configuring devices to export flow data to Flow Monitor ........................................ 973
Configuring sFlow enabled devices to export flow data to Flow Monitor ............................. 975
About Flexible NetFlow ............................................................................................................................ 979
xiii
About Network Based Application Recognition (NBAR) ............................................................... 983
About CBQoS ................................................................................................................................................ 984
Viewing potential Flow Monitor sources ............................................................................................ 988
Using Flow Monitor to Configure Cisco NetFlow Devices ............................................................ 989
Managing Flow Sources ........................................................................................................................................ 992
About Flow Sources ................................................................................................................................... 992
Configuring Flow Monitor to listen for NetFlow data .................................................................... 993
Viewing Flow Sources ................................................................................................................................ 994
Configuring a Flow Source....................................................................................................................... 996
Creating flow sources .............................................................................................................................. 1004
Managing Flow Monitor Settings .................................................................................................................... 1006
Flow Monitor Settings ............................................................................................................................. 1006
Configure Flow Monitor to listen for NetFlow data ...................................................................... 1011
Setting the logging level ........................................................................................................................ 1011
Data retention strategy and tuning.................................................................................................... 1012
Configuring data retention settings ................................................................................................... 1014
Configuring Applications .................................................................................................................................... 1018
Monitoring traffic on non-standard ports ........................................................................................ 1018
Configure Applications ........................................................................................................................... 1019
Map Ports to Application ........................................................................................................................ 1021
Configuring Flow Groups.................................................................................................................................... 1022
Using Flow Groups.................................................................................................................................... 1022
Flow Groups ................................................................................................................................................ 1023
Flow Group .................................................................................................................................................. 1023
Configuring Type of Service............................................................................................................................... 1025
Flow Types of Service............................................................................................................................... 1025
Edit Flow Type of Service........................................................................................................................ 1026
Managing unclassified traffic ............................................................................................................................ 1027
Classifying traffic that is considered unclassified .......................................................................... 1027
Flow Unclassified Traffic ......................................................................................................................... 1028
Configuring Data Export Settings .................................................................................................................... 1030
Flow Export Settings ................................................................................................................................ 1030
xiv
Maintaining Flow Databases ............................................................................................................................. 1032
Flow Database Table Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 1032
Stopping or restarting the collector ................................................................................................... 1034
Backing up and restoring the Flow Monitor databases .............................................................. 1035
Using the database backup and restore backup utility for Flow Monitor ............................ 1035
Managing users and user rights ....................................................................................................................... 1036
Using Flow Monitor reports ............................................................................................................................... 1038
About the Flow Monitor Reports group ........................................................................................... 1038
About the Interface Details report ...................................................................................................... 1039
Flow Monitor Interface Overview report .......................................................................................... 1048
Flow Log ....................................................................................................................................................... 1052
Flow Bandwidth Usage report .............................................................................................................. 1056
Flow Interface Usage Report ................................................................................................................. 1059
About the NBAR and CBQoS Reports ................................................................................................. 1061
Using Scheduled Reports: printing, exporting, and emailing reports ................................... 1064
Using Flow Monitor dashboard reports ........................................................................................................ 1066
Understanding Flow Monitor dashboard reports ......................................................................... 1066
Navigating dashboard reports ............................................................................................................. 1068
Configuring dashboard reports ........................................................................................................... 1073
Exporting dashboard report data........................................................................................................ 1075
Linking to Flow Monitor reports from WhatsUp Gold workspace reports ........................... 1076
Using WhatsVirtual
Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsVirtual ................................................................................................................. 1080
Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsVirtual ..................................................................................................... 1080
Using WhatsVirtual ................................................................................................................................................ 1081
STEP 1: Purchase and enable the WhatsVirtual license ............................................................... 1081
STEP 2: Create Credentials and Perform Discovery ....................................................................... 1081
STEP 3: Manage and monitor virtual devices .................................................................................. 1087
STEP 4: View the WhatsVirtual maps .................................................................................................. 1097
STEP 5: View the WhatsVirtual reports............................................................................................... 1099
xv
Other Plugins
Using WhatsConfigured ...................................................................................................................................... 1102
Welcome to WhatsConfigured ............................................................................................................. 1103
Accessing WhatsConfigured Features in WhatsUp Gold ............................................................ 1104
Using WhatsConfigured reports .......................................................................................................... 1105
Using Task Scripts...................................................................................................................................... 1108
Using Tasks .................................................................................................................................................. 1111
Using Policies .............................................................................................................................................. 1123
Using Archive Search ............................................................................................................................... 1127
About Device Properties - Tasks .......................................................................................................... 1129
Using Alert Center with WhatsConfigured ...................................................................................... 1132
Managing WhatsConfigured and TFTP services ............................................................................ 1134
The WhatsConfigured Custom Script Language ........................................................................... 1135
Using WhatsConfigured Comments................................................................................................... 1137
Using WhatsConfigured Variables ...................................................................................................... 1138
Using WhatsConfigured Commands.................................................................................................. 1141
Script Examples .......................................................................................................................................... 1153
About the WhatsConfigured Custom Script Language............................................................... 1154
Task Status ................................................................................................................................................... 1154
About the WhatsConfigured Diff Viewer .......................................................................................... 1155
Using WhatsConnected ....................................................................................................................................... 1157
WhatsConnected Task Log .................................................................................................................... 1157
WUG Device Viewer .................................................................................................................................. 1159
Using ELM Reports ................................................................................................................................................ 1165
Using Event Log Management (ELM) Reports in WhatsUp Gold ............................................. 1166
About the Dashboard Screen Manager
Ipswitch Dashboard Screen Manager overview ......................................................................................... 1173
How does the Dashboard Screen Manager work? .................................................................................... 1174
What is a Dashboard playlist? ............................................................................................................... 1174
Installing the Dashboard Screen Manager ................................................................................................... 1175
Opening the Dashboard Screen Manager ....................................................................................... 1176
Configuring a Dashboard Screen Manager playlist................................................................................... 1176
Copyright notice
xvi
WhatsUp Gold Overview
In This Chapter
Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold........................................................... 17
WhatsUp Gold editions .................................................................................... 19
New in Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold ..................................................................... 23
Sending feedback............................................................................................... 23
Finding more information and updates ..................................................... 23
Getting Familar with WhatsUp Gold............................................................ 25
Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold
Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold, the powerful network monitoring solution designed to
help you protect your changing business infrastructure. WhatsUp Gold provides standardsbased monitoring of any network device, service, or application on TCP/IP and Windows
networks.
WhatsUp Gold lets you discover devices on your network, initiate monitoring of those
devices, and execute actions based on device state changes, so you can identify network
failures before they become catastrophic.
Discovery and Mapping
The WhatsUp Gold roles-based discovery process searches for devices on your network and
helps determine the type of device based on the device attributes.
Device roles do two things:

Specify the criteria that a device must match to be identified as the device role.

Specify the monitoring configuration that is applied to the device when it is added to
WhatsUp Gold.
After devices are discovered, you can add them to the WhatsUp Gold database and view
monitored devices as a list of devices or as a graphical map.
Polling/Listening
WhatsUp Gold actively polls devices to determine their status. You can use active monitors to
poll services on a device and passively listen for messages sent across the network.
Performance monitors track device performance by checking and reporting on device
resources, such as disk, CPU, and interfaces.
17
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Actions/Alerts
Depending on the responses received from polling, WhatsUp Gold fires actions to notify you
of changes on your network. Actions aid in problem resolution through assorted options such
as email and cell phone alerts, or service restarts. In addition to actions, WhatsUp Gold Alert
Center notifies you of issues on passive and performance monitors, the WhatsUp Gold
system, and WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor through user-configured thresholds and
notification policies.
Logs and Dashboards
Logs ensure 360-degree visibility into network status and performance, and historical data for
devices and monitors. Dashboard reports let you focus on segments of the network and
create your own views of report data. These views position crucial network data in one
location, which allows for quick and easy access.
WhatsUp Gold Interfaces
WhatsUp Gold offers two user interfaces, the Windows console interface and the web
interface, which offer similar functionality. You can accomplish discovery and mapping—on
the console or web interface, then setup of monitors and dashboard views, users and
permissions, and do day-to-day monitoring on the web interface.

Windows console interface. The console is a Windows application, through which
you can configure and manage WhatsUp Gold and its database.

Web interface. The web interface provides access to WhatsUp Gold functionality (via
HTTP or HTTPS) from a web browser.

Mobile interface. You can now conveniently view your network's status from a
mobile device at any time through WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access.
18
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
WhatsUp Gold editions
WhatsUp Gold is available in four editions. Each edition tailors WhatsUp Gold's features to
meet the diverse needs of WhatsUp users, from small networks to those spanning multiple
geographic locations.

WhatsUp Gold Standard Edition provides core network management features.

WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition provides all of the network management
capabilities of WhatsUp Gold Standard Edition, plus advanced management for
Microsoft® Exchange™, Microsoft® SQL Server™, and SMTP email servers. Premium
Edition also includes several features that let you monitor performance data in real
time, as well as support for application monitoring using Microsoft's WMI™.

WhatsUp Gold MSP Edition gives managed solution providers the ability to use all
of the features of WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition to monitor their customers' remote
networks from a central location in the managed solution provider's network
operations center. Managing multiple company networks at once has never been
easier.

WhatsUp Gold Distributed Edition extends the features of WhatsUp Gold Premium
Edition to companies whose networks are segmented across multiple geographic
locations. WhatsUp Gold Distributed Edition can detect issues at any of the company
sites and then report the issue to the affected site and to a central location.
Each edition includes a different set of features. The table below shows which features are
available in each edition. If a feature is not shown in the table, it is available in all editions.
Standard Premium MSP
Distributed
Edition
Edition
Edition Edition
Application and Hardware Management
Monitor Microsoft Exchange
Monitor SQL Server and MySQL
Monitor applications via WMI
Monitor device hardware, such as cooling systems,
power supplies, and temperature monitors
Monitor printers and APC UPS devices
Monitor web content
Monitor device network statistics
19
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Standard Premium MSP
Distributed
Edition
Edition
Edition Edition
Monitor device file and folder properties
Monitor email and FTP servers
Monitor wireless access points (WAPs)
Monitor Unix/Linux environments over SSH
Real-time Monitoring
View real-time data about devices in logs and
Dashboard reports
Quickly access real-time data via InstantInfo popups
Monitor performance data with the Web Performance
Monitor
View real-time information about tasks running on a
device using the Web Task Manager
Distributed Monitoring
Monitor devices on networks segmented across
multiple geographic locations
View report data from multiple remote sites from one
central location
20
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Optional Plug-ins
WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor. This plug-in provides
insight into how efficiently your network is performing
and how bandwidth is utilized, giving you detailed
information to assess network quality of service and
quickly resolve traffic bottlenecks.
For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold Flow
Monitor User Guide on the WhatsUp Gold web site
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/NetFlowMonitor).
WhatsUp Gold WhatsConfigured. This configuration
management plug-in automates, and reduces the time
and effort required to backup, compare, and upload
configuration files for networking devices and alerts
when configuration changes are detected.
For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/).
WhatsUp Gold WhatsVirtual. This plug-in lets you
monitor virtual environments using WhatsUp Gold. The
WhatsVirtual plugin provides WhatsUp Gold with the
ability to discover, map, monitor, alert, and report on
virtual environments.
For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site
http://www.whatsupgold.com/WhatsVirtual.
WhatsUp Gold VoIP Monitor. This plug-in delivers the
ability to monitor and report on your network's capacity
to support and maintain acceptable performance for
VoIP call quality.
For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/products/Voip_Monitor).
21
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Optional applications
WhatsUp Gold WhatsConnected. This plug-in is a Layer
2/3 network mapping tool that discovers, maps and
documents your network down to the individual port,
making it simple to visualize the physical topology and
understand device interconnections.
For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/products/WhatsConnect
ed).
Access from mobile devices
WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access. Allows you to
conveniently view your network's status from a mobile
device at any time.
For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold Mobile
Access User Guide
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/wug15ma).
WhatsUp Gold optional plug-ins are available for use with any of the WhatsUp Gold
editions. These plug-ins broaden your monitoring and reporting capabilities to give you a
more complete picture of your network and its many components. For more information, see
the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/).

WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor plug-in for WhatsUp Gold leverages Cisco NetFlow,
sFlow, and J-Flow data from switches and routers to gather, analyze, report, and alert
on LAN/WAN network traffic patterns and bandwidth utilization in real-time. It
highlights not only overall utilization for the LAN/WAN, specific devices, or interfaces;
it also indicates users, applications, and protocols that are consuming abnormal
amounts of bandwidth, giving you detailed information to assess network quality of
service and quickly resolve traffic bottlenecks. WhatsUp Flow Monitor protects
network security by detecting virus and worm activity on the network.
Comprehensive reporting takes the raw real-time network traffic data from routers
and switches and presents you with useful information to understand trends,
utilization, and where network bandwidth is consumed. For more information, see
the WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor User Guide on the WhatsUp Gold web site
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/NetFlowMonitor).
22
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

WhatsUp Gold WhatsConnected plug-in for WhatsUp Gold provides layer 2/3
network discovery and topology mapping to visually depict device connectivity
down to the individual port. It also employs deep device scanning that provides
detailed Information about discovered devices in a simple device list view, a device
category view, and a detailed topology view. You can publish any of the network
maps as a network diagram in Microsoft® Visio™ or export detailed device information
to WhatsUp Gold to automate the creation of detailed network topology map views.
WhatsConnected also includes Layer 2 Trace and IP/MAC Finder tools to validate
connection paths and report real-time availability data on devices. For more
information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/products/WhatsConnected).

WhatsUp Gold VoIP Monitor plug-in for WhatsUp Gold measures your network's
ability to provide the quality of service (QoS) necessary for your VoIP calls on your
LAN and WAN links. After a simple setup, the VoIP Monitor accesses Cisco IP SLA
(service level agreement) enabled devices to monitor VoIP performance and quality
parameters including jitter, packet loss, latency, and other performance values. The
plug-in’s full integration with WhatsUp Gold allows you to easily view graphs and
metrics for bandwidth and interface utilization and troubleshoot network issues that
affect VoIP performance. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/products/Voip_Monitor).
New in Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold
You can refer to the Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold Release Notes
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/WUG15relnotes) to learn about the latest product features,
system requirements, fixed in this release, known issues, and other information. Also see
About the WhatsUp Gold web interface (on page 25) for highlight information on the web user
interface.
Sending feedback
We value your opinions on our products and welcome your feedback.
To provide feedback on existing features, suggest new features or enhancements, or suggest
ways to make our products easier to use, please fill out our product feedback form
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugfeedback).
23
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Finding more information and updates
Following are information resources for WhatsUp Gold. This information may be periodically
updated and available on the WhatsUp Gold web site
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugtechsupport).

Release Notes. The release notes provide an overview of changes, known issues, and
bug fixes for the current release. The notes also contain instructions for installing,
upgrading, and configuring WhatsUp Gold. The release notes are available at Start >
Programs > Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold > Release Notes or on the WhatsUp Gold web
site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/WUG15relnotes).

Application Help for the console and web interface. The console and web help
contain dialog assistance, general configuration information, and how-to's that
explain how to use the features. The Table of Contents is organized by functional
area, and can be accessed from the main menu or by clicking Help in the console, or
the ? icon in the web interface.

Getting Started Guide. This guide provides an overview of WhatsUp Gold,
information to help you get started using the application, the system requirements,
and information about installing and upgrading. The Getting Started Guide is
available on the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wug15gsg).

Additional WhatsUp Gold resources. For a listing of current and previous guides
and help available for WhatsUp Gold products, see the WhatsUp Gold web site
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/support/guides.aspx).

WhatsUp Gold optional plug-ins. You can extend the core features of WhatsUp
Gold by installing plug-ins. For information on available plug-ins and to see release
notes for each plug-in, see WhatsUp Gold plug-ins documentation
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/support/guides.aspx).

Licensing Information. Licensing and support information is available on the
MyIpswitch licensing portal (http://www.myipswitch.com/). The web portal provides
enhanced web-based capabilities to view and manage Ipswitch product licenses.

Technical Support. Use the WhatsUp Gold Support Site for a variety of WhatsUp
Gold product help resources. From here you can view product documentation, search
Knowledge Base articles, access the community site for help from other users, and get
other Technical Support information. The Support Site is available on the WhatsUp
Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugtechsupport).
24
Getting Familar with WhatsUp Gold
Using the WhatsUp Gold Web Interface
In This Chapter
Accessing the web interface........................................................................... 25
About the WhatsUp Gold web interface .................................................... 25
Organizing Devices, Device Groups, and Maps with drag-and-drop32
About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions icon....................................... 33
Accessing the web interface
You can connect to the WhatsUp Gold web interface from any supported browser by
entering the WhatsUp Gold web address. This web address consists of the hostname of the
WhatsUp Gold host and the web server port number.
For example, if your WhatsUp Gold host is named monitor1.ipswitch.com, and it is
connected to default port 80 then the web address is:
http://monitor1.ipswitch.com
- or http://monitor1.ipswitch.com:80
Note: When you use the default web server port (80), you do not have to include the port in
the address, but all other ports require the port number following the url.
There are two default users on the Web server:
Account type
Username
Password
Administrator
admin
admin
Guest
guest
<password left blank>
Note: Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) is used for the WhatsUp Gold web server.
For more information, see the Configuring the web server section of the Installing and
Configuring WhatsUp Gold (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugiis_15) guide.
About the WhatsUp Gold web interface
The WhatsUp Gold web interface allows you to view and modify most WhatsUp Gold features
from a web browser. You can discover network devices; configure monitors, alerts, and
actions; view reports for devices and groups of devices, manage admin features, and more in
the WhatsUp Gold web interface.
25
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Reporting features are available in the web interface. Full reports and dashboard reports
provide information about device status and performance. Full reports are located in the
Monitoring and Logs tabs and dashboard reports are located in the Home tab under the
Home button.
If you have used previous versions of the WhatsUp Gold web interface, you'll notice changes
designed to make WhatsUp Gold easier to navigate and use. Here's more about the interface:

Where is the GO menu? The Go menu has been replaced by new tabs and a
functional navigation bar to help you access the web interface application features
easily.
26
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Workspace reports are now dashboard reports. Dashboard reports are much like
workspace reports in previous versions of WhatsUp Gold. You can add up to 15
reports to a single view and it's easier to add and manage dashboard views. Each
dashboard view is accessed from a tab at the top of the view.
You can add and delete dashboard views to organize dashboard reports into groups.

Click Edit View to add a new dashboard view (tab).

Click Add Content to add a new dashboard report to the dashboard view. For more
information, see the Dashboard help.

How do I collapse the navigation bar to make more viewable content pane
space? Click an active or selected tab to collapse the navigation bar and click again to
expand the navigation bar again.
27
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Device popups provide a quick view of device performance, active monitor, and
group membership information. From a device list or report view, hover the mouse
pointer over a device name to view popup information.
28
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Split Second Graphs (InstantInfo popups) provide real-time information on SNMP and
WMI performance counters for the devices on your network. From a device list, reports, or
dashboard views, hover the mouse pointer over device items such as the interface, CPU,
and memory names to view split second graph information.

Device picker performs faster, provides search capabilities, and a list of recently
selected devices.
29
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

The new Admin Panel provides visibility into the WhatsUp Gold services and
databases. Click Admin > Admin Panel to access it.
30
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Improved charts and gauges.

Message bar provides informative and unobtrusive notification area for device status
and other information at the bottom of the page.
31
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Improved drag-n-drop capabilities. Drag devices to a new group, then confirm
whether to Copy, Move, or Clone devices.
Organizing Devices, Device Groups, and Maps with drag-and-drop
In the Device and Map views, you can quickly and easily organize devices and device groups
by dragging the device you want in a particular group to the device group folder.
After you drop the icon or icons, a menu appears, asking if you want to move or copy the
devices. If you move the devices, they are deleted from the previous device group. If you
copy the devices, the devices appear in both device groups. For more information, see
Managing devices (on page 97).
32
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: When you copy a device using drag-and-drop, a shortcut is created in the new
location. Even though a device exists in multiple locations, it only exists once in the database.
Therefore, to modify a device, you can change the settings by opening the device properties
from any group in which the device appears, and the change is reflected in all other
instances of the device. This also means that each device is only polled once, no matter how
many times it appears in your device group tree.
About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions icon
WhatsUp Gold installs two task bar icons on your computer.
alerts you to the status of the application as a whole.

The Task Tray icon

displays to indicate that the application for Sound and
The Desktop Actions icon
Text-to-Speech actions is turned on.
Note: Desktop Actions must be running for the Sound and Text-to-Speech actions to work.
WhatsUp Gold Icons
During normal operation, the Task Tray icon displays the worst state of all devices on your
map.
Tip: You can enable tooltips to have the icon display any state change that occurs on the
system. To do this, right-click on the icon and select or clear Enable Tooltips.
When the WhatsUp Gold service is stopped and the polling engine is not running, this icon
appears:
In this case, you need to restart the WhatsUp Polling Engine service. If the polling engine is
not running, WhatsUp Gold is not connected to the database, and nothing in the application
functions properly.

To turn off the Task Tray Application and icon
Close Task Tray Application.

To turn off the Desktop Actions icon
, right-click on the icon, then click
, right-click the icon, then click select Close.
Note: Sound and Text-to-Speech actions are disabled when you close the Desktop Actions
icon.
33
Using the WhatsUp Gold Console
In This Chapter
About the console .............................................................................................. 34
About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions icon....................................... 35
About the console
The WhatsUp Gold console is a Windows application used for the configuration and
management of WhatsUp Gold and its database. The console has six main components,
which are indicated on the image below.
1
WhatsUp Gold Toolbar. The icons on this toolbar change according to the view you are
currently using. Button functions are identified with mouse-over tooltips. Additional
toolbar icons can be enabled for the Map view by selecting View > Toolbars.
2 Device Group Tree. This is a list of all device groups created through WhatsUp Gold.
When you perform a discovery scan, WhatsUp Gold creates a top level folder for that
scan. All discovered subnetworks are created in subgroups, but can be organized,
deleted, or renamed to fit your needs.
3 View pane. This pane displays the selected device group based on the view from the
tabs below (Device View or Map View).
34
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
View selectors. Choose the way you want to view your device groups. Each of these
views are explained in detail later in this chapter.

Device View. This view provides an overview of each device and subgroup in a
selected device group.

Map View. This view shows a graphical representation of the devices and subgroups
in a selected device group.
WhatsVirtual. This tab displays the Whats Virtual plug-in. You must have
WhatsVirtual licensed and enabled for this View to display. To upgrade your license to
include WhatsVirtual, visit the Ipswitch customer portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
Polling Indicator Icons. These icons indicate the current state of the poll engine.

5
Poll engine is connected
6
Poll engine is not connected
Polling is enabled
Polling is disabled
Database Size Indicator Icon. This icon shows the current size of your database. The
color and shape changes according the database size thresholds:
49% and below
50% to 74%
75% and above
About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions icon
WhatsUp Gold installs two task bar icons on your computer.

The Task Tray icon

displays to indicate that the application for Sound and
The Desktop Actions icon
Text-to-Speech actions is turned on.
alerts you to the status of the application as a whole.
Note: Desktop Actions must be running for the Sound and Text-to-Speech actions to work.
WhatsUp Gold Icons
During normal operation, the Task Tray icon displays the worst state of all devices on your
map.
Tip: You can enable tooltips to have the icon display any state change that occurs on the
system. To do this, right-click on the icon and select or clear Enable Tooltips.
35
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
When the WhatsUp Gold service is stopped and the polling engine is not running, this icon
appears:
In this case, you need to restart the WhatsUp Polling Engine service. If the polling engine is
not running, WhatsUp Gold is not connected to the database, and nothing in the application
functions properly.

To turn off the Task Tray Application and icon
Close Task Tray Application.

To turn off the Desktop Actions icon
, right-click on the icon, then click
, right-click the icon, then click select Close.
Note: Sound and Text-to-Speech actions are disabled when you close the Desktop Actions
icon.
36
Using WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access
In This Chapter
About WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access........................................................... 37
Managing WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access ................................................... 37
Accessing WhatsUp Gold from a mobile device ..................................... 38
Navigating and using the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access home screen
41
Copyright notice ................................................................................................. 46
About WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access
WhatsUp Gold provides mobile access to the WhatsUp Gold network management
application. Now you can conveniently view your network's status from a mobile device at
anytime. This new WhatsUp Gold feature ensures that you are informed about network issues
so that you can maintain critical network performance.
Mobile Access supported browsers
Because WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access does not depend on JavaScript to function, most
mobile web browsers support it. However, a JavaScript enabled browser enhances the
WhatsUp Gold look and navigation.
Note: Cookies are required for the standard web session to function.
Browsers supported to access the WhatsUp Gold mobile interface

Mobile Safari 2.2, Safari, 3.0, and Safari 4.0

Microsoft Internet Explorer Mobile 6.1.x

Opera Mini 4.2
Tip: You may need to adjust your browser's viewing options to optimize for your device's
browser.
Managing WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access
The WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access feature is enabled by default and the WhatsUp Gold Admin
user rights are selected by default. You can provide access to other WhatsUp Gold users in
the user rights options of the Edit User dialog. Use the following configuration options to
manage Mobile Access.
To enable or disable WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access (globally) in the Manage Web Server
configuration options:
1 From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, click the Admin tab, then click Manage Server
Options. The Manage Server Options dialog appears.
37
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Select the Enable Mobile Access option.
To enable or disable WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access users in the Manage Users
configuration options:
1 From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, click the Admin tab, then click Manage Users.
The Manage Users dialog appears.
2 Select a user that you want to give rights to access to WhatsUp Gold mobile features,
then click Edit. The Edit User dialog appears.
3 Under Account Administration, click Mobile Access.
Accessing WhatsUp Gold from a mobile device
You can access the WhatsUp Gold mobile interface from any supported mobile device
browser. Enter the WhatsUp Gold web address which includes the hostname of the WhatsUp
Gold host, the web server port number, followed by /NmConsole/Mobile/Start. The
default port number is 80.
For example, if your WhatsUp Gold host is named monitor1.ipswitch.com, then the web
address will be:
http://monitor1.ipswitch.com/NmConsole/Mobile/Start/
- or http://monitor1.ipswitch.com:80/NmConsole/Mobile/Start/
Note: When you use the default web server port (80), you do not have to include the port in
the address, but all other ports require the port number following the url.
Note: If you want WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access to be accessible via the Internet (for example,
via mobile phones using 3G or 4G), then make sure it is available on a server with a public IP.
38
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
The mobile access login screen opens. Enter your Username and Password, then click Login.
Mobile/Start Login
In addition to the standard login, WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access includes a one-click login
feature. Because entering text in a mobile phone can be time consuming, WhatsUp Gold
allows you to create up to four one-click logins per mobile device. You can bookmark each
login or add to a mobile device Home Screen. One-click logins create an encrypted cookie on
the user's mobile phone that includes a username, password, root url (which helps with SSL
redirects), and the users last visited page (excluding dialogs) for session timeouts.
To create a new Mobile/Start Login:
1
2
3
Navigate to ..NmConsole/Mobile/Start/
Click Create New Login. The Mobile Start utility appears.
Click Start. The Select a Login dialog appears.
Tip: If WhatsUp Gold is configured to use an SSL connection and you are not using a secure
connection, you can click Switch to Secure Login to login on an SSL connection before
creating the one-click login.
39
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
Select the login icon you want to use for the one-click login. The Create Login dialog
appears.
5 Enter the Username and Password, then click Create Mobile Login. The Login Created
dialog appears.
6 Click Done.
To login via the Mobile/Start Login:
Note: If you want WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access to be accessible via the Internet (for example,
via mobile phones using 3G or 4G), then make sure it is available on a server with a public IP.
1
2
3
Start the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access application on your mobile device browser.
On the login page, click Mobile/Start Login. The Mobile/Start Login page appears.
Click the login icon for the account which you want to login to WhatsUp Gold.
40
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Navigating and using the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access home screen
After you log in, the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access home screen opens.
The home screen includes links to key WhatsUp Gold features so that you can view reports
and monitor your network devices from remote locations:

Devices

Reports

Favorites

Recent Reports

Preferences

Log Out
Using Mobile Access Device List
to access the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access Device View and Map View. Within
Click
the Devices view you can view individual device and device group reports.
41
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
.
Click a device to view the device reports or click a device group to view devices within a
group.
Using Mobile Access Reports
to access WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access Reports. Mobile Access is primarily a
Click
reporting tool designed to extend the remote access to your network information. There are
a number of standard WhatsUp Gold reports that are available as WhatsUp Gold mobile
reports.
42
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Each report includes options to specify the report data you want to view, such as date range,
chart preferences, adds to favorites, and other options. If you have the WhatsUp Gold Flow
Monitor, Flow Monitor reports are also available in WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access.
Configuring device Notes and Attributes
All device Notes and Attributes information that you want to view from your mobile device
reports must be set up in the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface device properties
dialog. You can add phone numbers, email addresses, and Google Maps addresses to
function as links on mobile devices with browsers that support these features.
To add a phone number as a Note or Attribute:
1
From the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface, in the Device View, right-click a
device. In the right-click menu, select Properties, then select Notes or Attributes.
2 In the Attribute or Note field, use standard html code for a phone number link. For
example:
<a href="tel:(123) 123-1234">(123) 123-1234</a>
To add an email address as a Note or Attribute:
1
From the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface, in the Device View, right-click a
device. In the right-click menu, select Properties, then select Notes or Attributes.
2 In the Attribute or Note field, use standard html code for an email link. For example:
<a href="mailto:<John Doe> [email protected]">John Doe</a>
To add a Google Map address as a Note or Attribute:
1
From the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface, in the Device View, right-click a
device. In the right-click menu, select Properties, then select Notes or Attributes.
2 In the Attribute or Note field, use standard html code for a Google map link. Google
map links can be copied from the link field on the address's map view.
43
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using Mobile Access Favorites
WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access Favorites lets you view favorite reports that you mark with the
Add to Favorites button at the bottom of each report.
44
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
When you mark a report as a favorite, you can use the options to save the specific report
parameters such as the device, date range, and other report range selection criteria for the
report. This helps you view your favorite reports with the report preconfigured for your
viewing preferences. To add the Favorite report to your mobile device home screen, click
Also show on Home screen.
On the Home screen, click Favorites to expand and view your favorite reports. You can also
click Recent Reports to view the ten most recent reports you have viewed.
Using Mobile Access Preferences
Click the Preferences button on the Home screen to set your WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access
preferences.
45
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
The Preferences dialog provides information about the browser and OS versions. You can also
set a limit on the number rows displayed in a report and set the preferred viewing language.
In the Preferences dialog, when you click Delete Mobile Start Logins, all mobile start logins
are deleted; no confirmation is required.
46
Devices
In This Chapter
Discovery Console .............................................................................................. 47
Using Devices....................................................................................................... 73
Using Device Groups ......................................................................................... 79
Using Maps ........................................................................................................... 93
Managing devices .............................................................................................. 97
Using Device Properties .................................................................................118
Using Network Tools .......................................................................................130
Discovery Console
In This Chapter
Learning about the Discovery Console ...................................................... 47
Discovering network devices ......................................................................... 48
Using Device Roles ............................................................................................. 62
Managing device roles ..................................................................................... 70
Learning about the Discovery Console
The Discovery Console performs network scans to identify network devices and the role each
device performs on the network. The WhatsUp Gold discovery is based on templates that are
configured in the Device Roles, for more information see Using Device Roles (on page 62) in
the WhatsUp Gold console application. The templates consists of:

a set of criteria that a device must meet to match the discovery template. The criteria
helps identify a device based on device role, brand/mode, OS, etc.

a set of default configuration items to be applied to a device that matches this
template.
Before you run a network discovery, you need to configure the discovery settings. You can
configure the discovery settings (on page 51) in the Discovery Console in WhatsUp Gold web
interface or console. The discovery settings are located in the Settings column on the left
section of the Discovery Console.
47
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
After running a discovery, use the following sections of the Discovery Console to view and
manage discoveries:

Devices Discovered (on page 56)

Progress Summary information (on page 55)

Device Information tab (on page 60)

Scheduled Discoveries tab (on page 59)

Saved Results tab (on page 61)
Discovering network devices
Network discovery is the process WhatsUp Gold uses to identify devices on your network that
you may want to monitor. Network discovery scans each device to determine its
manufacturer, model, and running software and services, also known as the role each device
plays on the network. WhatsUp Gold uses this information to automatically assign commonly
used monitors to each device.
Before you discover the devices on your network, you need to prepare both your devices and
WhatsUp Gold so that devices are discovered properly.
Preparing devices for discovery
In order for WhatsUp Gold to properly discover and identify devices, each device must
respond to the protocols that WhatsUp Gold uses during discovery.
Preparing devices to be discovered
To discover that a device exists on an IP address, WhatsUp Gold uses the following methods:

Ping (ICMP)

Scanning for open TCP ports
If a device does not respond to ping or TCP requests, it cannot be discovered by WhatsUp
Gold. We recommend ensuring that all devices respond to at least one of these types of
requests prior to running a discovery.
Preparing devices to be identified
After WhatsUp Gold discovers a device on an IP address, it queries the device to determine its
manufacturer and model, components (such as fans, CPUs, and hard disks), operating system,
and specific services (such as HTTP or DNS). To gain this information, WhatsUp Gold uses
SNMP or WMI data from individual devices.
48
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Enabling SNMP on devices
We recommend that important devices be configured to respond to SNMP requests. For
information about how to enable SNMP on a specific device, see Enabling SNMP on Windows
devices (on page 259) in the WhatsUp Gold Online Help
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/wug15webhelp) or consult the device documentation. For
information about configuring SNMP on network devices, you may also want to view the
WUG Guru video How to enable SNMP on a Windows server
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/wug123snmpvideo).
Enabling WMI on devices
Alternatively, WhatsUp Gold can gather information about Windows computers using WMI.
In most cases, however, the information available via WMI is also available via SNMP. Because
SNMP requests are more efficient than WMI requests, we recommend using WMI only when
SNMP cannot be enabled or does not provide the same information as WMI.
Note: If a firewall exists between WhatsUp Gold and the devices to be discovered (or if the
Windows Firewall is enabled on the computer where WhatsUp Gold is installed), make sure
that the appropriate ports are open on the firewall to allow WhatsUp Gold to communicate
via SNMP and WMI. For more information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections
(on page 957) in the help.
Preparing WhatsUp Gold for discovery
For the best discovery results, configure all of the credentials used by devices on your
network before starting a discovery scan. The Credentials Library stores applicable login,
community string, or connection string information for devices and applications.
To apply appropriate action policies to discovered devices, we also recommend that you
configure the policies in WhatsUp Gold prior to starting a discovery session, and then
associate them with a device role. For more information, see Using Device Roles (on page 62)
in the help.
Configuring credentials
To configure credentials:
1
2
3
Click Admin > Credentials Lib. The Credentials Library appears.
Click New. The Select Credential Type dialog appears.
Select the type of credential you want to create, then click OK. The Add New Credential
dialog appears.
4 Enter the information for the credential you want to create, then click OK. The Add New
Credential dialog closes.
5 Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each credential that you want to use during the discovery
process.
For more information about credentials, see Using Credentials (on page 75) in the help.
49
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Creating action policies
To create an action policy:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
From the WhatsUp Gold console, select Configure > Action Policies. The Action
Policies dialog appears.
- or From the web interface, click the Admin tab, then click Action Policy Library.
Click New. The New Action Policy dialog appears.
Enter a name for the action policy. This name is used to help you identify this action
policy in WhatsUp Gold.
Click Add. The Action Builder wizard appears.
Follow the on-screen instructions in the Action Builder wizard to create or select actions
for the policy. At the end of the wizard, click Finish to close the Action Builder wizard
and add the action to the action policy.
To add additional actions to the action policy, click Add again.
After you have added all of the actions to the action policy, verify that they are listed in
the correct order. If they are not, you can select actions and use the Up and Down
buttons to change the actions' order in the list.
Click OK. The New Action Policy dialog closes.
To associate an action policy with a device role:
1 After creating the action policy, on the WhatsUp Gold console select File > Discover
Devices. The Discovery console appears.
2 From the Discovery console menu, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device
Role Settings dialog appears.
3 Select the device role that you want to use in the action policy, then click Configure.
The Role Settings Editor appears.
4 Select the Action Policy tab.
5 Select the action policy you wnt to include, then click OK. The Role Settings Editor
dialog closes.
For more information about action policies, see About Action Policies (on page 299) in the
help.
Configuring and running discovery
Discovering devices on your network is a three-stage process that includes:

Configuring discovery settings (on page 51)

Running discovery (on page 54)

Adding discovered devices to WhatsUp Gold (on page 57)
To begin discovering devices on your network:

From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, click Devices > Discovery Console. The
Discovery Console appears.
50
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Configure discovery settings
Before you can run a discovery scan on your network, you need to configure the discovery
settings. These settings are located in the Settings column of the Discovery Console.
Select scan settings
WhatsUp Gold can use several different methods to scan your network. Select the scan type
that best suits your network.

SNMP Smart Scan. This scan type uses one or more SNMP-enabled devices to
identify the devices and sub-networks on your network. For more information, see
Using SNMP Smart Scan (on page 52).

IP Range Scan. Type the IP range that defines the addresses to include in the
network scan. For example, Start Address 10.0.0.1 and End Address 10.0.0.100. For
more information, see Using IP Range Scan (on page 53).

Hosts File Scan. WhatsUp Gold imports devices from a hosts file. For more
information, see Using Hosts File Scan (on page 53).
Note: The VMware scan feature is available in WhatsUp Gold when you are licensed for
WhatsVirtual or when you are running the WhatsUp Gold product evaluation. To update or
purchase a license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).

VMware Scan (available for WhatsVirtual license). WhatsUp Gold connects to
VMware servers and uses the VMware vSphere API to gather infrastructure
information about your virtual environment. The VMware Scan uses a list of user
provided VMware vCenter servers or VMware hosts as targets for the scan. For more
information, see Using VMware Scan (on page 54).
Select SNMP, Windows, and VMware Credentials
To correctly identify devices, WhatsUp Gold needs to query the devices using SNMP, WMI, the
VMware API or all of these methods. In these sections, select the credentials that you want
WhatsUp Gold to use during discovery. You can select multiple credentials. The credentials
list contains the credentials currently configured in the Credential Library. To use a credential
that is not listed, you must first add the credential to the Credential Library (on page 836) in
WhatsUp Gold. For more information, see Using Credentials (on page 75).
Note: Selecting too many credentials may significantly increase the time required to run
discovery. To decrease the amount of time it takes for discovery to run, select only the
credentials that are used by the devices you want to discover.
51
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Configure Scan Method
WhatsUp Gold can use two methods to detect that a device exists on an IP address:

Ping. When using this method, WhatsUp Gold detects devices by issuing a ping
request via ICMP and listening for a response.

Advanced. When using this method, WhatsUp Gold first detects all devices that
respond to ping. Then, if a device does not respond to ping, WhatsUp Gold scans
common TCP ports for a response.

Ping Timeout (seconds). Enter the time, in seconds, for a device to respond to a ping
scan. If it does not respond to the scan within this time, the scan continues on to the
next IP address. The default is 2 seconds.

Ping Retries. Enter the number of times to attempt to ping a device before
continuing on to the next device. The default is 1 retry.
Configure Layer 2 Scan Settings
Layer 2 discovery uses the WhatsConfigured discovery capabilities to perform ARP Cache and
Ping Sweep discoveries of layer 2 networking information. This information is used to create
graphical representations of network connections between discovered devices.

Use layer 2 discovery and generate layer 2 topology map. Select this option to
enable Layer 2 discovery using ARP Cache and Ping Sweep discovery methods.
Configure Advanced Settings
You can modify the timeout and retry settings for SNMP and WMI requests. By default,
WhatsUp Gold has a 2 second timeout for SNMP requests, 10 seconds for WMI requests, and
retries failed SNMP requests once.
If the Use SNMP SysName to name devices option is selected, WhatsUp Gold attempts to
identify the SNMP SysName as the first measure to define the device name. If SNMP is not
enabled on a device, WhatsUp Gold attempts to resolve the DNS host name of discovered
devices if the Resolve host names option is selected. If neither the SNMP SysName nor the
DNS host name is available, WhatsUp Gold uses the device IP address to name the device.
Clear Resolve host names and Use SNMP SysName to name devices if you do not want
WhatsUp Gold to resolve the device name with either of these discovery methods.
By default, WhatsUp Gold automatically scans for virtual machines hosted by discovered
VMware servers. If you do not want WhatsUp Gold to scan for the virtual machines hosted by
discovered VMware servers, clear Auto scan virtual environments.
52
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using SNMP Smart Scan
To use SNMP Smart Scan, configure these settings:


Seed Addresses. Enter the IP addresses that indicate where you want to start the
network discovery scan. The discovery engine reads SNMP data from these devices
and continues to scan the network for additional devices based on the SNMP
responses from the seed devices.

Add. Click to enter a new seed address for the discovery scan.

Edit. Select a seed address to change.

Remove. Select a seed address to delete.
Scan Depth. Enter an integer value that defines how deep discovery should scan to
find network devices. This sets the levels of your network that you want to scan. With
a value of 1, the scan discovers and maps your top-level network and any subnetworks of that top-level. To discover a sub-network within that sub-network, you
must enter a scan depth of 2 or greater. The default value of 2 means that the scan
discovers and maps the top-level network and two sub-network levels.
Using IP Range Scan
To use IP Range Scan, configure these settings:

Start Address. Enter the first IP address in the range you want to discover.

End Address. Enter the last IP address from the range you want to discover.
For example, if you want to discover devices between 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.128, enter
192.168.0.1 for Start Address and 192.168.0.128 for End Address.
Using Hosts File Scan
To use Hosts File Scan:

Click Load/Reload (console) or Upload (web interface) to browse to the Hosts file
location. Discovery scans and imports the IP addresses mapped to host names listed
in the Hosts text file. You can also select other text files that include a list of IP
address.
Important: If you update the Hosts text file, you must click Load/Reload (console) or
Upload (web interface) to update the host file information. If you do not, the Hosts file
changes will not be updated for new Hosts File Scans.
Using Layer 2 Scan
Layer 2 discovery uses the WhatsConfigured discovery engine to perform ARP Cache and
Ping Sweep discoveries of layer 2 networking information. This information is used to create
graphical representations of the physical network connections between discovered devices.
Note: The Layer 2 discovery feature is available in WhatsUp Gold when you are licensed for
WhatsConnected or when you are running the WhatsUp Gold product evaluation. To update
or purchase a license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
53
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Use layer 2 discovery and generate layer 2 topology map (available for
WhatsConnected license). Select this option to enable Layer 2 discovery using ARP
Cache and Ping Sweep discovery methods.
Using VMware Scan
Note: The VMware scan feature is available in WhatsUp Gold when you are licensed for
WhatsVirtual or when you are running the WhatsUp Gold product evaluation. To update or
purchase a license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).

VMware Scan (available for WhatsVirtual license). This scan connects to VMware
servers and uses the VMware vSphere API to gather infrastructure information about
your virtual environment. The VMware Scan uses a list of user provided VMware
vCenter servers or VMware hosts as targets for the scan.

Rescan existing WUG VMware vCenter servers and hosts (recommended). Use
this option to rescan previously discovered vCenter servers and hosts. Choosing this
option updates the device lists and maps provided in the Device View and Map View.

Add new VMware vCenter servers or hosts. Enter the IP address of the managing
vCenter or VMware hosts. Separate each host name or IP address with a comma.
Note: You can enter a vCenter IP address as a target and WhatsVirtual will discover all
VMware hosts and virtual machines the vCenter manages.
Note: If you want detailed information about VMware hosts to be available for the VMware
Host Details log, you must add credentials for the VMware hosts.
Note: You must have VMware credentials for all of the servers in the list of targets for the
scan.
Note: Ensure that VMware Tools are installed on each virtual machine you want to discover. If
VMware tools are not installed on a virtual machine, the device will not be discovered during
the VMware Scan.
Running discovery
After you have configured discovery settings, click Start a discovery session to find devices
on your network.
When you begin a new discovery session:

The Settings pane is replaced by the Progress Summary pane, which lists information
about the running discovery session.
54
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Discovered devices are added to the list in the Devices Discovered pane. As each
device is scanned, additional information about it becomes available, such as its
brand, model, and operating system. Based on what it discovers about a device,
WhatsUp Gold designates a device role, which defines what monitors WhatsUp Gold
attempts to apply to the device.
To view detailed information about a discovered device:
1
Select a fully discovered device from the list in the Devices Discovered pane. You can tell
a device has been fully discovered when the Status column lists complete. The row
highlights when the device is selected.
2 If it is not already selected, select the Device Information tab from the bottom of
window. This section shows detailed information about the selected device.
To stop a running discovery session:
If a discovery session has not completed fully (reached 100% on the progress bar), you can
stop it by clicking Stop the current discovery session.
Tip: When you stop a running discovery session, the devices that have been completely
discovered remain in the Devices Discovered list and can still be added to WhatsUp Gold.
Devices that show a Status of Canceled, however, cannot be added to WhatsUp Gold unless
you run another discovery session and allow them to be discovered completely.
Viewing progress summary information
After a new discovery session starts, the Progress Summary information displays to the left
side of the Discovery Console and provides information about the discovery in progress.
55
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Device Summary

Device Limit. Lists the number of devices that WhatsUp Gold is licensed to manage.

Existing Devices. Lists the number of devices that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring.

Discovered Devices. Lists the number of devices discovered in the current scan.
Network Traffic

SNMP Bytes (in/out). Indicates the amount of SNMP data WhatsUp Gold has sent
and received in the current discovery process.

PDU (Protocol Data Unit) (in/out). Indicates the amount of data sent and received
among peer network devices during the discovery process.

Scanned. Indicates the number of devices scanned and the total number of devices
to be scanned.
Session Metrics

Scan Start. Indicates the time the discovery started.

Scan End. Indicates the time the discovery ended.

Elapsed Time. Indicates the time the discovery took to complete.
Session Settings

Scan Type. Indicates the current discovery method used in the current network scan.

Layer 2 scan. Indicates whether Layer 2 discovery was enabled for the discovery scan.

SNMP Credentials. Indicates the number of devices that were discovered with SNMP
credentials.

Windows Credentials. Indicates the number of devices that were discovered with
WMI credentials.

VMWare Credentials. Indicates the number of devices that were discovered with
VMware credentials.
Viewing device discovery information
After the discovery settings are configured and you start a discovery session, the Devices
Discovered section on the right side of the Discovery Console displays the progress and
results of the discovery scan. Information and the status of each device discovery appears as
follows:

Host Name. Lists the the discovered device name by IP address or name.

Address. Lists the discovered device IP address.

Brand. Lists the device hardware manufacturer. The brand information helps narrow
the discovery criteria to identify product model information.

Model. Lists the device manufacturer model. The model information helps further
refine the discovery criteria to help identify the device role.

Operating System. Lists the operating system the device is running.
56
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Role. Based on the device brand, model, running applications, active ports, and other
discovery criteria, a template or several template options are listed as device Role
options (configurations). You can also create custom device role configurations so
that device roles are identified more accurately, during discovery, for the devices on
your network. For more information, see Using Device Roles (on page 62).

Status. Lists the status of the discovery that is running.

Progress. Lists the results of the discovery; whether the device found is a new or
existing device. If the device is a new device, you can add it to the WhatsUp Gold
database (device map) OR if the device is an existing device, the device has already
been added to the WhatsUp Gold database.
Tip: Each column under Devices Discovered is sortable; click a column title to sort the
column.
Adding discovered devices to WhatsUp Gold
After WhatsUp Gold discovers and identifies the role of devices, you can add those devices to
a device group. You do not have to wait for the discovery session to reach 100% before you
can add devices; after a device is listed as Complete in the Status column, it can be added to a
device group.
Tip: If a device identifies with an incorrect role or a role other than the one you want to use,
you can change it in the drop down in the Role column. This field lists all of the roles for
which the device met the criteria. If the role you want to use is not in this list, you must
modify the device identification on the role. For more information, see Using Device Roles (on
page 62) in the console application help.
To select a device role:

In the Devices Discovered Role column, for each device listed, select the device role
you want to use to define the device configuration. For more information about
device role settings, see Using Device Roles (on page 62) in the console application
help.
Before adding devices to the database, you can view the following information about
devices:

Device Limit. Lists the total number of devices WhatsUp Gold is licensed to monitor.

New Selected. Lists the number of devices you have selected to add to the WhatsUp
Gold database.

Existing Devices. Lists the number of devices WhatsUp Gold is currently monitoring.

Available Devices. Lists the number of devices remaining on the license for WhatsUp
Gold to monitor.
57
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To add all completed devices to a device group:
Note: Only devices that are listed as Complete in the Status column can be added. If any
selected devices are in any other status, they are not added to WhatsUp Gold.
1
Click Add completed devices to WhatsUp Gold. The Add Devices to WhatsUp Gold
dialog appears.
2
In Group name, type the name of the device group to which you want to add devices.
To use a device group that already exists in WhatsUp Gold, type the name exactly as it
appears in WhatsUp Gold. If the name does not already exist in WhatsUp Gold, a device
group with that name is created. To use a default name, which includes the type of scan
and the time the scan started, click Default name.
3 Select each device you want to add to WhatsUp Gold. The check mark next to each
device includes the device to be added to WhatsUp Gold.
4 Click Add devices to WhatsUp Gold. A progress dialog appears as the devices are
added to the device group.
5 When you are finished adding devices, click Close. The Save Device Settings dialog
closes.
After discovered devices are added to the device group, WhatsUp Gold begins monitoring
them immediately.
58
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Configuring scheduled discovery
After you have optimized discovery settings for your network, you can schedule discovery to
run periodically using the configured settings. Each time discovery runs, it detects new
devices on your network and suggests adding monitors on devices that have changed since
the last discovery. You can also configure email notifications that distribute information
about the results of the scheduled discovery. Select the Discovery Settings options on the left
to configure the discovery, then use the Schedule Information section to set up the discovery
schedule.
To create a scheduled discovery:
1 Select Devices > Discovery Console. The Discovery console appears.
2 Click Schedule. The Scheduled Discovery Settings dialog appears.
3 Configure the settings for the discovery you want to schedule. For more information,
see Configure discovery settings (on page 51).
4 Configure the discovery settings, schedule information, and schedule recurrence
settings.
5 To have this discovery detect both new devices and new services on existing devices,
click Test for new monitors on existing devices. If this option is not selected, WhatsUp
Gold does not scan for new services on existing devices.
6 To receive an email notification of the discovery's results, click Send email notification
upon completion.
a) Click Email Settings to configure the email notification. The Email Settings dialog
appears.
b) Enter the information for the email. In Body, you can use HTML and discovery percent
variables (on page 67).
c) After you have configured the email, click OK. The Email Settings dialog closes.
7
8
Verify that Schedule enabled is selected.
Click OK to save the scheduled discovery. The Scheduled Discovery Settings dialog
closes.
To view and edit scheduled discoveries:
1
In the tabbed section at the bottom of the Discovery Console, click Scheduled
Discoveries. The Scheduled Discoveries tab appears.
2 Select a scheduled discovery in the list that you want to view or edit, then click Edit.
3 Change the discovery schedule as required.
To delete a scheduled discovery:
1
In the tabbed section at the bottom of the Discovery Console, click Scheduled
Discoveries. The Scheduled Discoveries tab appears.
2 Select a scheduled discovery you want to delete, then click Delete.
59
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Configuring discovery results email settings
Use this dialog to set up the recipients for the scheduled discovery results. Complete the To,
From, Subject, and Body for the scheduled discovery notification email. You can configure
the SMTP server, port, timeout, SMTP server authentication, and encrypted connections in the
global email settings dialog.
A template email message has been created in the Body section of the dialog. You can use
plain text or html code to style the message. You can also use other Discovery variables to
customize the email message with additional information you want to include. For more
information, see the discovery percent variables (on page 67) information in the console
application help.
When the email is configured, you can click Test to make sure the message sends to the
recipients and that the message body works correctly.
To configure global email settings:
1
2
3
Click Devices > Discovery Console. The Discovery Console appears.
Click Schedule. The Scheduled Discovery Settings dialog appears.
Select the Send email notification upon completion or Send email even when no
updates found option, then click Email Settings. The Email Settings dialog appears.
Viewing Device Information tab
The Device Information tab provides detailed information returned from SNMP devices
discovered on the network. This information helps you view details about each device before
adding it to the WhatsUp Gold database.
Note: Device Information varies, dependant upon on the device type and the SNMP
information available on the device.
To view device details:
1
2
3
Click Devices > Discovery Console. The Discovery Console appears.
In the bottom section of the Discovery Console, click the Device Information tab.
Click to select a device in the Devices Discovered list. The SNMP information extracted
from the device displays in the Device Information box.
Viewing scheduled discoveries
The Scheduled Discoveries tab lists all the discovery scans that are scheduled to run. You can
edit and delete the discovery schedules as required. The following information about
scheduled discoveries is displayed.

Scan Name. Lists the saved scheduled discovery name.

Description. Lists descriptive information about the scheduled discovery.

Date Saved. Lists the date and time the scheduled discovery was saved.

Next Scan. List the time(s) the scheduled discovery scan is scheduled to run.
60
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Create. Click to setup a new scheduled discovery.
You can select an existing scheduled discovery in the list, then Edit or Delete the scheduled
discovery.
Note: The results from the scheduled discovery scan will appear in the Saved Results tab.
For more information, see Configuring scheduled discovery (on page 59).
Saving discovery results
You can save the results of a network discovery to return to at a later time. This is useful if you
are discovering a large network and will be creating device groups and adding devices over
more than one session.
To save the results of a discovery session:
Important: When you save the device discovery results, the list of devices found in the
discovery are saved. This does not save the devices to the WhatsUp Gold database.
1
2
From the Discovery console, click Save. The Save Discovery Results dialog appears.
Enter a Name and Description for the saved discovery session, then click OK. The
discovery session is saved under the Saved Results tab.
To open a saved discovery session:
Caution: Saved results are not updated when they are opened. If your network changes
between the time of the initial scan and when you open the saved results, the saved results
will not be accurate.
1
2
From the Discovery console, select the Saved Results tab.
Select the saved discovery session that you want to open, then click View. The saved
discovery session results appear in the Devices Discovered pane.
Using saved discovery results
The Saved Results tab lists all the discovery scans that have been saved for later use. Use the
Saved Results tab to view the results of a previous discovery scan or delete the discovery scan
from the list. When you view previous scans, you can select and add devices that you have
not previously added to the WhatsUp Gold database. For more information, see Adding
discovered devices to WhatsUp Gold (on page 57).
To access the Discovery Console Saved Results tab:
1 Click Devices > Discovery Console. The Discovery Console appears.
2 In the bottom section of the Discovery Console, click the Saved Results tab.
The following Saved Scan information is listed:

Name. Lists the saved discovery name.
61
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Description. Lists descriptive information about the discovery.

Date Saved. Lists the date and time the discovery was saved.

Scheduled. Lists whether the scan is a scheduled scan or a discovery scan. A True
value indicates that the scan is a scheduled scan, while False indicates that the scan is
a discovery or unscheduled scan.
You can select an existing Saved Scan in the list, then View or Delete the scan.
Using Device Roles
When WhatsUp Gold discovers devices, it tries to determine the type of each device so that it
can monitor them appropriately. To determine a device type, WhatsUp Gold compares the
discovered attributes of each device to a set of criteria called device roles.
Device roles do two things:

Specify the criteria that a device must match to be identified as the device role.

Specify the monitoring configuration that is applied to the device when it is added to
WhatsUp Gold.
WhatsUp Gold provides default device roles that are used to identify most common network
devices. If your network includes devices that are not identified by this default set, you can
create custom device roles.
Configuring device role settings
When a device is added to WhatsUp Gold, the initial device configuration is specified by
device role. You can use the Device Role Settings dialog to configure and modify custom
device roles for use with your network.
62
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: The Device Role Settings dialog is only available from the WhatsUp Gold console.
To configure device role settings:
1 Open the Discovery console from the WhatsUp Gold console.
2 Select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears.
3 Select the device role you want to modify, then click Configure.
- or Click Add to create a new device role. The New Role dialog appears.
Note: You cannot modify the role identification criteria of a default role. You can, however,
duplicate a default role and modify the new role's criteria, then disable the default role.
63
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
Configure the device properties. The following table lists the device properties that can
be configured to be automatically added to discovered devices that match a device role.
To configure this property
Use this tab
Notes
The device's icon and
informational overlay text, as
seen on the device map
Supports discovery percent
variables (on page 67). For
more information, see the
General tab console Help.
Performance monitors applied to
the device
For more information, see the
Performance monitors tab
console Help.
Active monitors applied to the
device, including which active
monitors are critical
To make an active monitor
critical, click the checkbox in
the Critical column of that
monitor. For more
information, see About critical
active monitors (on page 228)
and the Active monitors tab
console Help.
Passive monitors associated with
the device
We do not recommend
enabling the Any options.
The Any options cause
WhatsUp Gold to save a large
volume of data and can lead
to performance problems
caused by a large database.
For more information, see the
Passive monitors tab console
Help.
Action policy applied to the
device
For more information, see the
Actions tab console Help.
Context menu items available
when right-clicking on the device
Supports discovery percent
variables (on page 67). For
64
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this property
Use this tab
Notes
in the console
more information, see the
Context menu items tab
console Help.
Web links available for the device
in the web interface
Supports discovery percent
variables (on page 67). For
more information, see the
Web links tab console Help.
The initial content of the device's
Notes field
Supports discovery percent
variables (on page 67). For
more information, see the
Notes tab console Help.
Attributes added to the device
Supports discovery percent
variables (on page 67). For
more information, see the
Device attributes tab console
Help.
The criteria a discovery scan uses
to determine whether a device
fits a specific role
For more information, see
Configuring device role
identification settings (on page
65).
gmx
Configuring device role identification settings
To determine if a device is a certain role, WhatsUp Gold can use several different types of
criteria ranging from simple DNS and TCP port checks to complex SNMP queries.
To configure how a role is identified:
1
2
3
Open the Discovery console from the WhatsUp Gold console.
Select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears.
Select the device role you want to modify, then click Configure.
- or Click Add to create a new device role. The New Role dialog appears.
Note: You cannot modify the role identification criteria of a default role. You can, however,
duplicate a default role and modify the new role's criteria, then disable the default role.
4
5
Select the Role identification tab.
To add a new criterion, click Add. The Select an identification criterion type dialog
appears.
- or -
6
To edit an existing criterion, click Edit. The Edit Criterion dialog appears. Skip to step 7 to
continue.
Select a criterion from the list.
65
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

DNS hostname contains. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled
SNMP object (OID) contains the specified hostname value. For example, you can
check that a device name contains "ATL," the prefix used in the Atlanta office
computer names.

SNMP object contains. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled
SNMP object (OID) contains the specified value. For example, you can check for
devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0 (Microsoft branch) with "Version
5.1" system description information to determine the devices that are running
Windows XP.

SNMP object has a child which contains. Select to set criteria that passes if the value
of the polled SNMP object (OID) includes a child object. For example, you can check
for devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.17 (dot1dBridge, the root of the
bridge MIB). If this OID has a child, it means the device supports the Bridge MIB, and
therefore the device must be a switch.

SNMP object has a number of children greater than. Select to set criteria that
passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) includes child objects greater than
x number of children. For example, you can check the number of instances of a device
interface by discovering instances of the interface table. This criterion could be used
to identify "critical" network switches by identifying switches with 200 or more
interface tables.

SNMP object has a value. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled
SNMP object (OID) contains the specified value. For example, you can check for
devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.6 (sysLocation) with "Server Room"
system description information to determine the devices that are network servers.

SNMP object has at least one child. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of
the polled SNMP object (OID) includes at least one child object. For example, you can
check that a printer OID includes at least one child printer OID. This criterion
determines that the device is definitely a printer device. Printer OIDs must include a
printer child OID.

SNMP object is. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP
object (OID) is equal to the specified value. For example, you could poll the sysContact
object to make sure the configured contact information is equal to "Jane Doe."

SNMP object matches regular expression. Select to set criteria that passes if the
value of the polled SNMP object (OID) matches the specified regular expression value.
For example, you could check for devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0,
the Catalyst switch sysDescr. If this system description matches the regular expression
value (.*Catalyst), the criteria is matched.

SNMP object starts with. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled
SNMP object (OID) starts with the specified value. For example, you can check for
devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.2.0, an HP enterprise OID. If this OID
starts with 1.3.6.1.4.1.11, the root of the HP Enterprise MIB space, it means the
specified device is supported.

SNMP SysObjectID is. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled
SysObjectID object the specified value. For example, the criterion could poll the
66
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
SysObjectID and check that it starts with 1.3.6.1.4.1.9.1.502, a Catalyst switch
SysObjectID. This criteria will pass only if the polled device is a Catalyst machine.
7
8

SNMP SysObjectID starts with. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the
polled SysObjectID object starts with the specified value. For example, the criterion
could poll the system object ID and check that it starts with 1.3.6.1.4.1.9, the root of
the Cisco Enterprise MIB space. This criteria will pass only if the polled device is a Cisco
machine.

NIC card brand name matches regular expression. Select to set criteria that passes
if the value of the device NIC card brand name matches the specified regular
expression value. For example, SNMP is used to identify all NIC MAC addresses and
they are converted to NIC vendor strings. The criterion could use the regular
expression .*intel to check for a criteria match on all Intel NIC cards.

TCP port is open. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the of the device port
open is equal to the specified port open value. For example, if you want to find
devices that have TCP ports 1234 open, then enter the port number "1234" for the
port check criteria.

Is always a successful match. Select to set all criteria to always match when the
option is selected.

Device is a VMware host server (ESX/ESXi). Select to set criteria that passes if the
device type is a VMware host server.

VMware server is hosting a number of VMs greater than. Select to set criteria that
passes if the number of VMs hosted is greater than the specified value.

Name of VM hosted by VMware server is. Select to set criteria that passes if the
name of the VM hosted by the VMware server is the specified name.

Name of VM hosted by VMware server contains. Select to set criteria that passes if
the name of the VM hosted by the VMware server contains the specified value.

Device is a VMware vCenter Server. Select to set criteria that passes if the device
type is a VMware vCenter Server.
After selecting a criterion, click OK. The Edit Criterion dialog appears.
Configure the settings for the criterion, then click OK. For specific information about the
criterion's settings, click Help.
Note: By default, a device must match ALL role identification criteria to be identified as that
device role. To identify devices that match ANY of the role identification criteria, clear Match
all criteria.
67
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the percent variables in the Discovery Console
You can customize discovery, device role, and scheduled discovery information with the
variables in the following tables. For more information about where you can use the
discovery percent variables, see Configuring device role settings in the WhatsUp Gold
console help.
Device Discovery variables
Description
%Discovery.Device.DeviceID
Returns the device ID.
%Discovery.Device.Description
Returns the device description
information.
%Discovery.Device.Contact
Returns the device contact
information.
%Discovery.Device.Location
Returns the device location
information.
%Discovery.Device.Name
Returns the device name information.
%Discovery.Device.OID
Returns the device OID information.
%Discovery.Device.PrimaryRole
Returns the device's primary role
setting.
%Discovery.Device.Model
Returns the device product model
information.
%Discovery.Device.Brand
Returns the device product brand
information.
%Discovery.Device.OS
Returns the device operating system
information.
%Discovery.Device.OSVersion
Returns the device operating system
version.
%Discovery.Device.PhysicalAddress
Returns the device MAC address.
%Discovery.Device.PhysicalAddressVendor
Returns the device vendor name
information.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.Name
Returns the VMware host name.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.FullName
Returns the full name of the VMware
host.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.OSType
Returns the VMware host operating
system information.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.VIMVersion
Returns the VMware virtual server
version.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.APIVersion
Returns the VMware virtual server API
version.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.APIType
Returns the VMware virtual server API
type.
68
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.Build
Returns the VMware virtual server
build number.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.BootTime
Returns the VMware virtual server
boot time.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.HardwareVendor
Returns the hardware vendor name of
the VMware host server.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.HardwareModel
Returns the hardware model of the
VMware host server.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberCPUCores
Returns the number of CPU cores on
the VMware host server.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberCPUPkgs
Returns the number of CPU packages
on the VMware host server.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberCPUThreads
Returns the number of CPU threads on
the VMware host server.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.CPUFrequency
Returns the CPU clock frequency of
the VMware host server in Hz.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.CPUModel
Returns the CPU model used by the
VMware host server.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.MemorySize
Returns the amount of memory in the
VMware host server.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberVMsTotal
Returns the total number of virtual
machines hosted by the VMware
server.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberVMsPoweredOn
Returns the number of virtual
machines hosted by the VMware
server that are in the powered on
state.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberVMsSuspended
Returns the number of virtual
machines hosted by the VMware
server that are in the suspended state.
%Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberVMsPoweredOff Returns the number of virtual
machines hosted by the VMware
server that are in the powered off
state.
69
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Device Session variables
Description
%Discovery.Session.ExistingDevices
Returns the total number of devices that reside in
the WhatsUp Gold database.
%Discovery.Session.NewDevices
Returns the number of new devices identified in
the discovery session.
%Discovery.Session.ModifiedDevices
Returns the number of device roles identified in
the discovery session.
%Discovery.Session.LicensedDevices
Returns the number of devices WhatsUp Gold is
licensed to manage.
%Discovery.Session.DiscoveredDevices
Returns the total number of devices identified in
the discovery session.
%Discovery.Session.StartDate
Returns the discovery session starting date and
time.
%Discovery.Session.EndDate
Returns the discovery session ending date and
time.
%Discovery.Session.ElapsedTime
Returns the total discovery session scan time
from start to finish.
Managing device roles
Note: The Device Role Settings dialog is available from the WhatsUp Gold console Discovery
console. For additional information about device roles, see the WhatsUp Gold console help.
Use the Device Role Settings dialog to manage device roles for discovery. From this dialog
you can:

Create new device roles (on page 71)

Duplicate existing device roles (on page 71)

Modify device roles (on page 71)

Enable or disable device roles (on page 71)

Restore device roles to their original settings (on page 72)

Delete device roles (on page 72)
The Device Role Settings dialog is accessible from the Discovery console (Advanced > Device
role settings).
70
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Creating new roles
To create a new device role:
1
From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role
Settings dialog appears.
2 Click Add. The Role Settings Editor dialog appears.
3 Configure the new device role. When you are done, click OK. The Role Settings Editor
dialog closes.
Duplicating device roles
To duplicate an existing device role:
1 From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role
Settings dialog appears.
2
3
Select a device role, then click the gear icon (
). A menu appears.
Select Duplicate selected role from the menu. A copy of the selected role is added to
the list and selected.
4 To modify it, click Configure. The Role Settings Editor dialog appears.
5 Modify the device role.
6 When you are finished modifying the role, click OK. The Role Settings Editor dialog
closes.
Modifying device roles
To modify an existing device role:
1 From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role
Settings dialog appears.
2 Select a device role, then click Configure. The Role Settings Editor dialog appears.
3 Modify the device role.
4 When you are finished modifying the role, click OK. The Role Settings Editor dialog
closes.
Enabling or disabling device roles
To enable/disable a device role:
1 From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role
Settings dialog appears.
2
3
Select a device role, then click the gear icon (
). A menu appears.
If the device role is disabled, select Enable selected role. If the device role is enabled,
select Disable selected role. The device role's status is immediately updated in the list.
71
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Restoring a device role to its original settings
To restore a default device role to its original settings:
Note: Only default device roles can be restored.
1
From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role
Settings dialog appears.
2
3
4
). A menu appears.
Select a device role, then click the gear icon (
Select Restore selected role to factory defaults. A confirmation dialog appears.
To restore the device role to its default settings, select Yes. The device role is restored to
its original settings.
Deleting device roles
To delete a device role:
Note: Default device roles cannot be deleted. If you do not want to use a default device role,
disable it.
1
From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role
Settings dialog appears.
2
3
4
Select a device role, then click the gear icon (
). A menu appears.
Select Delete selected role. A confirmation dialog appears.
To delete the device role, select Yes. The device role is removed from the list.
72
Using Devices
In This Chapter
Viewing devices in WhatsUp Gold ............................................................... 73
About device icons ............................................................................................ 74
Using Credentials................................................................................................ 75
Searching for devices ........................................................................................ 76
Understanding group access and user rights for Find Device ........... 77
Searching for devices with interface traffic............................................... 77
Viewing devices in WhatsUp Gold
After you have discovered and added devices to WhatsUp Gold, use the Devices tab to view
and manage devices in WhatsUp Gold.
In WhatsUp Gold, devices are displayed as resources (computers/workstations, servers,
routers, switches, etc.) that are connected to your computer through a LAN (Local Area
Network), a wireless network, or over the Internet. WhatsUp Gold watches these devices
through a network connection.

After you associate active monitors with devices on your network, the monitors query
the network services installed on a device and wait for a response, checking to make
sure that the FTP server, web server, email server, etc., is up and responding. If a
response is either not received or is not the expected response, the service is
considered down. If the query is returned as expected, the service is considered up.
Notifications or other actions can be setup in WhatsUp Gold to address the issue. For
a more information about service monitors, see the Active Monitors overview (on page
155).
You can also configure passive monitors, which listen for specified events to occur on a
device and when the event occurs, notifies you or takes other actions. For more information,
see the Passive Monitors overview (on page 232).
Additionally, you can configure performance monitors to gather device performance
information, such as CPU, disk, memory, and interface utilization. For more information, see
the Performance monitors overview (on page 246).
73
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To view network devices:

Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Device list appears.
1
Device Groups. Lists network devices by categories. Select the device group you want
to view. The selected device group appears in the right panel in the Details View or Map
View. For more information, see Using Device Groups (on page 79).
2 Details View (shown). Lists network devices as a list of devices in a group.
3 Map View (not shown). Lists network devices as icon views of devices in a group. The
map view provides visual information about the device status. For more information, see
Using the Map View (on page 93).
4 Find Device. Use this search tool to find a device or device group(s) in WhatsUp Gold.
For more information, see Searching for devices (on page 76).
Each device icon provides information about its device state and the state of the monitors
associated to the device. In addition, the Status column indicates which specific monitor is
down and the duration of the interruption.
74
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
About device icons
The following icons appear in the Device View (Console) or Details View (Web interface) when
viewing the contents of a device group. For more information about device icons and status
indicators, see Using the Map View (on page 93).
Icon
Description
(Green) All monitors on the device are considered up.
Device entry appears in another device group. At least one monitor on the device is
unresponsive, but at least one is considered up.
(Orange) The device is currently in maintenance mode.
A bold device name shows that the device has undergone a state change, and that state
change has not been acknowledged. To acknowledge a device state, right-click the
device and click Acknowledge.
Using Credentials
The Credentials system stores the applicable login, community string, or connection string
information for the following devices and applications:

Windows (WMI Active Monitors, WMI Performance Monitors, and the Web Task
Manager)

SNMP v1, 2, and 3 devices in the WhatsUp Gold database

ADO database

VMware

Telnet

SSH
Credentials are configured in the Credentials Library (located on the Admin tab under
Credentials Library) and used in several places throughout the application. They can be
associated with devices in the Device Properties dialog (right-click a device, select Properties
> Credentials), or through the Credentials Bulk Field Change option, accessed by rightclicking a group of devices in a device list or map.
A device needs SNMP credentials applied to it in order for SNMP-based active monitors to
work. Similarly, NT Service Checks must have Windows credentials applied, and WhatsUp
Gold database monitors require ADO connection information.
VMware vCenter, and ESXi devices require VMware credentials to access system performance
counters. WhatsConfigured plug-in requires either an SSH or Telnet connection to gather
configuration data and to perform various task scripts.
For more information, see Credentials Library (on page 836).
75
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Searching for devices
Use the Find device search to find a device or device group(s) to which a network device
belongs. Find Device is a "contains" search. For example, if you enter the numbers 192 for an
IP address search, any device whose IP address contains the sequential numbers 192 would
be listed in the search results.
To search for a device:
1
2
Click the Devices tab, then click Find Device. The Find Device dialog appears.
Enter a device search in the Find Device box or click Search for advanced search
options. Select the device aspect by which you would like to perform the device search;
either Device Display Name, Hostname, IP Address, or All. If you select to perform a search
by All, WhatsUp Gold searches for the matching criteria in the device's display name,
hostname, and IP address.
3 In For, enter the device criteria for which WhatsUp Gold will search for a match.
Tip: Select Exact match to have WhatsUp Gold search for an exact match of the search
criteria you enter in For.
4
Click Find. Device search results are displayed in the lower section of the dialog.
Note: By default, Find Device searches for matches that contain your search criteria. For
example, if you search for Device IP Address and 12, your search results can contain matches
for addresses including 12.0.0.1, 192.168.120.2, 172.16.42.12, 10.122.0.1, 172.16.42.112, and
192.168.212.1.
The dialog displays the following data about devices matching the search criteria.

The device's Display Name.

The device's Hostname.

The device's IP Address.

The Device Group to which the device belongs. If a device belongs to more than one
device group, it is listed multiple times in the list of devices, one time for each group
in which it belongs.
Note: Devices are displayed in this list according to a user's group access rights. You must
have Group Read rights to at least one group to which a device belongs in order for it to
appear in the results list. For more information, see Group Access and User Rights for the Find
feature (on page 77).
To view a group to which the device belongs:
Select a device from the list, then click View Group. The Device List appears in either Details
or Map View, with the selected device highlighted.
76
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To edit a device configuration:
Select a device from the list, then click Properties. The device Properties (on page 119) dialog
appears.
To delete a device from a group:
Select a device from the results list that is listed in the group from which you want to remove
the device, then click Delete. The device is removed from the group.Use this dialog to find a
device or device group(s) to which a network device belongs, then manage the device as
needed.
Understanding group access and user rights for Find Device
Find Device adheres to the group access and user rights assigned to a WhatsUp Gold user
account.
User Rights are configured from the Manage Users dialog (click the Admin tab, then click
Manage Users). Group access rights are enabled from the Manage Users dialog, but must be
specified from a group's properties. For more information, see Assigning group access rights.
A user account must have Group Read rights to at least one group to which a device belongs
in order for it to appear in the results list. Additionally, a user account must have the following
rights to perform Find Device's functions:

An account must have Device Read to edit a device via Device Properties (on page
119).

An account must have both the Group Write and Manage Groups rights to remove a
device from a group.

An account must have both the Device Write and Manage Devices rights to remove a
device from WhatsUp Gold.
Note: When you attempt to remove a device from a group and it is the last copy of that
device in WhatsUp Gold, if you have the appropriate rights, it is removed from WhatsUp
Gold.
Searching for devices with interface traffic
If you have Flow Monitor, you can use the device right-click menu Host Search option to
display the interfaces over which traffic has been transmitted to or from a specific device.
To search for device interface traffic:
1 Click the Device tab, then click Devices. The Device page appears.
77
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
From the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Host Search. The
Host Search dialog appears.
The top portion of this dialog provides specific information about the device for which
you searched.

Host name. Displays the full host name of the device.

IP address. Displays the IP address of the device.

Domain. Displays the domain or group to which the device belongs.

Country. Displays the country to which the public IP address of this device is
assigned.

Last resolved. Displays the date and time when the last record of the device was
recorded on any interface.
The lower portion of this dialog displays specific interfaces over which the device
transmitted traffic. This table shows the interface name, the amount of data recorded in
the 24 hours prior to that date, and the date traffic was last recorded.
To view data where the selected host generated the traffic:
Select Sender. To view data where the selected host received the traffic, select Receiver.
By default, the Traffic and Last Data Recorded columns do not display information. To view
information for these columns, select Show Traffic and Last Data Recorded.
78
Using Device Groups
In This Chapter
Using device groups .......................................................................................... 79
Creating device groups .................................................................................... 80
Configuring Dynamic Groups ........................................................................ 80
Dynamic Group examples ............................................................................... 83
Using the Dynamic Group builder................................................................ 91
Using device groups
In WhatsUp Gold, device groups help you to quickly find and diagnose problems. You can
create as many device groups as you wish to organize your network in a way that is
meaningful to you and your monitoring needs.
Device group types
Two types of device groups exist in WhatsUp Gold:

Non-dynamic groups

Dynamic groups
Non-dynamic groups are simply referred to as "device groups." Each time you perform a
discovery scan, WhatsUp Gold creates a group containing the devices found in that scan.
WhatsUp Gold names the group by combining the type of scan and the date and time the
scan took place. For example, "SNMP Scan (2007-08-03 10:24:37)." Devices that are already in
the database appear in the new group as shortcuts to the original device reference. The
shortcut icons serve indicates that the device appears in multiple groups. You can configure a
device either by clicking the original reference, or by clicking a shortcut to the device.
Functionally, shortcuts serve the same purpose as the original device reference, and display
the same device status.
SQL queries searching for devices based on user-specified criteria create dynamic groups. By
default, all devices discovered on your network are placed into a dynamic group named All
devices. Similarly, each time a router is discovered it is placed into a similar dynamic group
named All routers.
79
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Device group icons
Device groups use icons to display the current state of the group and to indicate the type of
device group.
All of the monitors on all devices in the group are up.
The device group contains at least one device that is considered down.
The device group is empty, or devices have not been polled due to a dependency on
another device.
Indicates a dynamic group.
Device group maps
The Map View is based on device group folders, and each device group has a separate map. If
a device group folder contains a subfolder, or subgroup, you can double-click the folder in
Map View to display the subfolder map.
Device group reports
Device groups are particularly important when you are viewing reports pertaining to a
specific group, or group reports (on page 594). Viewing group reports requires you to select a
device group and a monitor to view data for that group. When you create groups, consider
ways of easily distinguishing them from one another for this reason. An easy way to
distinguish groups is using group names that are meaningful, such as "Atlanta Developers"
and "Atlanta Tech Support." As a result, you can easily tell what each device group is when
choosing a group on which to view Group Report information.
Device Group Access Rights
Similar to user rights are the WhatsUp Gold group access rights which link permissions to
device groups. For more information, see About group access rights.
Creating device groups
To create a new device group:
Note: You cannot create a new device group within a dynamic group.
1
2
Click Devices tab, the click New Group. The Create Group dialog appears.
Enter a title and short description for the group in the Group Name and Description
fields.
3 Click OK to add the group to the My Network tree.
80
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Configuring Dynamic Groups
This feature provides the ability to create device groups based on whatever criteria users
choose, without having to create device shortcuts. Dynamic groups can be created for
specific device types, device attributes, active monitors, or anything else that is stored for
individual devices in the database. Dynamic groups act as SQL queries that run on the
WhatsUp Gold database, and can display real-time data if viewed through a report that is set
to automatically refresh.
WhatsUp Gold is pre-configured with dynamic group examples, which you can see in the
Devices view, under Device Groups.
All of the Dynamic Group examples (on page 83) are active, so if you have devices that meet
the criteria, you will see the device displayed within the group. In the web interface, the
dynamic group display is refreshed every 2 minutes. A group is also refreshed when you
select it.
To view or edit the criteria for a dynamic group, right-click the group name, then select
properties.
Note: Dynamic groups on the web interface do not follow group access rights. Anyone with
the ability to view the device group that a dynamic group is in can access that dynamic
group. However, only devices that the user has the permission to view appear in the group.
81
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure Dynamic Groups:
1 Click the Devices tab, then click New Dynamic Group. The Create Dynamic Group
dialog appears.
2 Select a method for configuring the new Dynamic Group. Select Use the WhatsUp Gold
Dynamic Group Builder, Use SQL dialog, or Create a predefined dynamic group. If
you are an advanced SQL user, select the second option. Otherwise, we recommend
selecting the Dynamic Group Builder.
To use the Dynamic Group Builder:
1
2
Enter a name and description for the new dynamic group:

Group Name. Enter a name for the Dynamic Group as it will appear in the WhatsUp
Gold Device List.

Description (Optional). Enter a short description for the new Dynamic Group. This
description is visible to all users who can open the dynamic group.
In Filter, select which groups to search for devices that match the dynamic group
criteria.

Select All devices to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group.

Select All devices in the parent group to show all devices that match the criteria of
the dynamic group and are located in the group in which the dynamic group is
located.
Select All devices in the parent group and its children groups to show all devices
that match the criteria of the dynamic group and are located in the group in which
the dynamic group is located or any of that group's children groups.
Create and edit rules to form an SQL filter for the Dynamic Group.

3
To begin writing the rules for your SQL filter, click Add. The Dynamic Group Rule Editor (on
page 315) appears.
4 In the Dynamic Group Editor, enter the appropriate information (for more information,
see the help topic for this dialog). As you create rules, they are added to the Dynamic
Group Builder dialog where you can add more rules, edit, or delete existing rules by
clicking the Add, Edit, or Delete buttons.
Parentheses (single, double, triple, and quadruple) are available for use in your filter code add them by selecting them from the lists before and after your rules.
You can move existing rules up or down within your filter code by selecting a rule and then
clicking on the Up and Down buttons.
82
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Validating your filter code
Keep in mind that as you configure your rules, the SQL filter is displayed at the bottom of the
Builder dialog. When you are satisfied with the filter code that is displayed, click the Validate
button to test the filter code sytnax. If the test returns no errors, click OK to save the
configured SQL filter and to add the new Dynamic Group to your Device List.
If the code returns errors, either make the needed changes at this time, then click OK.
Additionally, you have the option to save the filter code so that you may edit it at a later time.
You can then select the Dynamic Group from the Device List and right-click, then select
Properties to edit the group filter code.
Converting your filter code
You can convert a Dynamic Group created with the Dynamic Group Builder to the SQL dialog
by clicking the Convert button. It is important to note that once you convert the Dynamic
Group to the SQL dialog, you will not be able to edit the group in the Dynamic Group Builder
again - you will only be able to make changes to the group from the SQL dialog. If you aren't
an advanced SQL user, we recommend that you make a copy of the Dynamic Group so that
you can keep a copy available for edit in the Dynamic Group Builder.
To use the SQL Dynamic Group dialog:
1 Enter a Display name for the group, enter the group Description, and enter an SQL
query in the Filter box that identifies the devices you want to appear in that group.
2 Click OK to add the group to the device list. SQL validation occurs as soon as you click
OK. If the filter fails, an error message appears.
In addition to the pre-configured dynamic groups, we have provided several sample filters (on
page 83) for you to create some very interesting dynamic groups.
Dynamic Group examples
WhatsUp Gold is pre-configured with dynamic group examples, which you can see in the
Devices view, under Device Groups. For more information on these groups, see Configuring
Dynamic Groups (on page 80).
The following examples show several dynamic group filters that you can use to create some
interesting dynamic groups for your devices. To use these examples, select the text of the
filter, and then copy and paste the text into the Filter box of the Dynamic Group (on page
312) dialog.
Note: You may have to remove the copyright information from the cut and paste if it appears
when you copy from this help file.
To show all devices that have had a state change in the last three hours:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
83
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
FROM Device
JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID
JOIN ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog
ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID =
ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND DATEDIFF(Hh,ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.dStartTime,GETDATE()) <= 3
To show all devices with multiple interfaces:
SELECT DISTINCT NetworkInterface.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN NetworkInterface
ON Device.nDeviceID = NetworkInterface.nDeviceID
WHERE
Device.bRemoved = 0
GROUP BY NetworkInterface.nDeviceID
HAVING COUNT(NetworkInterface.nDeviceID) > 1
To show all devices that have gone down in the last two hours and are still down:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM
Device
JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID
JOIN ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog
ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID =
ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID
JOIN MonitorState
ON Device.nWorstStateID = MonitorState.nMonitorStateID
84
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bDisabled = 0
AND DATEDIFF(hh, ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.dStartTime, GETDATE()) <= 2
AND MonitorState.nInternalMonitorState = 1
To show all the devices (in one specific group) that have had an action fire in the last
two days:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN ActionActivityLog
ON Device.nDeviceID = ActionActivityLog.nDeviceID
JOIN PivotDeviceToGroup
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotDeviceToGroup.nDeviceID
JOIN DeviceGroup
ON PivotDeviceToGroup.nDeviceGroupID = DeviceGroup.nDeviceGroupID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND DATEDIFF(Dd,ActionActivityLog.dDateTime,GETDATE()) <= 2
AND DeviceGroup.sGroupName = 'My Key Resources Group'
To show all devices that need acknowledgement:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID
JOIN ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog
ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID =
ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.bAcknowledged = 0
85
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bRemoved = 0
To show all devices with disks that are 90% full or fuller:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID
JOIN StatisticalDiskIdentification
ON PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDeviceID =
StatisticalDiskIdentification.nPivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDeviceID
JOIN StatisticalDiskCache
ON StatisticalDiskIdentification.nStatisticalDiskIdentificationID =
StatisticalDiskCache.nStatisticalDiskIdentificationID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.bEnabled = 1
AND StatisticalDiskCache.nDataType = 1
AND (((nUsed_Avg / nSize) > 0.90)
AND (NOT nSize = 0
OR nSize IS
NULL))
To show all devices in maintenance or with at least one down active monitor and match
the specified device types:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN MonitorState
ON Device.nWorstStateID = MonitorState.nMonitorStateID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND MonitorState.nInternalMonitorState IN (1,2)
86
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
AND Device.nDeviceTypeID IN (3,4,38,63,64,65,66,67,68,71,72)
To show only devices on which all active monitors are down:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN MonitorState
ON Device.nWorstStateID = MonitorState.nMonitorStateID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND MonitorState.nInternalMonitorState = 1
AND Device.nWorstStateID = Device.nBestStateID
To show only those devices on which all active monitors have been down for 20
minutes or more:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID
JOIN ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog
ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID =
ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID
JOIN MonitorState
ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nMonitorStateID =
MonitorState.nMonitorStateID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND PivotActiveMonitorTypetoDevice.bRemoved = 0
AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bDisabled = 0
AND MonitorState.nInternalMonitorState = 1
AND DATEDIFF(Mi,ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.dStartTime,GETDATE()) >= 20
AND Device.nWorstStateId = Device.nBestStateId
87
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To show devices to which a particular performance monitor is assigned:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID
JOIN StatisticalMonitorType
ON StatisticalMonitorType.nStatisticalMonitorTypeID =
PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.nStatisticalMonitorTypeID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.bEnabled = 1
AND StatisticalMonitorType.sStatisticalMonitorTypeName
LIKE '%Interface Utilization%'
To show devices to which a particular passive monitor is assigned:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN PivotPassiveMonitorTypeToDevice
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotPassiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID
JOIN PassiveMonitorType
ON PassiveMonitorType.nPassiveMonitorTypeID =
PivotPassiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPassiveMonitorTypeID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND PivotPassiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bRemoved = 0
AND PassiveMonitorType.sMonitorTypeName LIKE '%Cold Start%'
88
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To show devices to which a particular active monitor is assigned:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID
JOIN ActiveMonitorType
ON ActiveMonitorType.nActiveMonitorTypeID =
PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nActiveMonitorTypeID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bRemoved = 0
AND ActiveMonitorType.sMonitorTypeName LIKE '%Ping%'
To find a device by its display name, host name, or IP address:
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN NetworkInterface
ON Device.nDeviceID = NetworkInterface.nDeviceID
AND Device.nDefaultNetworkInterfaceID =
NetworkInterface.nNetworkInterfaceID
JOIN DeviceType
ON Device.nDeviceTypeID = DeviceType.nDeviceTypeID
WHERE (Device.sDisplayName LIKE '%Mail Server%'
OR NetworkInterface.sNetworkName LIKE '%server1.ipswitch.com%'
OR NetworkInterface.sNetworkAddress LIKE '%1.2.3.4%')
AND Device.bRemoved = 0
89
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To show devices whose actions (or whose active monitors' actions) have a specific word
in their name:
Note: To search for a different action, change the action name after LIKE. Be sure to leave
both % symbols.
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN ActionPolicy
ON Device.nActionPolicyID = ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID
JOIN PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy
ON ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID =
PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID
JOIN ActionType
ON PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy.nActionTypeID =
ActionType.nActionTypeID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND ActionType.sActionTypeName LIKE '%Critical%'
UNION
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice
ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID
JOIN ActionPolicy
ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nActionPolicyID =
ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID
JOIN PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy
ON ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID =
PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID
90
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
JOIN ActionType
ON PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy.nActionTypeID =
ActionType.nActionTypeID
WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0
AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bRemoved = 0
AND ActionType.sActionTypeName LIKE '%Critical%'
UNION
SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID
FROM Device
JOIN ActionPolicy
ON ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID=0 and bGlobalActionPolicy=1
JOIN PivotActionTypetoActionPolicy P
ON P.nActionPolicyID = ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID
JOIN [ActionType]
ON P.nActionTypeID = ActionType.nActionTypeID
WHERE ActionType.sActionTypeName LIKE '%Critical%'
Using the Dynamic Group builder
To create a dynamic group using Dynamic Group Builder:
1
2
3
4
Click the Devices tab.
Click New Dynamic Group.
Select Use the Dynamic Group builder, and click OK.
Enter a name and description for the new dynamic group:

Group Name. Enter a name for the Dynamic Group as it will appear in the WhatsUp
Gold Device List.

Description (Optional). Enter a short description for the new Dynamic Group. This
description is visible to all users who can open the dynamic group.
91
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
In Filter, select which groups to search for devices that match the dynamic group
criteria.

Select All devices to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group.

Select All devices in the parent group to show all devices that match the criteria of
the dynamic group and are located in the group in which the dynamic group is
located.
Select All devices in the parent group and its children groups to show all devices
that match the criteria of the dynamic group and are located in the group in which
the dynamic group is located or any of that group's children groups.
Create and edit rules to form an SQL filter for the Dynamic Group.

6
To begin writing the rules for your SQL filter, click Add. The Dynamic Group Editor (on
page 315) appears.
7
In the Dynamic Group Editor, enter the appropriate information (for more information,
see the help topic for this dialog). As you create rules, they are added to the Dynamic
Group Builder dialog where you can add more rules, edit, or delete existing rules by
clicking the Add, Edit, or Delete buttons.
Parentheses (single, double, triple, and quadruple) are available for use in your filter code add them by selecting them from the lists before and after your rules.
You can move existing rules up or down within your filter code by selecting a rule and then
clicking on the Up and Down buttons.
Validating your filter code
Keep in mind that as you configure your rules, the SQL filter is displayed at the bottom of the
Builder dialog. When you are satisfied with the filter code that is displayed, click the Validate
button to test the filter code sytnax. If the test returns no errors, click OK to save the
configured SQL filter and to add the new Dynamic Group to your Device List.
If the code returns errors, either make the needed changes at this time, then click OK.
Additionally, you have the option to save the filter code so that you may edit it at a later time.
You can then select the Dynamic Group from the Device List and right-click, then select
Properties to edit the group filter code.
Converting your filter code
You can convert a Dynamic Group created with the Dynamic Group Builder to the SQL dialog
by clicking the Convert button. It is important to note that once you convert the Dynamic
Group to the SQL dialog, you will not be able to edit the group in the Dynamic Group Builder
again - you will only be able to make changes to the group from the SQL dialog. If you aren't
an advanced SQL user, we recommend that you make a copy of the Dynamic Group so that
you can keep a copy available for edit in the Dynamic Group Builder.
92
Using Maps
In This Chapter
Using the Map View ........................................................................................... 93
About Map View device limitations ............................................................. 95
Using the Map View
As you discover devices on your network, WhatsUp Gold creates a map of the initial discovery
device group. You can configure this map, or create other device groups and configure maps
for these groups as you see fit. Regardless of the groups for which you configure maps, you
can configure all maps in a variety of ways:

Organize devices into user-specified groups, for example, all HTTP servers.

Customize individual device icons such as workstations, containers, routers, and
bridges.

(WhatsUp Gold console) Indicate relationships among devices by using annotation
objects such as rectangles, ellipses, text, network clouds, and "attached" or "free"
lines.

Show status of network link lines.
To access Map Views:
Access the WhatsUp Gold web interface Map View from the Devices tab > Map View.
- or Access the WhatsUp Gold console Map View from View > Map View.
Interpreting the Map View
The Map View consists of device icons, annotations, and graphical indicators which are used
to represent the state of your network. The device icon is a graphical representation of the
device and provides the hostname or IP address of the device. The device icon can be
modified adding annotations, which you can add manually in the WhatsUp Gold console
application, and by graphical indicators which are automatically applied to device icons.
93
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Graphical Indicators
While annotations are added manually, graphical indicators are automatically applied to the
device icon by WhatsUp Gold in response to state changes, or to dependencies between
devices. The following diagram illustrates graphical indicators as they appear on a device icon
in the Map View.
1
Passive monitor indicator. A diamond shape at the upper left of the device icon,
displays the state of the passive monitors associated with the device.
2 SNMP indicator. A four pointed star located at the upper right of the device icon, is
present when the device has SNMP credentials stored in the Credentials Library.
Note: The presence of the SNMP indicator does not indicate that SNMP is enabled on the
device, or that the device is reporting SNMP traps to WhatsUp Gold.
3
4
5
6
7
Device state indicator. The background color and shape directly behind the device
icon, provides an indication of the state of the device as determined by the active
monitors monitoring the device.
Device status change indicator. A reverse of the normal background and foreground,
indicates that the device has undergone a state change that has not yet been
acknowledged.
Up dependency indicator. A green arrow that originates at the dependent device and
terminates at the device on which it dependent. The active monitors on which the
device is dependent are displayed on the arrow.
Active monitor indicator. A square located at the lower right of the device icon,
indicates the state of the active monitors associated with the device. If the indicator is
green, there is a recent Up state change in an active monitor. If the indicator is red, there
is a recent Down state change in an active monitor.
Down dependency indicator. A red arrow that originates at the dependent device and
terminates at the device on which it dependent. The active monitors on which the
device is dependent are displayed on the arrow.
94
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Annotations
Annotations, available in the WhatsUp Gold console application, are graphical objects that let
you customize and visually organize a map view. You can use these annotations to draw
connections between devices, add images and backgrounds, provide textual information,
and add visual enhancements to the Map View. Map annotations include:

Circles

Lines

Rectangles

Text

Network clouds

Polygons

Images
The Annotation toolbar is located at the top middle of the WhatsUp Gold console Map View.
Use this toolbar to add annotations and manipulate their properties, such as border width
and color.
About Map View device limitations
By default, WhatsUp Gold does not display maps with more than 256 devices. You can
change this default within the registry keys, with the understanding that it will cause lengthy
delays by specifying larger device defaults.
Important: The more devices you allow on a map, the longer time you will wait for the map
to load.
To change map device limitations:
1 Locate the registry key which controls this setting.

For 32-bit operating systems, open
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Ipswitch\Network Monitor\WhatsUp
Gold\Settings.

For 64-bit operating systems, open
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Ipswitch\Network
Monitor\WhatsUp Gold\Settings
95
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Change the MapView-MaxDevices registry key to a number greater than 256
(Decimal).
Note: If you want to change the text that displays when you reach the maximum device limit,
you can change it in the MapView-MaxDevicesMessage registry value. The default text is:
There are more devices on this Map than can be |drawn in a reasonable
time. Use the Device List |to manage devices for this Group. | |To
increase the maximum of (%ld) devices that |can be drawn per Map, look in
the online help |system for Map Device Limits.
The pipes (|) in the default text indicate line breaks in the text and the (%ld) is a variable for
the MapView-MaxDevicesMessage value.
96
Managing devices
In This Chapter
Learning about devices .................................................................................... 97
Learning about devices
From the device right-click menu, you can perform a number of tasks on the selected device.
You can Copy, Move, Paste, and Clone devices; poll a device; acknowledge a device states;
access devices via Remote Desktop Connection, search for interface traffic to and from
devices, use tools for troubleshooting device issues, apply bulk changes to multiple devices
at one time, set actions on virtual machines, add a new device, and view device properties.
To view the Details View right-click menu:
Right-click the a device or multiple devices the the Details View. The following menu appears:
97
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding a single new device to WhatsUp Gold
There are two ways to add devices to WhatsUp Gold:

Discover devices automatically. For more information, see Learning about the
Discovery Console (on page 47)

Manually add individual devices.
When you add devices individually, the device is added to the WhatsUp Gold database
immediately doing a discovery scan. The new device is generically categorized as a
workstation. This option may be useful for testing purposes, as it allows you to add the same
device to a database multiple times.
98
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To add a single device to WhatsUp Gold:
1 Click Devices > New Device. The Add New Device dialog appears.
2 Type the IP address or host name of the new device.
3 If you want to add a device without scanning for additional device information, select
Add device immediately without scanning. The new device is generically categorized
as a workstation.
4 If you want to apply a device role to a new device, select Force device role. For more
information, see Using Device Roles (on page 62).
5 Click Advanced to select a number of additional options for which to scan the device.
You can select additional options to resolve the device host name, use advanced SNMP
and ping timeout and retry settings. Additionally, select SNMP, SSH, WMI or VMware
credentials for the new device. For more information, see Setting Advanced single device
discovery settings (on page 99).
6 Click OK to save changes. WhatsUp Gold attempts to resolve the IP address or
hostname, then scans that device for device roles (if selected). When the scan is
complete, Device Properties dialog appears, allowing you to further configure the
device as needed.
Note: If WhatsUp Gold already contains the number of devices that your license allows, a
message appears telling you that you must upgrade your license or remove existing devices
to add a new device.
Setting Advanced device discovery settings
Select the following advanced single device discovery properties to use for the device you are
adding to WhatsUp Gold.

Resolve host names. Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold attempt to populate
the list of discovered devices with host names, instead of IP addresses. If the Use
SNMP SysName to name devices option is selected (see below), it is used first to
identify device names. If SNMP information is not available, the Resolve host names
option is used to identify device names (if the option is selected).

Use advanced ping. Select this option to use TCP port checks and ICMP pings to scan
on networks. If the TCP connection or ICMP ping is successful, the device at the IP
address is discovered.

Timeout (ms). Enter the amount of time the scan should wait for the ping or SNMP
information in milliseconds (ms).
Note: Refer to the information for Use advance ping options, to determine when this setting
applies to ping.

Retry count. Enter the number of times WhatsUp Gold should attempt to make the
ping or SNMP identification.
99
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: Refer to the information for Use advance ping options, to determine when this setting
applies to ping.

Use SNMP SysName to name devices. Select this option to discover each device
name by accessing the device SNMP SysName. This method is used first to identify
device names. If not available, the Resolve host names option is used to identify
device name (if the option is selected).

SNMP credentials. Select the appropriate SNMP credentials. This box is populated
from credentials currently available in the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library. If you
select an inappropriate set of credentials, or none is selected, WhatsUp Gold
determines device type based on the monitors discovered during the scan.
Tip: Click the browse (...) button in the console or the Credentials button in the web
interface to open the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure a new set of credentials
to use for discovery.
Tip: Credentials are configured in the Credentials Library. When a device is discovered using
a credential, that credential is then associated to that device. You can change this on Device
Properties > Credentials. If you select All, discovery uses all configured credentials in the
Credentials Library. The credential that is successful is then associated with the device.

SSH credentials. Select the appropriate SSH credentials. This box is populated from
credentials currently available in the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library.

Windows credentials. Select a Windows credential to use when attempting to
discover devices where you have to provide a Windows user name or password when
connecting. This box is populated from credentials currently available in the WhatsUp
Gold Credentials Library.

VMware credentials. Select the VMware credential to use when discovering VMware
vCenter, ESX and ESXi devices. This box is populated from credentials currently
existing in the Credentials Library.
Changing a device name
Changing the name of a device changes how it appears in the list views.
To change a device name:
1
2
3
Click the Devices tab.
Click Devices.
In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
4 Click General.
5 In the General section of Device Properties, enter the new name in the Display Name
box.
6 Click OK to save changes.
100
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Changing a device IP address
To change a device IP address:
1
2
3
Click the Devices tab.
Click Devices.
In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
4 Click General.
5 Type the new IP address in the Address box.
6 Click OK to save changes.
Adding additional network interfaces to a device
To configure a network interface:
1
2
3
4
5
6
In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
- or From any page where a device is selected using the device picker, click Properties in
the title bar.
Click General. The General dialog appears.
Click Additional Network Interfaces. The Network Interfaces dialog appears.
Click Add. The Add Network Interface dialog appears.
Enter the network information for the new interface.
Click OK to save the new interface information and return to the General section.
To change the default network interface on a device:
1 In the General section of Device Properties, click Additional Network Interfaces.
2 On the Network Interfaces dialog, select the interface you want to make the default.
3 Click Set Default.
4 Click OK to return to the General section.
Adding notes to a device
To add a note to a device:
1
In the Device List or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
Click Notes. The Notes dialog opens.
2
Enter the note in the Notes box.
Use the Notes box to include information about the selected device. For example, you
can record historical information about a device, physical location information, or notes
relating to the actions configured for the device.
Note: There is no automatic word wrap. Add a return to display information in the dialog
without requiring you to scroll to view it.
101
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
Click OK to save changes.
Using device types
Important: Prior to the WhatsUp Gold v14 release Device Types were used to identify the
role a device performed on the network for the active and passive monitors, menu items, and
icons associated with each device. WhatsUp Gold v14 and later has moved Device Type
information to be managed in the Discovery Console Device Role Settings.
The Device Types dialogs now have limited functionality. Active monitors, passive monitors,
and action policies are no longer editable in the Device Type dialog. The device General and
Menu Items information is editable. For more information, see Discovering and Viewing
Network Data (on page 47).
The device type icons represent network devices on maps. The WhatsUp Gold console
provides device types for more than 40 device types with an option to create additional
custom types.
To configure device types (WhatsUp Gold console only):
1
Open the Device Types Library:
In either Device View or Map View, select Configure > Device Types. The Device Types
Library dialog appears.
2
3
In the Device Type Library, do one of the following:

Click New to configure a new device type.

Select a device type, then click Edit to reconfigure the selected device type.

Select a device type, then click Copy to make a duplicate of the selected device type.

Select a device type, then click Delete to remove it from the Device Type Library.
Click OK to save changes.
To change a device type from the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface:
1
2
In Map View, right-click a device. The right-click menu appears.
Select a device in the device list, then right-click and select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
3 Click General. The General Properties appear.
102
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
5
6
Select a new Device Type from the list on the right side of the dialog.
Click OK to save changes.
The device's type and coinciding icon updates on the map.
Copying a device
Use the copy feature to create a shortcut to the device in another group, much like a Windows
shortcut. The copy provides access to the original device from a group other than the original
group in which it is located.
To copy a device:
1
From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, in the Details View or Map View, right-click the
device for which you want to copy. The right-click menu appears.
2 Click Copy. The Select a Device Group dialog appears.
3 Select the group that you want to copy the device into, then click OK. The group that
you copied the device to opens.
Tip: You can also drag-and-drop to copy device(s) from one group to another. Select the
device(s) you want to copy, then drag-and-drop to the group where you want the device
copied.
Moving a device
Use the move feature to move devices to another group. Moving removes devices from the
original group and locates them in another group.
To move a device:
1
From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, in the Details View or Map View, right-click the
device for which you want to move. The right-click menu appears.
2 Click Move. The Select a Device Group dialog appears.
3 Select the group that you want to move the device into, then click OK. The group that
you copied the device to opens.
Tip: You can also drag-n-drop to move device(s) from one group to another. Select the
device(s) you want to move, then drag-n-drop to the group where you want the device
moved.
Deleting a device
Use the delete device feature to remove devices from WhatsUp Gold. Once removed, the
device is not monitored.
To remove a device:
1
From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, in the Details View or Map View, right-click the
device for which you want to delete. The right-click menu appears.
103
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Click Delete. A message appears asking you to confirm that you want to delete the
selected device(s).
3 Click OK.
Cloning a device
The WhatsUp Gold cloning feature, available in the web interface, allows you to do a deep
copy of a device. The term deep copy means that the device is copied to a new device with all
active monitors, passive monitors, actions, attributes, etc. applied to the new device. This
functionality makes it easy to create a new device with monitors, actions, and attributes set
up based on ones you have already taken the time to set up for a previously created device.
This reduces the time required to setup new monitors, actions, and attributes for a new
device.
Note: Any monitors and action policies associated with the device you are cloning from are
not duplicated for the new cloned device, rather the new cloned device has the existing
monitors and action policies applied to it.
Methods to clone a device
There are two ways to clone a device: from the device right-click menu or dragging-anddropping a device from a device list or a map view to a new device group.
After you have cloned a device, you need to change the device host name and address in the
Device Properties - General dialog settings so that WhatsUp Gold can monitor the new device
and all of the active monitors, passive monitors, actions, and attributes that are applied to the
new device. For more information, see Changing the cloned Device Properties (on page 105).
To clone a device:
1 From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, in the Details View or Map View, right-click the
device for which you want to clone attributes. The right-click menu appears.
2 Click Clone. The Clone selected items from x to .... dialog appears.
3 Select the group that you want to clone the device into, then click OK. A status dialog
appears indicating the cloning process status.
4 Click Close to complete the cloning process.
Note: The new cloned device display name is as shown in the following device name
example:
- Original name: Device-WHO
- First clone (in new group): Device-WHO
- Second clone: Device-WHO - Clone
- Third clone: Device-WHO - Clone (2)
- Subsequent clones: Device-WHO - Clone (nnn)
104
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Tip: You can also use the Device Properties - Notes dialog to verify if a device is a cloned
device. Right-click the device you want to check, then click Properties > Notes. If the device
is a cloned device, a message appears; for example, This device was cloned on
6/24/2010 10:12:37 AM.
5
Change the cloned device properties as required. For more information, see Changing
the cloned Device Properties (on page 105).
Cloning a device using drag-n-drop
To clone a device using drag-n-drop:
1
2
3
Click the Devices tab.
Click Devices. The device list appears.
In either the Details View or Map View, select the device (or multiple devices) for which
you want to clone attributes, then drag the device(s) to the device group where you
want the device(s) to appear. The Copy, Move, Clone, Cancel menu appears.
4 Click Clone. A status dialog appears indicating the cloning process status.
5 Click Close to complete the cloning process.
Note: The new cloned device display name is as shown in the following device name
example:
- Original name: Device-WHO
- First clone (in new group): Device-WHO
- Second clone: Device-WHO - Clone
- Third clone: Device-WHO - Clone (2)
- Subsequent clones: Device-WHO - Clone (nnn)
Tip: You can also use the Device Properties - Notes dialog to verify if a device is a cloned
device. Right-click the device you want to check, then click Properties > Notes. If the device
is a cloned device, a message appears; for example, This device was cloned on
6/24/2010 10:12:37 AM.
6
Change the cloned device properties as required. For more information, see Changing
the cloned Device Properties.
Changing the cloned Device Properties
After you have cloned a device, you need to change the device host name and address in the
Device Properties - General dialog settings so that WhatsUp Gold can monitor the new device
and all of the active monitors, passive monitors, actions, and attributes that are applied to the
new device.
To change the cloned Device Properties:
1
From the group where the new cloned device resides, right-click the device, then click
Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2 Click General. The General dialog opens.
3 Enter the new device Host name, Address, and other information you want to change
for this device, then click OK.
105
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Polling overview
Polling is the active watching, or monitoring, of your network by WhatsUp Gold. This is done
in a variety of ways, depending on the service monitors you have configured on your devices.
The default polling method is done through Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP). The
default polling interval for WhatsUp Gold is 60 seconds.
A small amount of data is sent from the WhatsUp Gold computer across the network to the
device it is watching. If the device is up, it echoes the data back to the WhatsUp Gold
computer. A device is considered down by WhatsUp Gold when it does not send the data
back.
Changing how you poll devices
After a device is added to the database, WhatsUp Gold begins monitoring that device using
ICMP (Internet Control Message Protocol). WhatsUp Gold sends a message to the device, then
waits for the echo reply. If no reply is received, WhatsUp Gold considers it an unresponsive
device and changes the status color of the device.
By default, WhatsUp Gold uses the device IP address as the message target. If you prefer, you
can use the Host name or the Windows name of the computer instead, and you can change
how WhatsUp Gold polls the devices.
To change how you poll a device:
1 Click the Devices tab.
2 Click Devices. The device list appears.
3 In the Device List or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
4 Click General.
5 Select the protocol used to poll the device from the Polling type list.
6 Select IP address or Host name from the Poll using list.
7 If you selected Host name in the Poll using list, enter the device host name the Host
name box.
8 Click OK to save changes.
It is useful to poll using the host name if you want to monitor a device that has a dynamic IP
address instead of a static address. To monitor this type of device, choose Host name from
the Poll using list. Doing so allows WhatsUp Gold to locate the host using DNS on the
network even if the device IP address changes.
106
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using Maintenance mode
This feature lets you place devices in Maintenance mode. Any device placed in Maintenance
mode will not be polled, actions will not be triggered, and logging activity is disabled, but it
remains in the device list with an identifying icon. By default, the maintenance state is
represented by an orange background color.
Details View
Map View
To put a device into maintenance mode:
1 Click the Devices tab.
2 Click Devices. The device list appears.
3 In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
4 Click Polling.
5 Select Force this device into maintenance mode now.
- or Change the scheduled maintenance setting for the device:

Click Add to schedule a new maintenance time for the device.

Select an existing entry, then click Edit to change a scheduled time.
Select an existing entry, then click Remove to delete a scheduled time from the
list.
Click OK to save the change.

6
Changing the device polling frequency
The default polling interval is 60 seconds. You can change this setting on each device.
To change the polling frequency for a device:
1 Click the Devices tab.
2 Click Devices. The device list appears.
3 In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
4 Click Polling. The Polling, Maintenance and Dependencies page appears.
5 Change the interval in the Poll Interval box.
6 Click OK to save changes.
Stopping and starting monitor polling
To stop and start polling on a per-monitor basis:
1
2
Click the Devices tab.
Click Devices. The device list appears.
107
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
4
5
6
7
In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
Click Active Monitors. The Active Monitors page appears.
Double-click the Active Monitor with the polling setting you want to change. The Active
Monitor Properties dialog appears.
Change the polling status of the monitor:
Select Enable polling for this active monitor to start polling.
- or Clear Enable polling for this active monitor to stop polling.
Click OK to save changes.
Note: Some active monitors have additional settings and advanced options you can
optionally change from the Active Monitor Properties dialog.
Dependencies overview
By default, WhatsUp Gold polls all of the devices and active monitors on your Device List,
often creating unnecessary overhead by polling devices whose state could be assumed based
on the status of other devices. The dependency feature reduces polling overhead in these
cases by allowing you to create conditions under which a device will not be polled. These
conditions determine if a dependent device is to be polled based on the state of another
device which is the target of the dependency. The state of the target device is determined by
the state of one or more of its active monitors. You can establish dependencies on either the
up or down states of these active monitors, resulting in Up dependencies, or Down
dependencies.
Up Dependencies
An up dependency establishes a condition so that a device is polled only if the selected active
monitors on a second device are in the up state. The device can be thought of as being
“behind” the device to which it has a dependency, so that it will only be polled if the device
"in front" of it is up.
Example
In this example, an active monitor has been configured for each of the devices, and is
denoted using Ping (device_name). Without dependencies, WhatsUp Gold attempts to poll
the Ping monitors on the hosts even if the switch has been powered down, or is otherwise
unreachable. This situation results in network and system overhead that could be avoided by
creating up dependencies on the hosts.
108
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
By adding an up dependency on each host so that the polling of the hosts is dependent on
the Ping monitor on Switch N being up, denoted Up Dependency: Switch N (Ping Monitor),
you create the condition where WhatsUp Gold discontinues polling the hosts when Switch N
is powered down or otherwise unavailable to the Ping(Switch N) monitor. This reduces the
overhead required to monitor the dependent host devices, while providing information
about their accessibility based on the accessibility of Switch N.
Down Dependencies
A down dependency establishes a rule so that a device is polled only if the selected active
monitors on a second device are in the down state. The device can be thought of as
something is “in front of” the device to which it has a dependency. The dependant devices in
front will not be polled unless the device further down the line is down.
109
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Example
In this example, a network segment has a group of devices, each with a dependency on
another for its connectivity. Each of these devices has a Ping monitor used to determine the
state of the device, denoted Ping (device). If Host A can be pinged from another network
segment, then it can be assumed that Router R, and Switch N are up and available, so to
operate separate ping monitors on these devices creates unneeded overhead as long as Host
A is up. However if Host A is powered down, or otherwise unreachable by the Ping monitor,
we must rely on the Ping (Switch N) and Ping (Router R) monitors to ensure that these devices
are up and accessible.
Adding a down dependency on Switch N to the Ping monitor on Host A, Down
Dependency: Host A (Ping Monitor), and a down dependency on Router R to the Ping
monitor on Switch N, Down Dependency: Switch N (Ping Monitor), creates a chain of
dependencies that will monitor the network segment and reduce the active monitors that
must operate on the segment when it is fully operational.
With these dependencies added, if Ping (Host A) should go into a down state, the down
dependency on Switch N will cause WhatsUp Gold to begin polling Switch N. If the polling of
Switch N is successful, it will continue to be polled until Host A is recovered. However if
Switch N is also unreachable and Ping (Switch N) goes into a down state, the down
dependency on Router R will cause WhatsUp Gold to begin polling Router R. When Ping
(Switch N) returns to an up state, Router R will no longer be polled. Likewise when Ping
(Host A) returns to an up state, Switch N will no longer be polled.
Down dependencies and the "assumed up" state
A down dependency on a device can lead to an "assumed up" state, where a monitor on the
dependent device indicates that it is up, regardless of its actual state.
This condition occurs when the dependent device is in an inactive state, and is able to
respond to an echo request from a ping of the device. Because of the down dependency, the
dependent device is not being polled and is "assumed up", yet the actual state of the
monitored service or process is unknown, and may have even failed.
110
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
An example of the dependent system would be a passive, or standby server, in support of a
high-availability (HA) database cluster that has a down dependency on the active server. If
the database management system (DBMS) on the standby server fails to start on a reboot,
WhatsUp Gold will not show this failure until the active server fails and the standby server is
polled.
Reading dependencies
There are several ways to "read" dependencies to ensure they are applied as you want them.
1
Review the description of the dependency in the Device Properties dialog.
2
Read the dependency arrows in the Map View.
The map above displays several Up and Down dependencies. The green arrows indicate an
Up dependency, and the red arrows indicate a Down dependency.
Using the "behind" and "in front" terminology you can follow the graphical arrow in the map
above to read a dependency. For example, the server dependencies are read as, "only poll the
servers if the switch is up." The servers are behind the switch, and will only be polled if the
switch is also responding to polls. If the switch goes down, the server is assumed unavailable
and is no longer be polled. Since the server is unavailable, the server's state then changes to
Unknown.
111
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
For another example, the router dependency on the firewall is read as, "only poll the firewall if
the switch is down." If a break in communication takes place between the router and the
firewall, the switch changes to the Down state because it is Down dependent on the firewall.
If the switch goes down, the state of the servers changes to Unknown, because they are Up
dependent on the switch. Then, since the switch is down, the firewall is polled and changes
to the Down state. After the firewall is considered down, the router is polled.
Down dependencies are useful in showing the break position in a chain of machines. If the
chain is not broken at any point, the machines in the chain are not polled and are assumed
up.
Setting Dependencies
There are two ways to set dependencies in WhatsUp Gold:

Using Device Properties

Using the Map View
To set dependencies in the Device Properties:
1
Go to the properties for a device:

On the console, from Device View, double-click a device.

On the web interface, click the Devices tab, then double-click a device. The Device
Status Dashboard for that device appears. Click the Properties button. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2
Click Polling. The Polling, Maintenance, and Dependencies dialog appears.
3
Click either the Up Dependency... or the Down Dependency... button to bring up
the appropriate Device Dependencies dialog, and to configure the up or down
dependency.
112
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To set dependencies in the Map View:
1
Go to Map View:

In the console, click the Map View tab. Map View appears.
2
Right-click a device, select Set Dependencies, then select either Set Up
Dependency on or Set Down Dependency on. The cursor changes to the Set
Dependency arrow.
3
Click on any device in the current group to set the dependency.
Note: You cannot set a dependency across groups. However, you can make shortcuts to the
devices you want to set a dependency on in a group, then set the dependency to the
shortcut.
Tip: To view the dependency between the two devices in Map View, click Display > Polling
Dependency Arrows.
Viewing Dependencies
After you have set up your dependencies, you can view dependency lines in the Map view, as
long as the devices appear in the same group. If the devices are not in the same group, you
can refer to the Polling, Maintenance, and Dependencies dialog (Device Properties >
Polling) to view the dependencies.
In the example above, the devices have an up dependency on the router, and the router has a
down dependency on the hub. If the router's active monitors fail, the hub would be polled,
113
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
and the devices behind the router would not be polled. When the router's active monitors are
successful, the hub is not polled, but the devices behind the router are.
Using Acknowledgements
When a device state changes, regardless of any action that has been placed on the device,
WhatsUp Gold uses the Acknowledgement feature to make you aware that a state change
occurred. The name of the device name appears in bold in the Details View and in white on a
black background in the Map View.
After the device is in Acknowledgement mode, it remains so until you actively acknowledge
it.
Note: Acknowledging a device state change does not keep that device from firing actions. To
stop a device from firing actions, you must put the device into maintenance mode.
Acknowledging a State Change
Once a device is in Acknowledgement mode, it will remain until you actively acknowledge
the status. You can use the State Change Acknowledgement monitor report to view all
devices that have changed state but remain unacknowledged.
To acknowledge a state change:
1
2
3
Click the Devices tab.
Click Devices. The device list appears.
In either the Details View or the Map View, right-click the device you want to
acknowledge.
114
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
Select Acknowledge from the menu.
The device state change is acknowledged. The device is removed from the State Change
Acknowledgement monitor report.
Accessing a remote desktop to view and manage devices
WhatsUp Gold provides a right-click menu link to the Remote Desktop/Terminal Services
client that allows you to connect to devices remotely. If the client is installed on the WhatsUp
Gold computer, and the Remote Desktop/Terminal Services is installed and activated on the
device you want to connect to, you are prompted for the user name and password for that
device.
This application allows you to access and troubleshoot device and monitor issues that
WhatsUp Gold identifies.
Note: Remote desktop access is browser dependent, some web browsers do not support this
feature. For more information about the remote desktop feature, see the help for the remote
desktop client.
To connect to a remote desktop:
1
2
Click the Device tab, then click Devices. The Device page appears.
From the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then click Remote Desktop. The
Remote Desktop Connection dialog appears.
115
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
Log in to the remote device to manage as needed.
Configuring multiple devices with the Bulk Field Change feature
The Bulk Field Change feature gives you the ability to make changes to multiple devices and
device groups. You must have administrative privileges to the devices or device groups that
you want to make changes to.
To edit multiple devices:
1
Select the devices or device groups you want to change, right-click and select Bulk
Field Change. The Bulk Field Change context menu appears.
Note: When you select a device group, every device in the group, and any subgroup of the
group, will reflect the bulk field change.
2
Select the field you want to change. The following items can be modified through Bulk
Field Change.

Credentials

Polling Interval

Maintenance Mode

Maintenance Schedule (web interface only)

Device Type

Action Policy

Up Dependency

Down Dependency
116
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Notes

Attribute

Performance Monitors

Active Monitor

Active Monitor Properties

Passive Monitor (web interface only)
 Passive Monitor Properties (web interface only)
3 Enter the configuration information you want set. Refer to the help for more
information on configuration options.
4 Click OK to save changes.
Understanding Web Alarms
A Web Alarm is an action type that plays a sound over the web interface when a device state
change occurs. All users logged in via the web interface will see these alarms. The type is
configured in the Actions Library, and can be associated to any device or monitor like any
other action.
Managing a Web Alarm action:

You can edit the default Web Alarm action through the Action Library (Admin >
Action Library). Select the Default Web Alarm, then click Edit.
Managing a Web Alarm:
When a web alarm alert fires, a dialog appears in the web interface. This dialog allows you to
dismiss or mute the alarms that have been fired. Click the Dismiss or Dismiss All buttons to
stop the current sound being played. Dismissing the web alarm does not stop the sound for
future occurrences of the Web Alarm.
To disable Web Alarms:

Click Admin > Preferences. The Admin Preferences dialog appears.

Clear the Enable web alarms option.
Note: For Web Alarms to work properly, your browser must support embedded sound files.
Note: If there are web alarms in the list with different sounds configured for each, the oldest
web alarm's sound takes priority. To hear a new or different sound for a web alarm, dismiss
the previous web alarm from the list.
Note: To associate a sound file with an Alarm, the sound file must be placed in the \Program
Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\HTML\Nm.Web.UI\WebSounds directory.
You can double-click an entry in this dialog to view the device Device Status report.
117
Using Device Properties
In This Chapter
Working with Device Properties .................................................................119
Using Device Properties - Summary ..........................................................120
Using Device Properties - General .............................................................121
Device Properties - Performance Monitors .............................................121
Using Device Properties - Active Monitors ..............................................123
Using Device Properties - Passive Monitors ............................................123
Using Device Properties - Actions ..............................................................123
Using Device Properties - Credentials.......................................................124
Using Device Properties - Polling ...............................................................125
Using Device Properties - Virtualization ...................................................126
Using Device Properties - Notes..................................................................127
Using Device Properties - Custom Links...................................................127
Using Device Properties - Attributes .........................................................128
Using the DeviceIdentifier attribute ..........................................................128
Using Device Property - Menus ...................................................................129
Using WhatsConfigured Device Properties - Tasks ..............................130
118
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Working with Device Properties
Use the Device Properties dialog to manage each device, credentials, applied monitors,
actions, notes, and other details about the device.
To access device properties for a device:

Click the Devices tab, click either the Details View or Map View, then right-click a
device and select Properties.
The Device Properties dialog includes the following features:

Summary. View device information configured elsewhere in the Device Properties
dialog.

General. Configure basic device information.

Performance Monitors. Configure, manage and apply performance monitors for the
current device.

Active Monitors. Configure, manage and apply active monitors to the current device.
Applies monitors that log device responses to active inquiries (such as ping or HTTP
responses).

Passive Monitors. Configure, manage and apply passive monitors to the current
device. Applies monitors that log received status information sent from devices (such
as syslog, SNMP, and Windows event information).

Actions. Select and configure action policies or alerts for this device. Configures
device responses (such as sending email notifications) when particular conditions are
met (such as no ping response for five minutes).
119
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Credentials. Manage SNMP, Windows, ADO, Telnet, SSH, and VMware credentials
associated with the current device. Provides access to the Credentials Library and lets
you link credentials with devices to allow reports requiring credentials to access those
devices.

Polling. Configure how applied monitors interact with the device to determine the
status. Controls polling interval settings, including frequency, up and down
dependencies, and adjusting poll intervals for maintenance schedules.

Virtualization. Identify vCenter servers, VMware hosts, and configure a list of the
virtual devices associated with a VMware server.

Notes. Enter notes and free-form information pertaining to the selected device.

Custom Links. Enter hyperlinks associated with the selected device.

Attributes. Add device information for the selected device. This information is
displayed in the Attributes section of the Summary section of Device Properties.

Tasks (optional with WhatsConfigured). Use to schedule tasks, and modify and
compare WhatsConfigured configuration archives assigned to this device.
Using Device Properties - Summary
The Device Properties Summary page is a display-only page which gathers information from
device MIBs and other areas of the Device Properties dialog.
The following Summary items are configured in the General tab:

Display name

Device name

Host name

Address
The following items are gathered from MIBs on the device. If SNMP is not enabled on the
device, then values for these items are not displayed.

Brand

Contact

Description

Location

MACAddress

MACAddressVendor

Model

Name

OID

OS

OSVersion

Role
120
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using Device Properties - General
The General section of the Device Properties dialog box provides, and lets you modify, basic
information for the selected device.

Display name. An identifying name for the current device. This name is populated
during discovery, but can be changed by the user at any time. Changing the name
will not change how the device is polled, only how it is displayed in WhatsUp Gold.

Polling type. Select the type of polling you want WhatsUp Gold to use for this
device.

ICMP (TCP/UDP)

IPX

NetBIOS
Note: If NetBIOS is selected, the Host Name box must contain a valid NetBIOS name. If IPX is
selected, the Address box must contain a valid IPX address. If NetBIOS or IPX is selected, you
cannot monitor TCP/IP services on this device.

Poll using. Select if you want WhatsUp Gold to use the IP address or the Host name
(DNS) of the device for polling.

Host name (DNS name). This should be the official network name of the device if the
polling method is ICMP. The network name must be a name that can be resolved to
an IP address. If the polling method is NetBIOS or IPX, this must be the NetBIOS or IPX
name.

Address. Enter an IP or IPX address.

Additional Network Interfaces. Click to configure an additional Network Interface
for the current device.

Device. Select the appropriate device type from the pull-down menu. The icon
displayed will represent the device in all views.
Device Properties - Performance Monitors
Use Performance Monitors dialog to configure and manage performance monitors for the
selected device. For more information, see Using Performance Monitors (on page 246).
Note: For some performance monitors, the SNMP credential on the device must be
configured. For WMI performance monitors, the Windows credential is required.

Enable global performance monitors. Select options in this list to enable monitors.
The following monitors are populated by entries in the Performance Monitor Library
(on page 247), but cannot be edited or changed from their default settings. These
monitors are ready to be added to devices.

CPU Utilization. Monitors the CPU utilization on the selected device.
121
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Disk Utilization. Monitors the available disk space for the selected device.

Interface Utilization. Monitors all interfaces on the selected device.

Memory Utilization. Monitors memory utilization on the selected device.

Ping Latency and Availability. Monitors how often and quickly the device responds
to a Ping check.
If you select a specific performance monitor without configuring the monitor
manually, the default collection type is automatically selected. The collection type
refers to the item on the current device that is being monitored (This does not pertain
to the custom WMI and SNMP monitors that may appear):

CPU - All

Disk - All

Interface - All, Default, or Specific

Memory - All

Ping - All
For example, if you have multiple CPUs running on the device, WhatsUp Gold gathers
statistics on all of them by default.

Configure. Click to configure additional data stream options for the global
performance monitor.
Note: If an error occurs, a warning message appears directing you to the problem. If it is a
timeout error, you are prompted to open the Advanced dialog to change the Timeout value.
For any other error, you are returned to this dialog.

Library. Click for options to create (New), Edit, Copy, or Delete performance monitor
library items to use on all devices.

Enable individual performance monitors (for this device only). Use this section of
the dialog to add customized APC UPS, Printer, Active Script, SNMP, or WMI
performance monitors to only be used on this device. The monitors added here do
not appear in the Performance Monitor Library, and cannot be used on other devices
unless it is manually created for that device.

Click New to configure a new monitor.

Select an existing monitor, then click Edit to change the current monitor
configuration or double-click an existing monitor to change the configuration.

Select a performance monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list.
For information on the Active Script Performance Monitor, see Adding and Editing an Active
Script Monitor (on page 226).
Note: If you are attempting to monitor a Cisco device with either the CPU or Memory
Performance Monitors, the Cisco device must support Cisco IOS 12.2(3.5) or later.
122
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using Device Properties - Active Monitors
Use the Active Monitors dialog to display and manage Active Monitors for this device. For
more information, see Using Active Monitors (on page 155).
To add an active monitor to this list:

Click Add to configure a new active monitor. Use the wizard to select active monitor
settings.

Select an active monitor, then click Edit to change the configuration.
- or Double-click an active monitor to edit the configuration.

Select an active monitor, then click Disable to disable the monitor on the device.

Select an active monitor, then click Enable to enable the monitor on the device.

Select an active monitor, then click Remove to remove the monitor from the device.

Click Configure to select critical monitors for this device and set their polling order.
Using Device Properties - Passive Monitors
Some measurable network conditions occur at intervals instead of providing an up or down
status. For example, an application may log a message to the system Event log (such as an
antivirus application alerting when a virus is found). Because these types of messages or
events can occur at any time, a Passive Monitor Listener listens for them, and notifies
WhatsUp Gold when they occur. For more information, see Using Passive Monitors (on page
232).
This dialog displays all Passive Monitors configured for this device.

Click Add to configure a new Passive Monitor.

Select a Passive Monitor, then click Edit to change the configuration
- or Double-click a Passive Monitor to edit the configuration.

Select a Passive Monitor, then click Remove to remove the monitor from the device.
Using Device Properties - Actions
You can select an Action Policy to use on this device or configure alerts specifically for this
device. For more information, see About actions (on page 271).
Select a policy from the Apply this Action policy list. You can also create a new, or edit an
existing action policy by clicking browse (...) next to the list.
Configured alerts appear in the Apply individual actions list, displaying the action type that
is to be fired and the state change that will trigger the action. You may have multiple actions
on a single device.
123
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
This dialog displays all Actions configured for this device.

Click Add to configure a new Action.

Select an Action, then click Edit to change the configuration
- or Double-click an Action to edit the configuration.

Select an Action, then click Remove to remove the action from the device. Removing
the action from the list also deletes all records for this action (on this device) from the
Action Log.
Using Device Properties - Credentials
The Credentials dialog displays SNMP, Windows, ADO, Telnet, SSH, and VMware
credentials information for the current device.
In the Device Dashboard Map View, devices that are SNMP-manageable devices appear on
the map view with an icon with a white star in the top right corner.
Credentials

SNMP v1/v2/v3. Select the SNMP credentials to connect to this device. If the Identify
devices via SNMP option was selected during discovery (or if an SNMP discovery was
performed) the correct SNMP credential was used during the discovery process, and if
the device is an SNMP manageable device, then the correct credential is selected
automatically. If any of these conditions are not met, None is selected.

Windows. Select the Windows credential to connect to this device. Click browse (...)
to browse the Credentials Library.

ADO. Select the ADO credentials for database connection string information to be
used when a database connection is required for WhatsUp Gold database monitors.

Telnet. If you use WhatsConfigured, Telnet credentials may be used to connect and
run command-line interface (CLI) commands with WhatsConfigured tasks.

SSH. Select SSH credentials to connect with remote devices that WhatsUp Gold
monitors with SSH monitors. Also, if you use WhatsConfigured, SSH credentials may
be used to connect and run command-line interface (CLI) commands with
WhatsConfigured tasks. WhatsConfigured uses SSH as default credentials, then will
attempt to use Telnet credentials when SSH credentials are not available.

VMware. Select the VMware credentials to be used when connecting to a VMware
host or vCenter server.

Edit. Click to open the Select Credentials dialog, then select the credential from the
list or click browse (...) to browse the Credentials Library.
124
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Device Object ID (OID). Enter the SNMP object identifier for the device. This
identifier is used to access a device and read SNMP data available for the device.
For more information, see Using credentials (on page 75).
Using Device Properties - Polling
About polling
Polling is the term used for monitoring discovered devices in WhatsUp Gold. Polling can
occur in several ways, depending on the monitors configured for network devices. The
default polling method uses Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP). The default polling
interval for WhatsUp Gold is 60 seconds.
A small amount of data is sent from the WhatsUp Gold computer across the network to the
device it is watching. If the device is up, it echoes the data back to the WhatsUp Gold
computer. A device is considered down by WhatsUp Gold when it does not send the data
back.
The Polling dialog
The Polling dialog lets you configure polling options and/or schedule maintenance times for
the selected device.

Poll interval. This number determines how often WhatsUp Gold polls the selected
device. Enter the number of seconds you want to pass between polls.
Note: Polling dependencies & blackouts only apply to the collection of device active
monitors.

Up dependency. Click to configure additional options, based on when another
device is operational, that determine when the selected device is polled.

Down dependency. Click to configure additional options, based on when the
selected device is not operational, that determine when other devices are polled.
Maintenance
Use this section of the dialog to manually set the device Maintenance state, or schedule the
maintenance state for a certain time period. Any device placed in Maintenance mode will not
be polled, actions will not be triggered, and logging activity is disabled, but it remains in the
device list with an identifying icon. By default, the maintenance state is represented by an
orange background color.

Force this device into maintenance mode now. Select this option to put the
selected device in maintenance mode. Clear the option to resume polling the device.

Recurring maintenance times. This box displays all scheduled maintenance periods
for the device.

Click Add to schedule a new maintenance time for the device.
125
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Select an entry, then click Edit to change a scheduled time.
- or Double-click a Schedule to edit its configuration.

Select an entry, then click Remove to delete a scheduled time.
For more information, see Polling overview (on page 106) and Dependencies overview (on page
108).
Using Device Properties - Virtualization
The Virtualization dialog allows for the identification of vCenter servers, VMware hosts, and
provides a list of the virtual devices associated with the VMware server. You can use this
dialog to identify the virtualization component, and associate virtual devices with the
component. Also, if the device is a vCenter server you can control event collection and select
the event types you want to receive from the server.
Role selection
During discovery, the most likely role for the virtual device is determined and the result is
displayed in the role selection area of the Virtualization tab. You can manually define the role
of the VMware server by choosing one of the following options:

This device is not a VMware server. Select this option if the device being configured
is not a VMware host or vCenter server.

This device is a VMware host. Select this option if the device being configured is a
VMware host.

This device is a VMware vCenter. Select this option if the device being configured is
a vCenter server.
Event collection configuration
If the virtual device you are configuring is a vCenter server, a Configure event collection
button appears in the dialog which provides the the option to configure event collection.
Note: To collect events, the WhatsVirtual event listener must be configured to listen for
events from the vCenter. From the WhatsUp Gold console click Configure > Program
Options > General dialog to configure WhatsVirtual to listen for events.
Click Configure event collection to open the Configure VMware event listener dialog and
select the event types you want to collect for the vCenter server.
Note: The current status of the Virtualization event listener is displayed beside the Configure
event collection button.
126
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Virtual devices managed by this VMware server
The virtual devices managed by VMware server list provides the following information about
each virtual device.

Device name. The name of the device as it appears in the Display name box of the
General dialog of the Device Properties menu.

Device IP address. The IP address of the virtual machine.

Virtual machine VMware name. The name of the virtual machine within the VMware
system.
Click Add to manually add a virtual machine to the list of virtual devices hosted on the
VMware server. The Associate WUG device to a virtual machine dialog appears.
Select a virtual device from the list and click Remove to remove the device from the list of
virtual devices managed by the VMware server.
Click OK to accept the virtualization settings, otherwise click Cancel to discard any changes
you have made.
Using Device Properties - Notes
The Notes dialog provides an option to enter free-form messages to the device database.
Notes. The first line of the Notes box displays the time and date when WhatsUp Gold added
the device to the database.
Use the Notes box to include information about the selected device. For example, you can
record historical information about a device, physical location information, or notes relating
to the actions configured for the device.
Using Device Properties - Custom Links
In the WhatsUp Gold web interface, you can use this dialog to create a custom link for a
device.
To view custom links created for a device, you need to add the Device Custom Links
dashboard report to its Device Status dashboard view. For more information, see Adding
dashboard reports to a dashboard view (on page 342).

Click Add to add a new custom link.

Select a custom link in the list, then click Edit to change the settings.
- or Double-click a custom link to edit its configuration.

Select a custom link in the list, then click Remove to remove it from the list.
127
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using Device Properties - Attributes
The Attributes dialog lists information about the associated device, such as contact person,
location, serial number, etc. The first three attributes in the list (Contact, Description, and
Location) are added by WhatsUp Gold when the device is added to the database, either by
the Device Discovery wizard, or through another means.
To add attributes to a device:
1 In the Device List or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
- or From any page where a device is selected using the device picker, click Properties in
the title bar.
2 Click Attributes. The Attributes dialog appears.
3 Use the following options:

Click Add to add a new device attribute. The Add Attribute dialog appears.
Note: When you add or edit an attribute, ensure Attribute name does not contain a space.
For example, use Phone_Number as an attribute name, instead of Phone Number. WhatsUp
Gold returns an 'No Such Attribute' error when an attribute variable such as
%Device.attribute.[attribute_name] is used in a message and the attribute name
contains a space.
4
5

Select a device attribute in the list, then click Edit to change the settings.

Select a device attribute in the list, then click Remove to remove it from the list.
Enter information in the Attribute name and Attribute value boxes.
Click OK to save changes.
Using the DeviceIdentifier attribute
When a Beeper Action fires, it looks for and returns a device attribute called DeviceIdentifier.
You can add this attribute to a device via its Properties (Device Properties > Attributes).
If the Beeper Action does not find the DeviceIdentifier in a device's attributes, WhatsUp Gold
uses the last two octets of the IP address to identify the device. For example, a numeric
message is sent to a beeper when a device returns to the up state after being down:
0-149-238
The first digit is the number configured in the Up, Down, or passive monitor code, the second
two sets of numbers identify the device using the last two octets of the device's IP address.
128
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure a DeviceIdentifier attribute for a device:
1 Open the device's Properties:
2
3
4

Right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.

Click Attributes. The Attributes dialog appears.
Click Add. The Add Attribute dialog appears.
In Attribute name, enter DeviceIdentifier.
In Attribute value, enter the desired numeric value.
Note: The DeviceIdentifier attribute value should contain only numeric characters or the
asterisk (*); alphabet characters, spaces, and other special characters are not recognized by
the Beeper Action.
5
Click OK to save changes.
Using Device Property - Menus
In the WhatsUp Gold console, you can use the Menu dialog to create a custom context menu
for a device. Context menus are custom menu items that appear when you right-click a
device; they serve as shortcuts to launch applications.
The menu item can launch programs based on the command line you enter. You can also
append command line arguments, including WhatsUp Gold percent variable arguments (on
page 293) to include device IP address, device host name, and other types of percent variable
arguments. When you select the new menu item, the associated command is launched with
the arguments that were included in the device's custom menu configuration.

Customize the menu on this device (don't use device type menu). Select this
option to create and/or modify a context menu for this device. This will override any
separate context menu that has already been created for the device type of the
device.

Menu list. This box displays the commands that are currently configured for the
device. After an item has been configured, it appears on the context (right-click)
menu. When you click the menu item, the menu item is executed.

Click Add to add a new menu item.

Select a Menu Name, then click Edit to change the settings.
- or -

Double-click a Menu Name to edit its configuration.

Select an Menu Name, then click Remove to delete it from the list.
Important: Menu items can only be configured on the WhatsUp Gold console.
129
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using WhatsConfigured Device Properties - Tasks
The Tasks section of the Device Properties dialog displays, and lets you modify and run
WhatsConfigured scheduled tasks, and modify and compare WhatsConfigured configuration
archives assigned to this device.
Note: To add tasks to a device and/or view configuration information, WhatsConfigured
must be activated. To update your license to purchase WhatsConfigured plug-in, visit the
MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
Tasks attached to this device
Each scheduled task is listed by Name, Description, and the time it was Last Run.

Click Add to add a scheduled task to this device.

Select a task, then click Remove to delete a scheduled task from this device.

Select a task, then click Run Now to perform the selected task immediately. The task
will run only for the currently selected device. To run a task for all devices to which it
is assigned, use the Run Now option in the WhatsConfigured Task Library.
Configuration archives saved for this device
Each archived configuration is listed by its Time Created and Activity.

Select a configuration, then click Restore to restore the device to the selected
configuration.

Select a configuration, then click Delete to remove the configuration from the
device's list of archives.

Select a configuration, then click View to see the configuration details.

Select two configurations, then click Compare to view the two configuration files
side-by-side.
130
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using Network Tools
WhatsUp Gold includes several network troubleshooting tools. These tools allow you to take
a closer look at the status of your network devices.
Note: Network Tools are only available on the WhatsUp Gold web interface.
The following tools help you check the connectivity of networked devices:

Ping Tool (on page 132)

Traceroute Tool (on page 133)

Lookup Tool (on page 133)

Telnet Tool (on page 134)
The following tools help you identify information about MIB objects that network devices
support:

SNMP MIB Walker Tool (on page 135)

SNMP MIB File Explorer Tool (on page 138)
The following tools help you identify problems with network devices so you can take
corrective action to resolve issues:

MAC Address Tool (on page 139)

Diagnostic Tool (on page 326)

Web Performance Monitor (on page 141)

Web Task Manager (on page 143)
Note: The Web Performance Monitor and Web Task Manager tools are not available in
WhatsUp Gold Standard Edition.
Accessing Network Tools
There are multiple ways to access the network tools.

Web interface Tools menu

From the web interface, select Tools. The Tools menu appears.

Details View and Map View

From either the Details View or Map View, right-click on a device, then select Tools.

Device Toolbar Dashboard Report
1
From either the Details View or Map View, double-click on a device. The Device
Status dashboard view appears.
131
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Locate the Device Toolbar dashboard report for the selected device. On the right
side of report, small icons are linked to some of the network tools.
3
Click an icon to launch the network tool in the context of the selected device.
Using the Ping tool
The Ping tool sends out an ICMP (Internet Control Message Protocol) echo request to the
networked device identified in Address/Hostname.
Tool results
The results of this request appears after the request has been made.

Destination. The address specified in Address/Hostname.

Packets. The number of data packets sent, received, and lost during the device ping.

RTT. Round trip time in milliseconds; the amount of time it takes for the ping request
to be returned from the remote device.

Status. Success or failure. If failure, a reason is stated for the failure. For example,
"Failure: Request timed out."
To use the Ping Tool:
1
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Address/Hostname. The target of the Ping echo request. Enter the host name or IP
address of the device you want to check.
Note: The Ping tool supports IPv6 addresses.
2

Timeout. Enter the amount of time (in milliseconds) for the tool to wait on a response
from the device. The Ping fails if this time limit is exceeded.

Count. Enter the number of data packets sent by the Ping tool.

Packet size. Enter the size (in bytes) of the packets you want the Ping tool to send. 32
bytes is the default.
Click Ping to run the tool.
132
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the Traceroute tool
This tool sends out echo requests to a specific device, then traces the path it takes to get to
that IP address or host name. This tool is often used to determine where, on the network, a
data transmission interruption occurs.
Tool results
The results of this request appear in the bottom of the page after the tool has run:

Result. Success or Failure. This is the general result of each hop in the Trace Route
process.

Ping 1/2/3. The tool sends out three ping requests to each hop in the route to the
device. These columns show the round trip time for each of the requests.

Address. The IP address of each device encountered on the path.

Host name. The host name of each device encountered on the path.
To use the Traceroute Tool:
1 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Address/Host name. Enter the host name or IP address of the device you want to
trace the route to.
Note: The Trace Route tool supports IPv6 addresses.
2

Timeout. Enter the amount of time (in milliseconds) for the tool to wait on a response
from the device. The Trace Route fails if this time limit is exceeded.

Max hops. Enter the maximum number of hops you want to limit the route to. It is
generally felt that 32 hops should be enough to find any device on the internet.
Click Traceroute to run the test.
Using the Lookup tool
This is a debugging tool that lets you query your Internet domain name system (DNS) server
for information about a domain and its registered hosts. Lookup can show you what happens
when an application on your network uses your DNS server to find the address of a remote
host.
To use the Lookup Tool:
1
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Address/Host name. Enter the host name or IP address of the device you want to
trace the route to.

Lookup Type. Select the lookup type from the drop-down list:

A. Look up the host's Internet address from the hostname.
133
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

AAAA. Look up for the host IPv6 address from a hostname.

All. Display all available information about the host.

CNAME. Display alias names for the host.

HINFO. Display the CPU type and operating system type of the host.

MX. Display the hostname of the mail exchanger for the domain.

NS. Display the hostnames of name servers for the named zone.

PTR. Look up the hostname from the Internet address.

SOA. Display the domain's Start of Authority information, which indicates the
primary name server for the domain and additional administrative information.

SRV. Look up any SRV record configured on this DNS server. SRV records specify
the location of services on the network.

TXT. Look up any arbitrary text information the DNS server may have for this
domain name or host.

ZONE. Display the zone listing for the domain. The zone listing describes the
domains for which the name server is the primary name server) and lists all
registered hosts in the domain.

Timeout. Enter the amount of time (in milliseconds) for the tool to wait on a response
from the device. The Trace Route fails if this time limit is exceeded.

DNS. Select the method of the look up:

Stack. Use the OS TCP/IP stack look up routines.

Default. Use the default DNS server configured on the computer WhatsUp Gold is
running on.
Custom. Query a custom DNS server. You must then enter the hostname or IP address
of the domain name server you want to use.
Click Lookup to run the tool.

2
Using the Telnet tool
Telnet is a simple service monitor that checks for a Telnet server on port 23. If no telnet
service responds on this port, then the service is considered down.
To begin the service check, click the Telnet button. Refer to the Telnet application Help for
more information.
Important: The Telnet protocol handler is disabled by default in Microsoft Internet Explorer
7. To re-enable it, see Re-enabling the Telnet protocol handler (on page 326).
134
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the SNMP MIB Walker
This network tool lets you discover, or explore in detail, the SNMP objects that a device
supports and that can be monitored with WhatsUp Gold. The SNMP MIB Walker actively polls
for objects. It does not require MIB files for the polled objects to be loaded.
An SNMP walk is a succession of SNMP getnext reads starting with the configured Object ID
(the root of the subtree walked) until there are no next objects in the MIB subtree or until the
specified number of lines in the MIB have been walked. As results return from the MIB Walker,
you can click an object (node) for more detailed information about the SNMP object and to
walk further down the list of objects. You can also hover the mouse cursor over a node to
display SNMP object details.
To use the SNMP MIB Walker:
1
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Address or hostname. Enter an IP address hostname for the device.

Credentials. Select the appropriate credentials for the device from the list. For more
information, see Using Credentials (on page 75).

Object ID. Enter the numeric or label ID for the object for which you want
information. A default OID is displayed in the box.

Filter. (Optional) Enter a filter to narrow down the search by returning only OIDs
whose values match the filter criteria.
Tip: This is a regular expression, non-case-sensitive filter. For more information, see Regular
Expression Syntax (on page 172).

Click the Advanced button to change the value for the search timeout and retries,
output types (tree, list-numeric OIDs, list-labels), and the maximum number of lines
displayed.
135
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
After you have entered all of the information, click Walk to perform the search. The
SNMP MIB Walker returns a list of SNMP objects that are available on the selected
device.
To cease the walk, click Stop. If you are performing multiple walks, click Back to view the
previous walk.
After the SNMP Walker returns a list of the supported SNMP objects, you can use this
information to create custom performance monitors and active script performance monitors
for devices. For more information, see Creating custom performance monitors (on page 260).
To view detailed information about a specific MIB object, mouse over the object for which
you need more information. The information displays in a popup bubble.
136
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
About MIB Output Types
You can change the format for the way MIB objects are displayed in the Advanced Parameters
(on page 317) dialog. Whether the OID information is output as numeric OIDs or descriptive
labels, each node may have additional sub-nodes that can be drilled down (walked) for more
information. Each time you click a node, if there are child nodes, the node you clicked
becomes the root node for the drill-down. The child nodes are expanded and attributes are
displayed. MIB objects can be listed in one of three format options:

Tree. Lists the MIB object in a tree structure format. This format is most useful in
showing the OID hierarchy.

List - Numeric OIDs. Lists the objects in a tabular format showing OIDs in a row
numeric format. This format is especially helpful if you do not have the MIB file for the
device objects. It provides the raw OID information that you can use in Custom
Performance Monitors and Active Script Peformance Monitors. Also, you can click the
individual OID digits to display more or less MIB object information. As you click OID
digits, the digits further to the left expand the sub-node information of the respective
digits. As you click OID digits further to the right, the sub-node information expands
for the respective digit and therefore more granular sub-node information.

List - Labels. Lists the objects in a tabular format with user friendly labels. If the MIB
for the object is not loaded, labels will default to numeric OIDs. Click an OID label
name to expand the sub-nodes and view more information.
137
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: You can switch to the WhatsUp Gold MIB Explorer by clicking on the MIB Explorer link
on the upper-right side of this dialog.
Using the SNMP MIB Explorer
This network tool lets you search for, or explore through, SNMP objects defined in MIB files.
The MIB File Explorer has three search/explore options.
As results return from the MIB File Explorer you can click an object (node) for more detailed
information about the SNMP object. You can also hover the mouse cursor over a node to
display SNMP object details.
To search by object ID:
Enter an object label or object ID in the Object ID field, then click Detail.
To search by MIB module:
Select a module from the MIB Module list, then click Display.
To search objects by type or description:
First, select Type or Description from the Search Object list, then proceed appropriately:

To search by object Type:

Select a type from the list, then click Find.

To search by object Description:
138
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

1
Enter a regular expression in the Description field. This is a regular expression, noncase-sensitive filter. For more information, see Regular Expression Syntax (on page
172). After entering the description in the field, click Find.
After the MIB File Explorer returns a list of the supported MIB objects, you can use this
information to create custom performance monitors and active script performance
monitors for devices. For more information, see Creating custom performance monitors
(on page 260).
Note: You can switch to the WhatsUp Gold MIB Walker by clicking on the MIB Walker link on
the upper-right side of this dialog.
Using the MAC Address Tool
The MAC Address tool enables you to discover what MAC addresses are present on your
network and gives you the opportunity to obtain physical connectivity information for
devices on your network. This tool is useful to solve IP address conflicts within your network
by providing you with specific switch information.
139
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Tool results
After running the tool, the results of the test are displayed at the bottom of the page.
If Get connectivity information using SNMP is not selected when the tool is run, the results
include the following columns:

IP Address. The IP addresses of devices on your network.

MAC Address. The MAC addresses of devices on your network.

Hostname. The hostnames of devices on your network.
If Get connectivity information using SNMP is selected when the tool is run, the results
include the following columns:

IP Address. The IP addresses of devices on your network.

MAC Address. The MAC addresses of devices on your network.

Hostname. The hostnames of devices on your network.

Port. The port numbers of the switch ports that are connected to the devices that
own the listed MAC addresses.

Index. The unique value assigned to each interface. This number typically
corresponds with the interface port number.
Note: If Port and Index report values of -1, WhatsUp Gold did not understand the response
from the switch or the request timed out. Verify that credentials are correct and that you can
view other SNMP information from the switch, and then run the MAC Address tool again.

Description. The interface description of the interface to which a device is
connected. Listed as a letter and a numeral, such as "B4". The interface description
allows you to identify the physical connector on the switch.
To use the MAC Address Tool:
1
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Local subnet. Enter the subnet on which you would like to find MAC addresses.

Get connectivity information using SNMP. If you would like switch-specific
connectivity information for a device in the network, select this option. If this option is
selected, the following options are enabled. If this option is cleared, the following
options are disabled.

Switch IP address. Enter the switch IP address.

SNMP credential. Select the SNMP credential that you use to poll this device. If
the credential you want to use is not listed, you can add it using the Credential
Library.

Timeout (seconds). Enter the amount of time for the tool to wait on a response
from the switch. The MAC address discovery fails if this time limit is exceeded.
140
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

2
Retries. Enter the maximum number of retries when polling the switch using
SNMP.
Click Discover to discover the MAC addresses present on your network.
Using the Web Performance Monitor
The Web Performance Monitor extends the functionality of the Microsoft Windows
Performance Monitor to the Web. It is a data collecting and graphing utility designed
specifically for the WhatsUp Gold Web interface that graphs and displays real-time
information on user-specified SNMP and WMI performance counters. It can be used for a
quick inspection of a specific network device.
The graphs can be saved to the database and displayed on dashboard views using the Split
Second Graph - Performance Monitor dashboard report or on the Web Performance Monitor
tool. Multiple SNMP and WMI counters can be displayed on a single graph, and the color and
scale of each graphed item can be individually configured.
Graphs created with the Web Performance Monitor are saved on a per-user account basis,
meaning, graphs are only accessible by the user account that created and saved them.
The Web Performance Monitor has two purposes:
141
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

To provide a Web enabled WMI and SNMP performance counter poller and grapher. It
supports WMI for Windows servers, and SNMP for network devices such as switches,
routers, and UNIX devices.

To build and edit graphs for use by the Performance Monitor dashboard report. You
can use this dashboard report to display any saved graph.
To add a WMI performance counter to the Web Performance Monitor:
1 Click Tools > Web Performance Monitor. The Web Performance Monitor appears.
2 Click Graph > Add WMI Counter.
- or -
3
4
Click the WMI button in the upper right corner of the dialog (see the Toolbar buttons
table below). The Add WMI Performance Counter (on page 320) dialog appears.
Enter the appropriate information into the dialog fields.
Click OK to save changes.
To add an SNMP performance counter to the Web Performance Monitor:
1 Click Tools > Web Performance Monitor. The Web Performance Monitor appears.
2 Click Graph > Add SNMP Performance Monitor.
- or Click the SNMP button in the upper right corner of the dialog (see the Toolbar buttons
table below). The Add SNMP Performance Counter dialog appears.
3
4
Enter the appropriate information into the dialog fields.
Click OK to save changes.
Web Performance Monitor menu items
The Web Performance Monitor menu is located at the top left corner of the window.
File menu

File > New Graph. This menu item resets the graph back to a blank graph.

File > Edit Graph Name. This menu item lets you change the name of the selected
graph.

File > Load Graph. This opens the Load Graph dialog, which displays a list of saved
graph files on the Web server.

File > Save Graph. This saves the current graph to the database. If no filename is
specified, it launches the Save Graph dialog, which allows a filename to be specified.
All files are saved to the WhatsUp database.

File > Save Graph As. This opens the Save Graph dialog which prompts you for a
filename, and then saves the current graph to disk.

Windows Properties. This opens the Configure Window Properties dialog. Use this
dialog to configure the graph and window properties for the Web Performance
Monitor.
142
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Graph menu

Graph > Add WMI Performance Counter. This launches the Add WMI Performance
Counter dialog.

Graph > Add SNMP Performance Counter. This launches the Add SNMP
Performance Counter dialog.

Graph > Edit Selected Counter. This launches the appropriate dialog for editing the
selected WMI or SNMP performance counter.

Graph > Remove Selected Counter. This removes the selected counter from the list
and graph. No changes are saved to disk until the OK button is clicked or the graph is
manually saved (File > Save Graph - or - Save Graph As).
Help menu

Help > Help. This launches help for the Web Performance Monitor.
Web Performance Monitor Toolbar buttons
The Web Performance Monitor Toolbar is located at the top right corner of the window.
Button
Function
Opens the Add WMI Performance Counter dialog.
Opens the Add SNMP Performance Counter dialog.
Opens the appropriate dialog for editing the selected WMI or SNMP performance
counter.
Removes the selected graph item from the list and graph.
Opens the help topic for the Web Performance Monitor
For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page
957).
143
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the Web Task Manager
The Web Task Manager extends the functionality of the Microsoft Windows Task Manager to
provide network device overview information about processes occurring on a device, device
performance, and device interface activity. The Web Task Manager graphs and displays realtime information using SNMP or WMI device connections.
You can use the Web Task Manager to identify device issues and take corrective action on a
device.
There are three tabs that provide device information:

Processes (on page 147). Provides key indicator process information for a selected
device that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. For example, you can view a list of .exe files
that are running and the amount of CPU and memory used by each program.

Performance (on page 149). Provides dynamic performance information for a
selected device that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. For example, you can view details
about the CPU and memory usage.

Interfaces (on page 152). Provides information about a selected device's interfaces
that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. For example, you can view a list of interfaces that
the device uses to learn about how much data is transmitted and received via each
interface.
144
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To use the Web Task Manager:
1 Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Device page appears.
2 From the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Web Task Manager.
The Web Task Manager dialog appears.
3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields:

Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you want
to view process information. Click Reconnect to connect with a device that has
disconnected from the Web Task Manager.

Browse (...). Click to open the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog (on page 145) and
set a WMI user name and password or an SNMP read community. The credential
options are provided from the credentials stored in the Credentials Library.

Speed. Select the speed at which you want to monitor the device performance.


Normal. Updates device information every one second.

Medium. Updates device information every five seconds.

Slow. Updates device information every ten seconds.

Paused. Stops updating device information.
Connect using (Processes tab). Select the device protocol (WMI or SNMP) used to
monitor and manage the device. The credentials stored in the Credentials Library are
used to connect and read information on the selected device.
Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information
gathered by SNMP may reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a
limitation in how often Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values. For this reason, we
recommend using a Speed of Medium or Slow when using SNMP to view interface
information about a device running Microsoft Windows.
4
At the bottom of the Task Manager page, select the tab that you want to use
(Processes, Performance, or Interfaces).
For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page
957).
Note: Some differences exist in column names between the Web Task Manager and
Windows Task Manager in Windows Vista and Windows 2008. The Mem Usage column in
Web Task Manager is named Working Set (Memory) in Windows Task Manager on
Windows Vista and Windows 2008. The VM Size column in Web Task Manager has no
corresponding column in Windows Task Manager on Windows Vista and Windows 2008.
145
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Setting up Web Task Manager device credentials
Use the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog to select credentials for the device you want to
monitor with the Web Tools Task Manager.

Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you
want to view process, performance, or interface information. Click the Browse (...)
button to select a device.

Windows. Select the Windows credential to connect to this device. Click the browse
(...) button to browse the Credentials Library.

SNMP v1/v2/v3. Select the SNMP credentials to connect to this device. If the Identify
devices via SNMP option was selected during discovery (or if an SNMP discovery was
performed) the correct SNMP credential was used during the discovery process, and if
the device is an SNMP manageable device, then the correct credential is selected
automatically. If any of these conditions are not met, None is selected.

ADO. Select the ADO credentials for database connection string information to be
used when a database connection is required for WhatsUp Gold database monitors.

Edit. Click to open the Select Credentials dialog, then select the credential from the
list or click the browse ... button to browse the Credentials Library.
146
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
How To example: Using the Web Task Manager - Process tab
The Web Task Manager Processes tab provides key indicator process information for a
selected device that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. This information helps you learn about
device processes and identify trends and issues that occur on a particular network device.
You can use the Web Task Manager Process tab to view the processes running on WMI- or
SNMP-enabled network devices.
After you have identified a process that is causing device performance issues, such as an
application executable like Outlook.exe running multiple instances of the program, you
can correct the problem to bring the device performance back to normal.
Note: Unlike the Windows Task Manager, you cannot terminate processes using the Web
Task Manager. To terminate a task, you must log in to the computer where the task is running
and use the Windows Task Manager to end the process.
To use the Web Task Manager:
1 Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Device page appears.
2 From the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Web Task Manager.
The Web Task Manager dialog appears.
3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields:

Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you want
to view process information. Click Reconnect to connect with a device that has
disconnected from the Web Task Manager.
147
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Browse (...). Click to open the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog and set a WMI
user name and password or an SNMP read community. The credential options are
provided from the credentials stored in the Credentials Library.

Speed. Select the speed at which you want to monitor the device performance.


Normal. Updates device information every one second.

Medium. Updates device information every five seconds.

Slow. Updates device information every ten seconds.

Paused. Stops updating device information.
Connect using. Select the device protocol (WMI or SNMP) used to monitor and
manage the device. The credentials stored in the Credentials Library are used to
connect and read information on the selected device.
Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information
gathered by SNMP may reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a
limitation in how often Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values. For this reason, we
recommend using a Speed of Medium or Slow when using SNMP to view interface
information about a device running Microsoft Windows.
4
At the bottom of the Task Manager page, select the tab that you want to use
(Processes, Performance, or Interfaces).
For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page
957).
Note: Some differences exist in column names between the Web Task Manager and
Windows Task Manager in Windows Vista and Windows 2008. The Mem Usage column in
Web Task Manager is named Working Set (Memory) in Windows Task Manager on
Windows Vista and Windows 2008. The VM Size column in Web Task Manager has no
corresponding column in Windows Task Manager on Windows Vista and Windows 2008.
148
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the Web Task Manager - Performance tab
The Performance tab provides dynamic performance information for a selected device that
WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. This information helps you learn about device performance and
identify trends, spikes, or other issues that occur on a particular network device. You can use
the Web Task Manager to view device performance for devices that are WMI or SNMP
enabled network devices.
After you have identified a performance issue that is causing device performance issues, such
as the Page File Usage indicating that the system memory is nearly at full capacity, you can
correct the problem to bring the device performance back to normal.
Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information
gathered via WMI is displayed in real time. Information gathered by SNMP, however, may
reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a limitation in how often
Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values.
149
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To use the Web Task Manager:
1 Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Devices page appears.
2 From the details or icon view, right-click a device, then click Web Task Manager. The
Web Task Manager dialog appears.
3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields:

Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you want
to view process information. Click Reconnect to connect with a device that has
disconnected from the Web Task Manager.

Browse (...). Click to open the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog (on page 145) and
set a WMI user name and password or an SNMP read community. The credential
options are provided from the credentials stored in the Credentials Library (on page
836).

Speed. Select the speed at which you want to monitor the device performance.


Normal. Updates device information every one second.

Medium. Updates device information every five seconds.

Slow. Updates device information every ten seconds.

Paused. Stops updating device information.
Connect using (Processes tab). Select the device protocol (WMI or SNMP) used to
monitor and manage the device. The credentials stored in the Credentials Library (on
page 836) are used to connect and read information on the selected device.
Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information
gathered by SNMP may reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a
limitation in how often Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values. For this reason, we
recommend using a Speed of Medium or Slow when using SNMP to view interface
information about a device running Microsoft Windows.
4
At the bottom of the Task Manager page, select the tab that you want to use
(Processes, Performance, or Interfaces).
5 For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on
page 957).
The following are examples of information that is provided when you connect to and view a
WMI enabled device. Note, this information varies by operating system:

CPU Usage. This graph indicates the percentage of time the processor is operating.
Use this graph to view how much the processor is operating.

CPU Usage History. This graph indicates how much the processor has operated over
time. You can change the Speed option (High, Normal, Slow, Paused). The Speed
option determines how often updates occur to the CPU Usage History.

PF Usage. This graph indicates how much page file memory is used.
150
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Page File Usage History. This graph indicates how much the page file memory is
used over time. If page file memory usage is high, you may want to increase the
available page file memory.

Totals. This provides the total number of Handles, Threads, and Processes occurring
on the selected device.

Commit Charge (K). Provides information about the memory (Total, Limit, and Peak)
allocated to the operating system and applications running on the device.

Physical Memory (K). Provides information about the amount of physical memory
(Total, Available, and System Cache) installed on the device.

Kernel Memory (K). Provides information about how much memory (Total, Paged,
and Nonpaged) the operating system kernel and device drivers are using.
Note: Values reported for Peak and System Cache will differ from values reported by the
Windows Task Manager on the actual device. In the Web Task Manager, Peak reflects the
peak value for the time that the Web Task Manager has been open only, and System Cache
does not include the size of the free page list.
The following information are examples of the information that is provided when you
connect to and view a SNMP enabled device. Note, this information varies by operating
system:

In (PKTS). Provides detailed information about the network packets that this device
receives.

Out (PKTS). Provides detailed information about the network packets that this device
sends.

System. Provides general system information about CPU performance, the number of
interfaces that are running on the device, the total amount of time the device has
been operating in the up mode, and the version number of Cisco software running
on the device (if applicable).
For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page
957).
151
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the Web Task Manager - Interfaces tab
The Interfaces tab provides information about the interfaces available on a selected device
that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. This information helps you determine how much data is
transmitted and received via each interface, and therefore may help you locate an interface
that using an unexpected amount of bandwidth.
After you have identified the interface that is causing bandwidth performance issues, such as
a file sharing application exposing shared files on a computer for others on the Internet to
access and download, you can correct the problem to bring the device performance back to
normal.
The Web Task Manager includes the following columns:

Description. This column is the text description of the interface as configured on the
device.

Index. This column is the unique numerical indentifier of the interface as defined on
the device.

Transmit %. This column indicates what percentage of the interface's capacity is
currently being used to transmit data.
152
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Receive %. This column indicates what percentage of the interface's capacity is
currently being used to receive data.

In Bandwidth (kbps). This column shows the amount of data received by the device
in kilobits per second.

Out Bandwidth (kbps). This column shows the amount of data transmitted by the
device in kilobits per second.
To use the Web Task Manager:
1
2
Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Devices page appears.
From the details or icon view, right-click a device, then click Web Task Manager. The
Web Task Manager dialog appears.
3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields:

Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you want
to view process information. Click Reconnect to connect with a device that has
disconnected from the Web Task Manager.

Browse (...). Click to open the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog (on page 145) and
set a WMI user name and password or an SNMP read community. The credential
options are provided from the credentials stored in the Credentials Library (on page
836).

Speed. Select the speed at which you want to monitor the device performance.


Normal. Updates device information every one second.

Medium. Updates device information every five seconds.

Slow. Updates device information every ten seconds.

Paused. Stops updating device information.
Connect using (Processes tab). Select the device protocol (WMI or SNMP) used to
monitor and manage the device. The credentials stored in the Credentials Library (on
page 836) are used to connect and read information on the selected device.
Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information
gathered by SNMP may reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a
limitation in how often Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values. For this reason, we
recommend using a Speed of Medium or Slow when using SNMP to view interface
information about a device running Microsoft Windows.
4
At the bottom of the Task Manager page, select the tab that you want to use
(Processes, Performance, or Interfaces).
5 For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on
page 957).
153
Monitoring Devices
In This Chapter
Using Active Monitors.....................................................................................155
Passive Monitor Library ..................................................................................232
Using Performance Monitors .......................................................................246
Enabling global performance monitors ...................................................254
Configuring the CPU monitor collection settings ................................ 255
Configuring the disk monitor collection settings .................................255
Configuring the interface monitor collection settings .......................256
Configuring the memory monitor collection settings ........................258
Configuring the ping monitor collection settings ................................ 258
Enabling SNMP on Windows devices ........................................................259
Using the Active Script Performance Monitor .......................................269
154
Using Active Monitors
In This Chapter
Active Monitors overview ..............................................................................155
About the Active Monitor Library ...............................................................156
Selecting an Active Monitor Type...............................................................157
Configuring Active Monitors ........................................................................157
Adding and editing a Temperature Monitor ..........................................176
Adding and editing a WAP Radio Monitor ..............................................177
Using Premium Active Monitors .................................................................178
Active Monitors overview
Active monitors poll target devices for information such as ping accessibility, device services,
such as Web or email servers, and more. Active monitors regularly query or poll the device
services for which they are configured and wait for responses. If a query is returned with an
expected response, the queried service is considered "up." If a response is not received, or if
the response is not expected, the queried service is considered "down" and a state change is
issued on the device.
In an effort to help you manage your network after you install the application, WhatsUp Gold
includes a number of pre-configured active monitors. These pre-configured monitors display
in the Active Monitor Library. As you configure new active monitor types, they are added to
the library.
Use the Active Monitor Library to configure new or existing Active Monitor Types. The Active
Monitors list displays active monitors configured and available to apply to network devices.
For more information, see Configuring Active Monitors (on page 157).
To manage active monitors in the Active Monitor Library:
1
2
Click Admin, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog opens.
Configure new or existing active monitor types:

To configure a new Active Monitor Type, click New.

To change an Active Monitor Type, select an existing type from the list, then click Edit.

To make a copy of an Active Monitor Type, select an active monitor type from the list,
then click Copy.

To remove an Active Monitor Type, select an active monitor type from the list, then
click Delete.
Caution: When you delete an active monitor from the Active Monitor Library, any instance of
that active monitor is also deleted, and all related report data is lost.
155
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
About the Active Monitor Library
The Active Monitor Library displays all active monitors currently configured for use in
WhatsUp Gold.
To help you manage your network easily after your initial installation of the application,
WhatsUp Gold includes a number of pre-configured active monitors. These pre-configured
monitors display in the Active Monitor Library. As you configure new active monitor types,
they are added to the library.
To access the Active Monitor Library:
1
2
From the Admin panel, select Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog opens.
If not already selected, click the Active tab to open the Active Monitor Library.
From the Active Monitor Library you can configure new or existing active monitor types:

Click New to configure a new active monitor type.

Select an active monitor type, then click Edit to modify its configuration.

Select an active monitor type, then click Copy to make a copy of that type.

Select an active monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list.
Caution: When you delete an active monitor from the Active Monitor Library, any instance of
that active monitor is also deleted, and all related report data is lost.
156
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Selecting an Active Monitor Type
Use the list to select one of the following active monitor types; after selecting the monitor
type, click OK.

Active Script Monitor (on page 226)

APC UPS Monitor (on page 178)

DNS Monitor (on page 157)

Email Monitor (on page 180)

Exchange 2003 Monitor (on page 190)

Exchange Monitor (on page 185)

Fan Monitor (on page 194)

File Properties Monitor (on page 195)

Folder Monitor (on page 196)

FTP Monitor (on page 199)

Network Statistics Monitor (on page 204)

NT Service Monitor (on page 158)

Ping Monitor (on page 159)

Power Supply Monitor

Printer Monitor

Process Monitor (on page 209)

SNMP Monitor (on page 160)

SQL Query Monitor (on page 218)

SQL Server Monitor (on page 213)

SSH Monitor (on page 163)

TCP/IP Monitor (on page 164)

Telnet Monitor (on page 175)

Temperature Monitor (on page 176)

VoIP Monitor (on page 225) (available with the VoIP Monitor plug-in)

WAP Radio Monitor (on page 177)

WMI Monitor (on page 177)
Configuring Active Monitors
All active monitor types are stored in and configured from the Active Monitor Library. In order
to function as designed, active monitors must be assigned to devices. When an active
monitor is assigned, an individual instance of the monitor is placed on the device to which it
is assigned. Subsequent changes made to the active monitor in the Active Monitor Library
affect all instances of the monitor.
Adding and editing a Domain Service (DNS) Monitor
The DNS monitor is a simple service monitor that checks for the DNS (Domain Name Server)
on port 53. If no DNS service responds on this port, the service is considered down.
157
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To add or edit a DNS active monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select DNS Monitor from the list to create a new DNS monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the DNS monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Timeout. Type a timeout value. This is the length of time in which the service is given
a chance to respond. If there is no response in this amount of time, the service is
considered down.
Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list
on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device
during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties
dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device.
Click OK to save changes.

5
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and editing an NT Service Monitor
The NT Service Monitor checks the status of a service on a Windows machine and attempts a
restart of the service (if the appropriate Administrator permissions exist).
Note: A running Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) service on the targeted
machine is required for this NT Service Monitor to work properly. Windows 2000 Service Pack
2 or higher, XP, and 2003 are installed with the WMI service. WMI is not installed with
Windows NT, but can be downloaded from Microsoft and installed on Windows NT.
To add or edit an NT service active monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New, then select NT Service Monitor from the list to create a new NT service
monitor. Click OK.
- or From the list of current monitors, select the NT service monitor you want to change, and
then click Edit.
158
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
Complete the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Service name. Click the Browse (...) button next to the Service Name text box to open
the Browse for Service dialog, allowing you to locate any server/workstation running
the service.

Restart on failure. Select this option to have the monitor attempt to restart the
service when it enters a down state.

Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list
on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device
during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties
dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device.
Note: WhatsUp Gold uses Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) to verify the status
of the NT Service Active Monitors you have configured. WhatsUp Gold currently only
supports monitoring on Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 or higher, Windows XP Professional,
and Windows 2003 or higher.
5
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Troubleshooting
Having problems with your WMI monitor returning false negatives?
Adding and editing a Ping Monitor
Configure an active ping monitor for WhatsUp Gold to send an ICMP (ping) command to the
device. This is the default monitor added to all devices during discovery. If the device does
not respond, the monitor is considered down.
To add or edit a ping monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New, then select Ping Monitor from the list to create a new ping monitor. Click
OK.
- or Select the ping monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
159
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
5
Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Timeout. The ping fails if the device does not respond after this number of seconds.

Retries. The number of times WhatsUp Gold attempts to send the command before
the device is considered down.

Payload size. The length in bytes of each packet sent by the ping command.

Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list
on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device
during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties
dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device.
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and editing a SNMP Active Monitor
The Simple Network Management Protocol is the protocol governing network management
and monitoring of network devices and their functions. In this monitor, WhatsUp Gold utilizes
SNMP to gather specific information about the functions of SNMP-enabled network devices
by querying a device to verify that it returns an expected value. Depending on the state you
choose, the monitor is considered either Up or Down according to the returned value.
To add or edit a SNMP active monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New, then select SNMP Monitor from the list to create a new SNMP monitor. Click
OK.
- or Select the SNMP monitor you want to change from the list of monitors, and then click
Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Object ID. Click the Browse (...) button, then locate and select the appropriate SNMP
object in the MIB object tree. For more information, see Selecting an Object in the
MIB Tree below.

Check type. Select Constant Value, Range of Values, or Rate of Change in Value.
160
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
Complete the check type information.
When Constant Value is selected:

Value. Depending on the Object ID you selected, type the appropriate value.

If the value matches, then the monitor is: select Up or Down.
When Range of Values is selected:

Low Value. Depending on the Object ID you selected, type the appropriate value.

High Value. Depending on the Object ID you selected, type the appropriate value.
When Rate of Change in Value is selected:
6

Rate of Change (in variable units per second). Type the desired value.

If the value is above the rate, then the monitor is: select Up or Down.
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Selecting an Object in the MIB Tree
In order to select the appropriate object in the MIB tree, you need to be familiar with the MIB
names for the SNMP objects you want to monitor. For more information, see RFC 1213.
Example A. Suppose you want to monitor the volume of data going out through your router,
select ifOutOctets in the MIB object tree, thus inserting 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16 in the MIB box.
Example B. Suppose you are interested in the operating status value of a port on your router,
select ifOperStatus, thus inserting 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8 in the MIB box.
Example C. Suppose you are interested in the errors on a port on your router, select
ifInErrors, thus inserting 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14 in the MIB box.
i)
Selecting an object in the MIB Tree
In order to select the appropriate object in the MIB tree, you need to be familiar with the MIB
names for the SNMP objects for which you want to monitor. For more information, see RFC
1213.
Example A.
If you want to monitor the volume of data traveling from your router, you select ifOutOctets
in the MIB object tree and insert 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16 in the MIB box.
Example B.
If you are interested in the operating status value of a port on your router, you select
ifOperStatus and insert 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8 in the MIB box.
161
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Example C.
If you are interested in errors from a specific port on your router, you select ifInErrors, and
inserting 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14 in the MIB box.
For more information, see Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting (on page 909).
ii)
Example: Monitoring Network Printer Toner Levels
To avoid running out of printer ink in the middle of print jobs, or wasting toner by switching
toner cartridges before they are empty, through WhatsUp Gold you can create a custom
SNMP active monitor that notifies you when toner levels are low.
To configure a printer monitor:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Access the Monitor Library.
Click New, select SNMP Monitor, then click OK. The Add SNMP Monitor dialog
appears.You need to create an active monitor for each printer type in use. It may be that
the office uses the same printer type in each office. In this example, we are using a
Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4050N. Check your network printers for their specific
maximum capacity toner levels.
Type a Name and Description for the monitor. For example, TonerMonitor and Toner
monitor for the Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4050N.
For the Object ID and Instance, click the browse (...) button, then locate the
prtMarkerSuppliesLevel (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.43.11.1.1.9) SNMP object in the MIB object
tree. This SNMP object is found in the MIB tree at:
mgmt > mib 2 > printmib > prtMarkerSupplies > prtMarkerSuppliesEntry >
prtMarkerSuppliesLevel
Select Range of Values from the type drop down menu and enter 4600 (the maximum
capacity toner level) as the High value and 100 as the Low Value, then click OK. The
action fails when the printer toner level reaches 99.
Test the newly created active monitor and make appropriate changes if needed.
Assign the active monitor to the printer device, select Properties > Active Monitors.
The Device Properties Active Monitor dialog appears.
Click Add.
During the configuration wizard, create or select an action to notify you when the
printer’s toner levels are low.
Repeat steps 4-6 for each network printer that requires monitoring.
iii)
Example: Monitoring TCP Connections Established for
a Device
Too many TCP connections can signal that a device is being maliciously used, in the case of a
workstation, or that your web server is close to maxing out, indicating the need to initiate a
backup server. You can create an SNMP active monitor to watch a range of established TCP
connections for a particular device. If the number of connections goes above the range you
specify, you can be notified by an associated action.
162
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure a TCP monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click New, select SNMP Monitor, then click OK. The Add SNMP Monitor dialog appears.
3 Enter a Name and Description for the monitor. For example, Number of TCP
connections less than 2000.
4 For the Object ID and Instance, click the browse (...) button, then locate the
TcpCurrEstab (1.3.6.1.2.1.6.9) SNMP object in the MIB object tree.
5 Select Range of Values from the Check type list and enter 1999 (the maximum number
of established TCP connections) as the High value and 0 as the Low Value, then click
OK. Any associated actions fail when the number of established TCP connections
reaches 2000.
6 Test the newly created active monitor and make appropriate changes if needed.
7 Assign the active monitor to the web server:
a) Right-click on the device on the appropriate device, then select Properties > Active
Monitors. The Device Properties Active Monitor dialog appears.
b) Click Add.
c) Using the configuration wizard, create or select an action to notify you when the
number of established TCP connections reaches 2000.
Adding and editing an SSH Active Monitor
The SSH Monitor connects to a remote device using SSH to execute commands or scripts. The
success or failure of the monitor is dependant upon values returned by the commands or
scripts that can be interpreted by WhatsUp Gold as Up or Down.
To add or edit a SSH active monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select SSH Monitor from the list to create a new SSH monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the SSH monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Command to run. Type the command you want to run and execute on the remote
device. This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for
example, a Unix shell command or a perl script.
Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed,
tested, and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support
manipulation of the remote script.
163
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

The monitor is considered Up if the following output ____. Either Contains or Does
not contain. Select the appropriate output criteria. For example, if you are checking to
see that a specific network connection is present on the remote device, you would
select that the output contains that specific connection. If the network connection
you specify is not present when the monitor checks, the monitor is considered down.

Use regular expression. Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold use regular
expression when searching for the output of command or script. If you do not choose
to use regular expression, WhatsUp Gold looks for specific text outputs, rather than
outputs including a regular expression.
SSH credential. Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold uses to
connect to the remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp
Gold uses the SSH credential assigned to the device to which the monitor is assigned.
If the appropriate SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH credentials are
assigned, browse (...) to the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure a set of
credentials.
Click OK to return to the monitor properties dialog.
Click OK to save changes.

5
6
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and editing a TCPIP Monitor
The TCPIP monitor is used to monitor a TCP/IP service that either does not appear in the list of
standard services, or uses a non-standard port number.
To add or edit a TCPIP monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select TCIPIP Monitor to create a new TCPIP monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the TCPIP monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Network type. Select either TCP, UDP, or SSL from the Network type list. The network
type for the FTP (File Transfer Protocol) service is TCP; the network type for the
RADIUS (Remote Authentication and Dial-In User Service) service is UDP. The HTTPS
monitor uses the SSL type.

Port number. Type the TCP or UDP port that you want to monitor.

Timeout. Amount of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold should wait for a response to a
poll.
164
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Script. Write your script using as many Send, Expect, SimpleExpect, and Flow Control
keywords as you would like. For more information, see Script Syntax.

Expect. Opens the Rules Expression editor. Whatever is placed in the Expression box
appends to the end of the script as an Expect expression.
Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list
on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device
during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties
dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device.
Click OK to save changes.

5
Types of TCPIP Monitors
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
WhatsUp Gold is installed with the following types of TCP/IP monitors already configured.

Echo. Checks to make sure an Echo server is running on the assigned port.

FTP. Checks to make sure an FTP server is running on the assigned port.

HTTP. Checks to make sure an HTTP server is running on the assigned port.

HTTPS. Checks to make sure the Secure HTTP server is running on the assigned port,
and that WhatsUp Gold can negotiate a connection using SSL protocols. This monitor
does not check on the validity of SSL certificates.

HTTP Content Scan. Performs advanced monitoring of a specific web page to make
sure specific content appears in the page's code. Supports advanced HTTP processes
such as form submission and non-standard HTTP headers. For information on
creating a basic HTTP Content Scan monitor, see New/Edit HTTP Content Monitor.

IMAP4. Checks to make sure a IMAP4 server is running on the assigned port.

NNTP. Checks to make sure a NNTP server is running on the assigned port.

POP3. Checks to make sure a POP3 mail server is running on the assigned port.

Radius. Checks to make sure a Radius server is running on the assigned port.

SMTP. Checks to make sure a SMTP mail server is running on the assigned port.

Time. Checks to make sure a Time server is running on the assigned port.
iv) Types of TCP/IP monitors
WhatsUp Gold is installed with the following types of TCP/IP monitors already configured.

Echo. Checks to make sure an Echo server is running on the assigned port.

FTP. Checks to make sure an FTP server is running on the assigned port.

HTTP. Checks to make sure an HTTP server is running on the assigned port.

HTTPS. Checks to make sure that the Secure HTTP server is running on the assigned
port, and that WhatsUp Gold can negotiate a connection using SSL protocols. This
monitor does not check on the validity of SSL certificates.
165
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

HTTP Content Scan. Monitors a specific web page to make sure that specific content
appears in the code for the page.

IMAP4. Checks to make sure a IMAP4 server is running on the assigned port.

NNTP. Checks to make sure a NNTP server is running on the assigned port.

POP3. Checks to make sure a POP3 mail server is running on the assigned port.

Radius. Checks to make sure a Radius server is running on the assigned port.

SMTP. Checks to make sure a SMTP mail server is running on the assigned port.

Time. Checks to make sure a Time server is running on the assigned port.
v) Using the Rules Expression Editor
WhatsUp Gold knows the proper connecting commands for checking the standard services
listed on the Services dialog box, but to monitor a custom service, you may want to specify
what commands to send to the service and what responses to expect from the service in
order for WhatsUp Gold to consider the service UP. You need to determine the proper
command strings to expect and send for a custom service.
You can use a rule expression to test a string of text for particular patterns.

Enter an expression in the Expression box. Use the >, Match case, and Invert result
options to the right of the Expression box to help build the expression.

In the Comparison text box, enter text to test compare against the expression you
built in the Expression box.

Click Test to compare the expression against potential payloads you can receive.
After creating and testing the expression, click OK to insert the string into the Match on box.
Note: If you have multiple payload "match on" expressions, they are linked by "OR" logic - not
"AND" logic. Example: If you have two expressions, one set to "AB" and the other to "BA", it
will match against a trap containing any of the following: "AB" or "BA" or "ABBA".
a. Script Syntax
You create a script using keywords. In general, Script Syntax is Command=String. The
command is either Send, Expect, SimpleExpect, or Flow Control.
Note: A script can have as many send and receive lines as needed. However, the more you
have, the slower the service check.
166
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Keywords
Note: To comment out a line, use the # symbol as the first character of the line.

To send a string to a port, use the Send (on page 168)= keyword.

To expect a string from a port, use the SimpleExpect (on page 167)= or the Expect (on
page 167)= keyword.

To receive a conditional response for an error or success, use Flow Control Keywords
(on page 171).
Examples
If you have a TCP service to check, you need to do the following:

expect something on connection

send a command

check for a response

send something to disconnect
b. Script Syntax: Expect=Keyword
Expect=Keyword gives you flexibility to accept variable responses and pick out crucial
information using special control characters and regular expressions. If you do not need
flexibility, or are new to writing your own custom TCP/UDP scripts, you may want to use the
SimpleExpect (on page 167) keyword.
There are 4 variations of the Expect Keyword:

Expect. Returns true when the expected value is matched.

Expect(MatchCase). Only returns true when the case matches the expected value.

DontExpect. Returns true when the value is not found.

DontExpect(MatchCase). Returns true when the value is not found.
The Expect syntax is Expect=Response, where the Response is either specified as an exact
text string, or a mixture of regular expression rules (on page 172) and text. The Add/Edit
Expect Rule button helps you construct and test a regular expression response string. It
automatically chooses the variation of Expect for you based on options you select.
Note: Add/Edit Expect Rule does not aid in the generation of SimpleExpect keywords.
WhatsUp Gold v7 or v8 users: The ~, ^, ! and = = codes have been replaced with variations
on the Expect keyword itself. Migrated definitions are automatically converted.
167
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Example 1:
#
# Note: script comments start with a # character
#
# Send a simple text command
#
Send = Hello There
#
# Expect a nice response that begins with, "Hi, How are you"
#
Expect=^Hi, How are you
Example 2:
#
# Send a command followed by CR/LF
#
Send=Select * from Accounts\r\n
#
# Expect a large response, but we only care to check that somewhere
# in the response John Doe is mentioned
#
Expect=John Doe
Example 3:
#
# Send a binary escape (27) and an x y and z and then a nak (21)
#
Send=\x1Bxyz\x15
#
# Expect something that does *not* contain 123 escape (27)
#
DontExpect=123\x1B
c. Script Syntax: Send=Keyword
To Send command on a connection, use a Send=keyword. The script syntax is
Send=Command. The Command is exactly the message you want to send. You may use a
combination of literal characters and binary representations.
WhatsUp Gold understands the C0 set of ANSI 7-bit control characters. A Binary can be
represented as \\x##, where the ## is a hexadecimal value. Those familiar with the table may
also choose to use shorthand such as \A (\x01) or \W (\x17)
You can also use \r and \n as the conventions for sending the carriage return and line feed
control characters to terminate a line.
168
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
The following table shows the keywords you can use.
Keyword
Description
\\x##
Binary value in Hexadecimal. For example, \\x1B is escape
\\
The "\" character
\t
The tab character (\x09)
\r
The return character (\x0D)
\n
The new line character \x0A)
WhatsUp Gold versions 7 and 8 users: The %### decimal syntax for specifying binary octets
has been replaced with the \x## hexidecimal syntax.
Example 1:
#
# Note: script comments start with a # character
#
# Send a simple text command
#
Send=Hello There
Example 2:
#
# Send a command followed by CR/LF
#
Send=Select * from Accounts\r\n
Example 3:
#
# Send a binary escape (27) an x y and z and then a nak (21)
#
Send=\x1Bxyz\x15
d. Script Syntax: SimpleExpect Keyword
The SimpleExpect Keyword lets you specify expected responses from a service. Responses
can even be binary (i.e. non-printable ASCII character) responses. If you know exactly (or even
approximately) what to expect you can construct a simple expect response string to match
against.
This keyword allows you some flexibility in accepting variable responses and picking out only
crucial information. If you need additional flexibility you may want to consider using the
regular expression syntax available in the Expect (on page 167) keyword.
The SimpleExpect script syntax is SimpleExpect=Response, where the response is a series
of characters you expect back from the service. The following table displays keywords that
match logic and wildcards to compare responses byte-by-byte expanding escape codes as
you go.
169
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Command Options:
Keyword
Description
\x##
Binary value (in Hexadecimal) for example \x00 is null
.
Matches any character
\%
The "%" character
\.
The "." character
\\
The "\" character
Note: Only the number of characters specified in the expect string are used to match the
response. The response is expected to start with these characters. Any extra trailing
characters received are just ignored.
170
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Example 1:
#
# Note: script comments start with a # character
#
# Send=Hello There
#
# Expect a nice response
#
SimpleExpect=Hi, how are you?
Example 2:
#
# Send a command followed by CR/LF
#
Send=Select * from Accounts\r\n
#
# Expect a large response, be we only care to check that first word
# received is "Customer"
#
SimpleExpect=Customer
Example 3:
#
# Send a binary escape (27) an x y and z and then a nak (21)
#
Send=\x1B\x15
#
# Expect any byte (we don't care) then an abc and an ack (6)
#
SimpleExpect=.abc\x06
e. Script Syntax: Flow Control Keywords
The following Flow Control keywords are used in a script to return "error" or "success"
responses of steps within that script.

IfState. This checks for the current state (ok or error) and jumps to a label if true.
Valid syntax: IfState {ERR|OK} label
Example:
IfState ERR End
IfState OK Bye

Goto. This immediately jumps to a label.
Valid syntax: Goto End
Example:
Goto End

Exit. This immediately ends the script with an optional state (ok or error). The
optional state overrides the current state.
Valid syntax: Exit {ERR|OK}
Example:
Exit ERR
Exit OK
171
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

:Label. This defines a label that can be the target of a jump. A label is defined by a
single word beginning with the ":" character.
Valid syntax: :(with a name following)
Example:
Bye

OnError. This allows for a global handling of an error situation
Valid Syntax: OnError {EXIT|CONTINUE|GOTO} label
Example:
OnError EXIT (Default behavior)
OnError CONTINUE
OnError GOTO Logoff
f. Send to Disconnect Examples
For a service like FTP, to disconnect would be QUIT/r/n. If a command string is not specified,
the connection is closed by sending a FIN packet and then an RST packet.
The /r (carriage return) and /n (line feed) are the conventions for sending these control
characters to terminate a string. You can use:

/r = 0x0a

/n = 0x0d

/t = 0x09 or /xnn where nn is any hexadecimal value from 00 to FF
The disconnect string is:
Send=QUIT/r/n
g. Regular Expression Syntax
This table lists the meta-characters understood by the WhatsUp Gold Regex Engine.
Matching a Single Character
Meta-character
Matches
.
dot
Matches any one character
[...]
character class
Matches any character inside the brackets.
Example, [abc] matches "a", "b", and "c"
[^...]
negated character class
Matches any character except those inside the brackets.
Example, [^abc] matches all characters except "a", "b",
and "c".
See below for alternate use - the way ^ is used controls
its meaning.
-
dash
Used within a character class. Indicates a range of
characters.
Example: [2-7] matches any of the digits "2" through "7".
Example: [0-3a-d] is equivalent to [0123abcd]
\
escaped character
Interpret the next character literally.
Example: 3\.14 matches only "3.14". whereas 3.14
matches "3214", "3.14", "3z14", etc.
172
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Meta-character
Matches
binary character
\\xnn
Match a single binary character. nn is a hexadecimal
value between 00 and FF.
Example: \\x41 matches "A"
Example: \\x0B matches Vertical Tab
Quantifiers
Meta-character
Matches
?
question
One optional. The preceding expression once or not at
all.
Example: colou?r matches "colour" or "color"
Example: [0-3][0-5]? matches "2" and "25"
*
star
Any number allowed, but are optional.
Example: .* Zero or more occurrences of any character
+
plus
One required, additional are optional.
Example, [0-9]+ matches "1", "15", "220", and so on
"Non-greedy" versions of ?, +, and *. Match as little as
possible, whereas the "greedy" versions match as much
as possible
Example: For input string <html>content</html>
<.*?> matches <html>
<.*> matches <html>content</html>
??, +?, *?
Matching Position
Meta-character
Matches
^
caret
Matches the position at the start of the input.
Example: ^2 will only match input that begins with "2".
Example: ^[45] will only match input that begins with "4"
or "5"
$
dollar
At the end of a regular expression, this character
matches the end of the input.
Example: >$ matches a ">" at the end of the input.
Other
Meta-character
|
Matches
alternation
Matches either expression it separates.
Example: H|Cat matches either "Hat" or "Cat"
173
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Meta-character
(...)
Matches
parentheses
\0, \1, ... backreference
!
negation
Provides grouping for quantifiers, limits scope of
alternation via precedence.
Example: (abc)* matches 0 or more occurrences of the
the string abc
Example: WhatsUp (Gold)|(Professional) matches
"WhatsUp Gold" or "WhatsUp Professional"
Matches text previously matched within first, second,
etc, match group (starting at 0).
Example: <{head}>.*?</\0> matches
"<head>xxx</head>".
The expression following ! does not match the input
Example: a!b matches "a" not followed by "b".
Abbreviations
Abbreviations are shorthand Meta-characters.
Abbreviation
Matches
\a
Any alphanumeric character: ([a-zA-Z0-9])
\b
White space (blank): ([ \\t])
\c
Any alphabetic character: ([a-zA-Z])
\d
Any decimal digit: [0-9]
\D
Any non decimal digit: [^0-9]
\h
Any hexadecimal digit: ([0-9a-fA-F])
\n
Newline: (\r|(\r?\n))
\p
Any punctuation character: ,./\';:"[email protected]#$%^&*()[]{}- _=+|<>!~
\P
Any non-punctuation character
\q
A quoted string: (\"[^\"]*\")|(\'[^\']*\')
\s
WhatsUp Gold style white space character: [ \\t\\n\\r\\f\\v]
\S
WhatsUp Gold style non-white space character:
[^ \\t\\n\\r\\f\\v]
\w
Any word characters (letters and digits): ([a-zA-Z0-9_])
\W
Non-word character: ([^a-zA-Z0-9_])
\z
An integer: ([0-9]+)
174
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
h. Text String Example
Example 1
To check an IRC (Internet Relay Chat) service, you can send the command Version/r/n and
the expected response from the IRC service is: irc.
Name: IRC; Port: 6667; TCP.
Send=Version/r/n
Expect=irc
Send=QUIT/r/n
Note: You can use Telnet (on page 176) to find the proper value for SimpleExpect, or an
Expect string for a particular service. Packet Capture tools can also be very useful.
Adding and editing a Telnet Monitor
Telnet is a simple service monitor that checks for a Telnet server on port 23. If no telnet
service responds on this port, then the service is considered down.
To add or edit a Telnet monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New and select Telnet Monitor from the list to create a new Telnet monitor. Click
OK.
- or Select the Telnet monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Timeout. Enter a timeout value. This is the length of time in which the service is given
a chance to respond. If there is no response in this amount of time, the service is
considered down.
Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list
on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device
during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties
dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device.
Click OK to save changes.

5
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
175
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
vi)
Using telnet to determine "Expect on Connect" string
Telnet to the desired port on the host when you are certain it is working properly, and note
the host response. You can enter just an identifying portion of a SimpleExpect or Expect
keyword.
For example, if you expect to get "220 hostname.domain.com Imail v1.3" back from the host,
you could use "220 host" as a response string (i.e. SimpleExpect=220 host, or
Expect=^220 host).
Note: Some services are based on binary protocols (such as DNS) and do not provide you
with a simple response string to use. You can use a packet capture tool to view these types of
responses.
Adding and editing a Temperature Monitor
The Temperature Monitor checks select Cisco switches/routers, Dell servers, HP ProCurve
switches/routers, and Ravica temperature probes to see that they return a value that signals
they are in an up state. The monitor first checks to see if a device is a Cisco, Dell, HP, or Ravica
device, then checks any enabled temperature monitor devices. If a temperature probe is
disabled, the monitor ignores it; if a temperature probe does not return a value of 1 - Normal
(for Cisco switches/routers), 3 - OK (for Dell server devices), 4 - Good (for HP ProCurve
switches and routers), 2 - OK (for HP ProLiant servers), or 2 - normal (for Ravica temperature
probes) the monitor is considered down.
This monitor is pre-configured and exists in the Active Monitor Library upon installation of
WhatsUp Gold. Unlike many pre-configured active monitors, the Temperature Monitor's
default configuration cannot be modified. However, you can modify the monitor name and
description, as well as the SNMP timeout and number of retries used while attempting to
connect to devices.
To add or edit a temperature monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New and select Temperature Monitor to create a new temperature monitor. Click
OK.
- or Select the temperature monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors,
and then click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries.
176
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and editing a WAP Radio Monitor
The Wireless Access Point (WAP) Radio Active Monitor, included in the WhatsUp Gold
Premium, Distributed, and MSP Editions, uses Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
to query WAP devices and report the status of the wireless access point. This monitor
indicates that the wireless radio is in either an up or down state. Currently, the WAP Radio
Active Monitor supports Cisco Aironet WAPs.
Important: The Cisco WAP you want to monitor must support Cisco Dot 11 and IEEE 802.11
MIBs for WhatsUp Gold WAP Monitor features to operate.
To determine the monitor status, the monitor first looks at the ifType (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.3)
value. The ifType value of 71 - IEEE 80211 must be present for the monitor to continue
checking the WAP radio device status. If the ifType value is true, then the ifAdminStatus (OID:
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.7) value is checked. Finally, if the ifAdminStatus value for the interface is in the
down or testing state, the active monitor is considered down and the ifOperStatus (OID:
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8) value is checked. If the ifOperStatus value is 1 - up or 5 - dormant, the WAP
radio is determined to be in the up state; otherwise the device is considered to be in the
down state.
This monitor is pre-configured and exists in the Active Monitor Library upon installation of
WhatsUp Gold. Unlike many pre-configured active monitors, the WAP Radio Monitor's default
configuration cannot be modified. However, you can modify the monitor name and
description, as well as the SNMP timeout and number of retries used while attempting to
connect to devices.
To add or edit a WAP radio monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New and select WAP Radio Monitor to create a new WAP radio monitor
- or Select the WAP radio monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and
then click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries.
177
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Using Premium Active Monitors
WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition provides all of the network monitoring capabilities of
WhatsUp Gold and extends the product to allow additional monitoring capabilities,
including:

APC UPS monitor watches your American Power Conversion Uninterruptible Power
Supply (APC UPS) device and alerts you when selected thresholds are met or
exceeded, output states are reached, and/or abnormal conditions are met.

Email monitor lets you periodically verify that mail servers are not only up, but are
receiving and delivering messages properly.

Microsoft® Exchange™ and Microsoft SQL Server monitors let you manage the
availability of key application services, rather than just the network visibility of the
host server.

Fan monitor checks select Cisco, Dell, and HP device fans and cooling devices, such as
active and passive cooling components, to see that they are enabled and return a
values that signal they are working properly.

File Properties monitor

Folder monitor

FTP monitor

HTTP Content monitor

Network Statistics monitor

Power Supply monitor

Printer monitor

Process monitor

SQL Query monitor

General application monitoring using Microsoft's WMI lets you monitor any
performance counter value and trigger an alarm if the value changes, goes out of
range, or experiences an unexpected rate of change.
Adding and editing an APC UPS Monitor
An APC UPS monitor watches your American Power Conversion Uninterruptible Power
Supply (APC UPS) device and alerts you when selected thresholds are met or exceeded,
output states are reached, and/or abnormal conditions are met. For example, an alert can be
sent when the UPS battery capacity is below 20%, when the battery temperature is high,
when the battery is in bypass mode due to a battery overload state, and many other UPS alert
conditions.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
178
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To add or edit an APC UPS active monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select APC UPS Monitor to create a new APC UPS monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the APC UPS monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and
then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor name in the Active Monitor Library.

Thresholds. Select the threshold(s) on which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC
UPS documentation for more information about the thresholds. By default, all of the
thresholds are selected for use in the monitor.
Tip: Select a threshold, then click Configure to set its individual threshold settings.

Monitor the following output states. Select the output state(s) on which you want
to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more information about the
output states. By default, the following output states are selected for use in the
monitor:

Abnormal Condition Present

Bad Output Voltage

Battery Charger Failure

Battery Communication Lost

High Battery Temperature

In Bypass due to Fan Failure

In Bypass due to Internal Fault

Low Battery

No Batteries Attached

Overload

Replace Battery

Software Bypass
Tip: Use the list's vertical scroll bar to browse the output states.
179
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Monitor the following abnormal conditions. Select the abnormal condition(s) on
which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more
information about the abnormal conditions. By default, all of the abnormal conditions
are selected for use in the monitor.
Tip: Use the vertical scroll bar to browse the list of abnormal conditions.
Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries.
5
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Monitoring mail servers
The Email Monitor lets you monitor that a mail server is available and functioning correctly.
This monitor checks a mail server by first sending the server an email via SMTP. The monitor
then attempts to delete previously sent emails using either POP3 or IMAP. If no emails from
the monitor are present in the inbox to delete, the mail server is considered down.
The email active monitor supports encryption with SSL/TLS and SMTP Authentication which
ensures that the monitor sends emails to a secure email account.
The Email Monitor's email delivery check is done across two polls. Therefore, it is important
that you pick a meaningful polling interval. For example, if you want to be notified when your
mail server is taking more than two minutes to send and receive email, use a two-minute
polling interval.
Note: WhatsUp Gold can monitor any POP3 server that supports these commands: USER,
PASS, LIST, TOP, QUIT, RETR, and DELE. WhatsUp Gold can monitor any IMAP server that
supports these commands: LOGIN, SELECT, SEARCH, STORE, CLOSE, and LOGOUT.
vii)
Adding and editing an Email Monitor
Email monitors check a mail server by first sending the server an email via SMTP. The monitor
then attempts to delete previously sent emails using either POP3 or IMAP. If no emails from
the monitor are present in the inbox to delete, the mail server is considered down.
The email active monitor supports encryption with SSL/TLS and SMTP Authentication which
ensures that the monitor sends emails to a secure email account.
Important: You must use a separate email account for every Email Active Monitor that you
create. Failure to do so will result in false negatives. For example, if you want to check both
IMAP and POP3 on the same server, and create two instances of the Email Monitor, one
configured with POP3 and one with IMAP, you must use two separate email accounts.
Otherwise, one monitor will delete all emails previously sent from both instances of the
monitor and will incorrectly report the mail server as down.
180
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To add or edit an Email Active Monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New and select Email Monitor from the list to create a new Email monitor. Click
OK.
- or Select the Email monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Outgoing mail

SMTP server. Type the address of the server on which SMTP is running. Use the
default, %Device.Address, to use the device IP address on which the monitor is
attached.

Port. Type the port on which the SMTP service is listening. The standard SMTP port is
25.

Mail to. Type the address to which the Email Monitor sends email.

Mail from. Type the address you want listed as "From" in the email sent by the Email
Monitor.
Incoming mail
5

Mail server. Type the address of the server on which the POP3 or IMAP service is
running.

Account type. Type the protocol (POP3 or IMAP) you want the monitor to use to
check for correct email delivery.

Username. Type the username of the account in which the monitor uses to log in.

Password. Type the password for the account in which the monitor uses to log in.
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
181
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: You can configure additional options, including authentication and encryption options
by Setting Advanced Properties for an Email Active Monitor. To access this dialog, click
Advanced.
viii)
Example: Email Monitor
This example creates an Email Monitor that checks to see if an account on Google's Gmail
service is working properly. To test and use the Email Monitor created in this example
properly, you need a working Gmail account configured to allow POP3 and SMTP access.
To create an Email Monitor for a Gmail account:
1
2
3
4
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab inside the dialog.
Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select the Email Monitor, then click OK. The Add Email Monitor dialog appears.
5
Enter or select the appropriate information in the dialog fields:
a) Enter Gmail Status in Name.
b) In Description, enter Checks Gmail status.
In the Outgoing mail section of the dialog:
c) Enter smtp.gmail.com in SMTP server.
d) Enter 587 for the Port.
182
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
e) If you have a Gmail account, enter it in Mail to, in the following format:
[email protected] If you do not have a Gmail account, create one on the
Gmail site.
f) Enter the same Gmail account in Mail from.
In the Incoming mail section of the dialog:
g) Enter pop.gmail.com in the Mail server box.
h) Choose POP3 from the Account type list.
i)
Again, enter your Gmail account in Username.
j) Enter the password for your Gmail account in Password.
6 Click Advanced. The Advance Monitor Properties dialog appears.
7 Enter or select the appropriate information in the dialog fields:
In the SMTP advanced properties section of the dialog:
a) Select Use SMTP authentication.
b) Enter your Gmail account in Username.
c) Enter the password for your Gmail account in Password.
d) Select Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS).
e) Use the default Timeout of 5 seconds.
In the POP3 advanced properties section of the dialog:
f) Enter 995 for the Port
g) Select Use an encrypted connection (Use SSL with TLS).
h) Use the default Timeout of 5 seconds.
i)
Click OK to save changes and return to the Add Email Monitor dialog.
Click OK on the Add Email Monitor dialog to add the Gmail Monitor to the Active
Monitor Library.
Test the Gmail Status monitor.
j)
8
a) From the WhatsUp Gold console, go to Configure > Active Monitor Library. The
Active Monitor Library dialog appears.
183
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
b) Select the Gmail Status monitor, then click Test.
The Test dialog will list the test as either SUCCESS or FAILED.
You can log in to the Gmail account used for the Gmail Status monitor and actually see the
email sent by WhatsUp Gold via the Email Monitor.
Monitoring a Microsoft Exchange 2007 Server
The Exchange Monitor lets you monitor the Microsoft® Exchange™ Server application. The
Exchange Monitor provides real-time information about the state and health of Microsoft
Exchange servers on your network.
The Exchange Monitor supports monitoring of Microsoft Exchange Server version 2007 and
later, which can be installed on any machine in your network.
Important: Do not use the Exchange Monitor to monitor Exchange 2003 servers.
To create custom parameters to monitor, the Exchange Server host must be WMI-enabled.
184
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Why use it?
WhatsUp Gold can monitor and report the status of the standard services associated with any
mail server, such as SMTP, POP3, and IMAP. If any of these services fail, your users are unable
to get mail. It is a good idea to set up monitoring on these services so that you are the first to
know if they fail. The Exchange Monitor extends monitoring to parameters reported by
Microsoft Exchange, allowing you to get an early warning of a degradation in performance.
For example, you can monitor the SMTP queues to see if performance is within an expected
range, and if not, you can intervene before the SMTP service fails.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
Getting Started with Exchange Monitors
This topic describes the overall process of configuring an Exchange Monitor, assigning it to a
device, and getting feedback from the monitor.
A basic approach to using the Exchange Monitor:
1
2
3
Determine which Exchange roles and performance thresholds (on page 186) to monitor.
Determine which Exchange services (on page 187) to monitor.
Decide whether to create a single monitor with multiple parameters and services,
several monitors with one parameter or service, or some combination.
To start, it may be simpler to create one monitor for each parameter or service that you
want to monitor. Whether you set up one monitor or many has a bearing on how the
information is reported in WhatsUp Gold logs and by actions.
4
Configure an Exchange Monitor (on page 185) with your selected parameters and/or
services.
5 Add the Exchange Monitor to the device that represents your Microsoft Exchange
server.
6 Set up an Action to tell you when the monitor goes down or comes back up.
Note: The monitor will be reported down if any of the parameters or services in that monitor
are down.
Adding and Editing an Exchange Monitor
The Exchange Monitor lets you monitor the Microsoft® Exchange™ Server application. The
Exchange Monitor provides real-time information about the state and health of Microsoft
Exchange servers on your network. The Exchange Monitor supports monitoring of Microsoft
Exchange Server version 2007 and later, which can be on any machine in your network. To
create custom parameters to monitor, the Exchange Server host must be WMI-enabled.
Important: Do not use the Exchange Monitor to monitor Exchange 2003 servers.
185
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To add or edit an Exchange active monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New and select Exchange Monitor from the list to create a new Exchange
monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the Exchange monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and
then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Performance aspects to monitor. Select the Category that matches the Exchange
server role(s). Highlight the category and click Configure to set the individual
thresholds. The threshold configuration dialog for the highlighted category opens.

Services to monitor. Select the services you want to monitor.
Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list
on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device
during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties
dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device.
Click OK to save your changes.

5
For more information on configuring an Exchange Monitor, go to Getting Started with
Exchange Monitors.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
186
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
ix)
Exchange Roles and Performance Monitoring
Exchange Server Roles are used to group the performance monitoring parameters used by
WhatsUp Gold to indicate the state of the Exchange server. A server role is a unit that logically
groups the required features and components needed to perform a specific function in the
messaging environment. By mirroring these roles in the Exchange Server monitor, the
configuration of the monitor becomes a simple exercise of setting the threshold values
associated with each Exchange Server Role you want to monitor.

Hub Transport Server Role thresholds

Mailbox Server Role thresholds

Outlook Web Access Server Role thresholds
x)
Exchange Services
You can monitor the following critical Exchange services to determine if the service is
available (Up) or is disabled (Down).
Select this process:
If you want to:
Active Directory
Topology Service
Monitor the Active Directory Topology service (MSExchangeADTopology).
This service provides Active Directory topology information to several
Exchange Server components.
Anti-spam Update
Monitor the Anti-Spam Update service (MSExchangeAntispamUpdate). Used
to automatically download anti-spam filter updates from Microsoft Update.
Edge Sync
Monitor the Edge Sync service (MSExchangeEdgeSync). Connects to ADAM
instance on subscribed Edge Transport servers over secure Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) channel to synchronize data between a Hub
Transport server and an Edge Transport server. This service is dependent upon
the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service.
File Distribution
Monitor the File Distribution service (MSExchangeFDS). Used to distribute
offline address book and custom Unified Messaging prompts. This service is
dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology and
Workstation services.
IMAP4
Monitor the IMAP4 service (MSExchangeIMAP4). Provides IMAP4 services to
IMAP clients. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active
Directory Topology service.
Information Store
Monitor the MAPI Information Store service (MSExchangeIS). Manages
Exchange Server databases. Provides data storage for messaging clients. This
service is dependent upon the following services: Event Log, NT LM Security
Support Provider, Remote Procedure Call (RPC), Server, and Workstation.
Mailbox Assistants
Monitor the Mailbox Assistants service (MSExchangeMailboxAssistants).
This service provides functionality for Calendar Attendant, Resource Booking
Attendant, Out of Office Assistant, and Managed Folder Mailbox Assistant. This
service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology
service.
187
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Select this process:
If you want to:
Mail Submission
Monitor the Mail Submission service
(MSExchangeMailSubmission).Submits messages from a Mailbox server to
a Hub Transport server. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft
Exchange Active Directory Topology service.
Monitoring
Monitor the Monitoring service (MSExchangeMonitoring). Provides a
remote procedure call (RPC) server that can be used to invoke diagnostic
cmdlets. This service does not have any dependencies.
POP3
Monitor the POP3 service (MSExchangePOP3). Provides POP3 services to POP3
clients. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active
Directory Topology service.
Replication Service
Monitor the Replication service(MSExchangeRepl). Provides log shipping
functionality for local continuous replication (LCR) and cluster continuous
replication (CCR). This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange
Active Directory Topology service.
System Attendant
Monitor the System Attendant service (MSExchangeSA). Provides monitoring,
maintenance, and directory lookup services for Exchange Server. This service
is dependent upon the following services: Event Log, NT LM Security Support
Provider, Remote Procedure Call (RPC), Server, and Workstation.
Search Indexer
Monitor the Search Indexer service (MSExchangeSearch). Provides content to
the Microsoft Search (Exchange Server) service for indexing. This service is
dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service
and the Microsoft Search (Exchange Server) service.
Service Host
Monitor the Service Host service (MSExchangeServiceHost). Configures the
RPC virtual directory in Internet Information Services (IIS), and registry data for
ValidPorts, NSPI Interface Protocol Sequences, and AllowAnonymous for
Outlook Anywhere. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange
Active Directory Topology service.
Transport
Monitor the Transport service (MSExchangeTransport). Provides Simple
Message Transfer Protocol (SMTP) server and transport stack. This service is
dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service.
Transport Log Search
Monitor the Transport Log Search service
(MSExchangeTransportLogSearch). Provides message tracking and
transport log searching. This service has no dependencies.
Speech Engine Service Monitor the Speech Engine service (MSSpeechService). Provides speech
processing services for Unified Messaging. This service is dependent upon the
Windows Management Instrumentation service.
Unified Messaging
Monitor the Unified Messaging service (MSExchangeUM). Provides Unified
Messaging features, such as the storing of inbound faxes and voice mail
messages in a user's mailbox, and access to that mailbox via Outlook Voice
Access. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active
Directory Topology service and the Microsoft Exchange Speech Engine
service.
188
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Example: Exchange Server monitor
To monitor the operating system on the Exchange server, you can create a monitor called
ExchangeMailServer to monitor an Exchange server operating in the Mailbox Server role.
The purpose of this monitor is to give an indication of the performance of the Exchange
server in regards to the threshold values and services associated with the Mailbox Server role.
To this end, you can configure the monitor to monitor the thresholds associated with the
Mailbox Server role, as well as to monitor the Information Store, Mailbox Assistants and Mail
Submission services.
1
2
3
4
From the Admin panel, select Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
If not already selected, click the Active tab.
Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select Exchange Monitor and click OK. The New Exchange Server Monitor dialog
appears.
a) In the Name box, type ExchangeMailServer to identify that this monitor checks
system parameters.
b) In the Category field, select Mailbox Server.
c) Highlight the Mailbox Server role, then click Configure. The Configure Mailbox Server
Thresholds menu appears.
d) In the RPC Averaged Latency must not exceed: field, type an appropriate threshold
for the average latency for Remote Procedure Calls, and click OK. The New Exchange
Monitor screen appears.
e) Under Services to monitor, select the System Attendant service. Make sure these
items have a check in the box to the left. You need to clear the selections for the other
parameters and also for the other processes.
f) Click OK to add the ExchangeMailServer monitor to the Active Monitor library.
5
Add the ExchangeMailServer monitor to your Exchange server device.
a) In your device list, find the device that represents the Exchange server. Right-click the
device, then select Properties. Select Active Monitors.
b) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears.
c) Select the ExchangeMailServer monitor, and continue with the wizard to configure
any actions for the monitor.
After you complete the wizard, the monitor immediately begins to monitor the Exchange
server.
Monitoring Microsoft Exchange 2003 Servers
The Exchange 2003 Monitor lets you monitor the Microsoft® Exchange™ 2003 Server
applications. The Exchange 2003 Monitor provides real-time information about the state and
health of Microsoft Exchange servers on your network.
189
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
The Exchange 2003 Monitor supports monitoring of Microsoft Exchange Server versions 2000
and 2003, which can be on any machine in your network.
To create custom parameters to monitor, the Exchange Server host must be WMI-enabled.
Why use it?
WhatsUp Gold can monitor and report the status of the standard services associated with any
mail server, such as SMTP, POP3, and IMAP. If any of these services fail, your users are unable
to get mail. It is a good idea to set up monitoring on these services so that you are the first to
know if they fail. The Exchange Monitor extends monitoring to parameters reported by
Microsoft Exchange, allowing you to get an early warning of a degradation in performance.
For example, you can monitor the SMTP queues to see if performance is within an expected
range, and if not, you can intervene before the SMTP service fails.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
xi)
Getting Started with Exchange 2003 Monitors
This topic describes the overall process for configuring an Exchange 2003 Monitor, assigning
it to a device, and getting feedback from the monitor.
A basic approach to using the Exchange 2003 Monitor:
1
2
3
Determine which Exchange 2003 parameters (on page 191) to monitor.
Determine which Exchange 2003 services (on page 192) to monitor.
Decide whether to create a single monitor with multiple parameters and services,
several monitors with one parameter or service, or some combination.
To start, it may be easier to create one monitor for each parameter or service that you
want to monitor. Whether you set up one monitor or many has a bearing on how the
information is reported in WhatsUp Gold logs and by actions. For example, a single
monitor to check disk space, named Exchange2003Disk, is reported in logs with this
name. If Exchange2003Disk is reported down, you know it's a disk space problem.
4
Adding and Editing an Exchange 2003 Monitor (on page 190) with your selected
parameters and/or services.
5 Add the Exchange 2003 Monitor to the device that represents your Microsoft Exchange
2003 server.
6 Set up an Action to tell you when the monitor goes down or comes back up.
Note: The monitor is reported down if any of the parameters or services in that monitor are
down.
190
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
xii)
Adding and Editing an Exchange 2003 Monitor
The Exchange Monitor lets you monitor the Microsoft® Exchange™ 2003 Server application.
The Exchange 2003 Monitor provides real-time information about the state and health of
Microsoft 2003 Exchange servers on your network. The Exchange 2003 Monitor supports
monitoring of Microsoft Exchange Server version 2003 only, which can be on any machine in
your network. To create custom parameters to monitor, the Exchange Server host must be
WMI-enabled.
Important: Use the Exchange 2003 Monitor to monitor Exchange 2003 servers only.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To add or edit an Exchange 2003 active monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select Exchange 2003 Monitor from the list to create a new Exchange
2003 monitor.
- or Select the Exchange 2003 monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors,
and then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.
5

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Thresholds to monitor. Select the thresholds you want to monitor. To configure the
setting for a threshold, highlight the parameter, and click Configure.

Services to monitor. Select the services you want to monitor. By default, all services
are selected.

Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list
on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device
during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties
dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device.
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
191
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
a. Exchange 2003 parameters
You can set thresholds on the following parameters:
Select this parameter:
If you want to:
CPU (on page 892)
Monitor CPU state on the Exchange host.
Memory
Monitor free memory on the Exchange host.
Disk
Monitor available disk space on the Exchange host.
System
Monitor operating system performance on the Exchange host,
including context switches, CPU queue length, and system calls.
Links
Monitor message-handling links between mail servers. A link can
contain zero or more ExchangeQueue objects, depending on the
current message traffic along the link. In the Exchange System
Manager, these links are called queues.
Queues (on page 887)
Monitor the dynamic queues created to transfer individual messages
between mail servers. An ExchangeQueue is part of an ExchangeLink.
ExchangeQueue objects are not the same as the queues listed in the
Exchange System Manager.
Cluster
Monitor the state of the clustered resources on the Exchange server.
This parameter will return a value of Unknown - 0; OK - 1; Warning - 2;
Error - 3.
Custom Thresholds
Browse and select from the large number of additional parameters
that Microsoft Exchange reports.
b. Exchange 2003 services
You can monitor the following critical Exchange services to determine whether the service is
available (Up) or is disabled (Down).
Select this process:
If you want to:
Information Store
Monitor the MAPI message store service. The information store can contain
messages, forms, documents, and other information created by users and
applications. It provides each user with a server-based mailbox and stores
public folder contents.
Site Replication
Service
Monitor the Site Replication service.
Management
Monitor the Management service.
MTA Stacks
Monitor the Mail Transport Agent (MTA) service. The MTA service provides the
engine for sending messages and distributing information between Microsoft
Exchange Server systems or between Microsoft Exchange Server and a foreign
system. Each MTA is associated with one information store. It is accessed using
MAPI calls only and has no direct programmer interface with Microsoft
Exchange Server. The MTA conforms to the 1988 X.400 specification.
System Attendant
Monitor the System Attendant service.
Routing Engine
Monitor the Routing Engine, which determines the routes for delivering
messages to remote addresses. It forwards the message to remote Exchange
192
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Select this process:
If you want to:
addresses using SMTP. If some addresses are on a foreign messaging system,
the routing engine assigns the message to a gateway that handles the address
type of the recipient and passes the message to the message transfer agent
(MTA).
Event
Monitor the Event service, which reports warnings and errors.
POP3
Monitor the POP3 service, which lets a mail client access mail on the server.
IMAP4
Monitor the IMAP4 service, which lets a mail client access mail on the server.
xiii)
Example: Exchange Server 2003 Monitor
To monitor the condition of the operating system on the Exchange server, you can create a
monitor called ExchangeSystemCheck and add several parameters. The purpose of this
monitor is to give an indication of the general state of the system on which your Exchange
server is running. To this end, you can configure the monitor to check thresholds for the CPU,
Memory, and System parameters. The monitor will also check the state of the System
Attendant service.
1
2
3
4
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab inside the dialog.
Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select Exchange 2003 Monitor and click OK. The New Exchange Server 2003 Monitor
dialog appears.
a) In the Name box, enter ExchangeSystemCheck to indicate that this monitor
performs a check on system parameters.
b) Under Thresholds to monitor, select the CPU, Memory, and System parameters; then
under Services to monitor, select the System Attendant service. Make sure these
items have a check in the box to the left. Clear the selections for the other parameters
and services.
c) Highlight the CPU parameter, then click Configure. The CPU Threshold dialog opens.
Enter an appropriate threshold and click OK.
d) Highlight the Memory parameter, then click Configure. The Memory Threshold
disappears. Enter an appropriate threshold for the amount of free memory and click
OK.
e) Highlight the System parameter, then click Configure. The System Threshold dialog
appears. Enter an appropriate threshold and click OK.
f) Click OK to add the ExchangeSystemCheck monitor to the Active Monitor library.
5 Add the ExchangeSystemCheck monitor to your Exchange server device.
a) In your device list, find the device that represents the Exchange server. Right-click the
device, then select Properties. Select Active Monitors.
b) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears.
193
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
c) Select the ExchangeSystemCheck monitor, and continue with the wizard to configure
any actions for the monitor. For more information on setting up an action, see
Configuring an action (on page 273).
After you complete the wizard, the monitor immediately begins to monitor the
Exchange server.
xiv) Adding and editing a Fan Monitor
The Fan Monitor checks select Cisco, Dell, and HP device fans and cooling devices, such as
active and passive cooling components, to see that they are enabled and returning values
that signal they are working properly. The monitor first checks to see if a device is a Dell,
Cisco, or HP device, then checks any enabled fans and other cooling devices. If a fan is
disabled, the monitor ignores it; if a fan does not return a value of 1 - Normal (for Cisco
devices), 3 - OK (for Dell Servers), 1 - Normal (for Dell PowerConnect switches and routers),
devices), 4 - OK (for HP ProCurve Servers), 2 - OK (for ProLiant switches and routers) the
monitor is considered down.
Note: Not all types of device fans and cooling components can be monitored using the Fan
Monitor. Check the make and model of your device fan or cooling component before
attempting to monitor.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To add or edit a fan active monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New, then select Fan Monitor to create a new fan monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the fan monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Complete the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Tip: Click Advanced to change the SNMP timeout and number of retries.
5
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
194
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding and editing a File Properties Monitor
This monitor checks to see if a file in a local folder, or on a network share, meets the
conditions specified in the monitor's configuration.
Note: The File Properties Monitor only checks files in folders local to a device on which
WhatsUp Gold is installed, or files in network shares accessible from the WhatsUp Gold
device.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To configure a file properties active monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select File Properties Monitor to create a new file properties monitor.
Click OK.
- or Select the file properties monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors,
and then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Path of the file to monitor. Type the Universal Naming Convention (UNC) file path
that WhatsUp Gold uses to access the file. For example:
\\192.168.3.1\website\product\index.htm
Note: Mapped drive paths are not permitted for the File Properties Monitor
5
Complete the information in the Monitor is up if section:

File. Select the appropriate option: exists or does not exist. If you select exists, the
monitor is up if the selected file is found in the folder on the local directory. If you
select does not exist, the monitor is up if the file is not found in the folder on the local
directory.
Note: The following options are not required for the monitor scan:

File size is. Select this option, then select the appropriate variable to determine the
success or failure of the monitor scan:

less than

less than or equal to
195
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

greater than

greater than or equal to

equal to

not equal to
Then enter a numerical value for the file size. The default unit used for the file size is
bytes. Optionally, you can change the unit to either KB, MB, or GB.
Click the file properties button to obtain the file's current size. This current value populate
the file size value field and is used to set the file size threshold. The File size option must
be selected for the file properties button to appear.

Last modified date is. Select this option make the monitor dependent on the date on
which the file is last modified. This field is populated using the file properties button;
click this button to populate the field with the most recent date and time on which
the file was modified. This option must be selected for the file properties button to
appear.

File checksum using ____ is _____. Select this option to make the monitor
dependent on the file's checksum. Select the option, then select the algorithm (SHA1,
SHA224, SHA256, SHA384, SHA512) WhatsUp Goldl uses to calculate the checksum.
This field is populated using the file properties button; click this button to populate
the field with the file's current checksum. This option must be selected for the file
properties button to appear.
Warning: Selecting this option can greatly increase the amount of time it takes to complete
the monitor scan and can possibly have an adverse affect on WhatsUp Gold performance.
The probability of lengthy monitor scans and slower performance increases when you use
algorithms other than SHA1 when you are scanning large files, or when you scan files
located on network shares.
6
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
xv)
About file checksum
File checksums are fingerprint-like fixed data strings assigned to files when they are saved.
Checksum algorithms, such as SHA1 and SHA512, are used to monitor checksum files to
detect accidental modification of a file, such as corruption during the storage or transmission
process. These algorithms match checksums against each other to look for discrepancies; if
any exist, the file is known to have been modified.
The File Properties Monitor can monitor current checksum for a file to ensure that it has not
been modified by matching the checksum specified in the monitor-configuration to the
current checksum. If the monitor finds mismatched checksums, the file is corrupted.
196
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding and editing a Folder Monitor
The Folder Monitor checks to see if a local or network share folder meets the conditions
specified in the monitor configuration.
Note: The Folder Monitor only checks folders local to a machine on which WhatsUp Gold is
installed, or folders on a network share accessible from the WhatsUp Gold device.
Note: This monitor uses the Windows credentials assigned to the device.
Note: If folder or directory contents change during a poll, the change is ignored and is not
counted toward folder/file size.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To add or edit a folder monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New and select Folder Monitor from the list to create a new folder monitor. Click
OK.
- or Select the folder monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Path of the folder to monitor. Type the Universal Naming Convention (UNC) file path
that WhatsUp Gold uses to access the file. For example:
\\192.168.3.1\website\product\

Include sub-folders. Select this option to include all folders within the parent folder
in the monitor scan.
Important: Selecting this option can greatly increase the amount of time it takes to
complete the monitor scan and possibly have an adverse affect on WhatsUp Gold
performance.
5
Complete the information for the Files to include section.

Include all files. Select this option to include all files within the parent folder in the
monitor scan.
197
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Include files with names matching following wildcard expression. Select this
option, then type a wildcard expression. Files that match the wildcard expression aree
included in the monitor scan. For example, enter *.exe to check for executable (.exe)
files in the selected folder.
Note: This option only works for a single wildcard expression at a time. If you enter more
than one expression, the monitor reads the entry as one wildcard expression.
Important: When enabled, this option has the probability to greatly slow WhatsUp Gold
performance, dependent on the wildcard expression specified. The probability of slower
performance increases when this option is used in conjunction with the Include sub-folders
option.
6
Complete the information in the Monitor is up if section.

Folder. Select the appropriate option: exists or does not exist. If you select exists, the
monitor is up if the selected folder is found. If you select does not exist, the monitor is
up if the folder is not found.
Note: The following options are not required for the monitor scan.

For the following options, select the appropriate variables to determine the success or
failure of the monitor scan:

less than

less than or equal to

greater than

greater than or equal to

equal to

not equal to

Actual folder size is. Select this option to make the monitor dependent on the actual
folder size. The default unit used for the folder size is bytes. Optionally, you can
change the unit to either KB, MB, or GB.

Folder size on disk is. Select this option to make the monitor dependent on the
folder size on the disk. The default unit used for the folder size on disk is bytes.
Optionally, you can change the unit to either KB, MB, or GB.

Number of files is. Select this option to make the monitor dependent on the number
of files in the folder.
Tip: To obtain the current actual folder size, folder size on disk, and number of files, first
select the appropriate option, then click the folder properties button. These current values
populate the option value field and can be used to set the monitor threshold.
7
Click OK to save changes.
198
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and editing an FTP Monitor
The FTP active monitor performs upload, download, and delete tasks on designated FTP
servers to ensure that the FTP servers are functioning properly. You can configure a single
monitor to perform all three tasks, but note that if any one of the tasks fails, the entire
monitor is considered down.
Note: We recommend that you create a separate FTP monitor for each FTP server you are
monitoring, unless the same username and password are used for each of the servers.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New and select FTP Monitor from the list to create a new FTP monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the FTP monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.
5

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Complete the information in the Server Settings section:

FTP Server. Type the device address of the FTP server for which the FTP monitor is
configured. The monitor performs tasks on this FTP server.

Port. Type the port over which the monitor should use to connect to the FTP server.
The default port is 21.

Username. Type the username used to log in to the FTP server for which the monitor
is configured.

Password. Type the password used to log in to the FTP server for which the monitor is
configured.
Important: You must specify an account with the appropriate user permissions for the file
actions you select. For more information, see FTP user permissions (on page 883).
199
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Use Passive Mode. Select this option to instruct WhatsUp Gold to use passive (PASV)
mode as it attempts to connect to the FTP server and then to perform the selected
tasks. If you do not select this option, the monitor uses Active mode. This option is
selected by default. For more information, see Active and Passive modes.
Make the appropriate selections in the File Actions section:

6

Upload. Select this option to have the active monitor upload a file to the designated
FTP server. This option is selected by default.

Download. Select this option to have the active monitor download a file from the
designated FTP server. This option is selected by default.

Delete. Select this option to have the active monitor delete a file from the designated
FTP server. This option is selected by default.
Note: You cannot select the Download or Delete options if you have not selected the Upload
option.
7

Timeout (sec). Type a timeout (in seconds) for the amount of time WhatsUp Gold
should wait for each attempted task to complete. The default timeout is 3 seconds.

Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list
on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device
during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties
dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device.
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and editing an HTTP Content Monitor
This monitor requests a URL and checks the HTTP response against the expected content. If
the response does not return the expected content, the monitor fails. You can use this
monitor to ensure that your web pages are available for viewing or that they are rendering on
certain browsers. For example, you can check to see that a web page contains specific
content that is to be listed after a certain date, such as "Ipswitch introduces its newest release,
WhatsUp Gold v15." If the monitor does not find the content that you request it to find, the
monitor fails and you know to update your web page.
Note: You can access some HTTPS sites, such as Gmail's login screen, using the HTTP content
monitor.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
200
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To add or edit an HTTP content active monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select HTTP Content Monitor from the list to create a new HTTP content
monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the HTTP content monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors,
and then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.
5

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Complete the information in the HTTP server settings section.

URL. Type the URL address that you want to check using the monitor. The URL must
begin with a proper URI, such as http:// or https://.
Note: The URL can include the full path to the document, including the document's file
name and any query string parameters. For example,
http://www.domain.com/nmconsole/reports.htm?ReportID=100.

Authentication username. If required, type the username the web site uses for
authentication.

Authentication password. Type the password that coincides with the username that
the web site uses for authentication.
Note: The HTTP Content Monitor only supports basic authentication.

Proxy server. If the content that you want WhatsUp Gold to check is behind a proxy
server, type the IP address of the proxy server.

Proxy port. Type the port on which the proxy server listens.
Timeout (seconds). Type the number of seconds WhatsUp Gold should attempt the
connection (min timeout is 1 second / max timeout is 30 seconds)
Complete the information in the Web page content section.

6

Web page content to find. Type the content you want WhatsUp Gold to look for on
the web page it checks. Type either plain text or a regular expression.

Use regular expression. Select this option to use regular expression in Web page
content search.
201
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: The HTTP Content Monitor uses standard regular expression processing as supported
by the .NET framework.
7
Complete one or more of the following actions:

Click Request URL contents to populate the dialog box with the Web page contents
of the URL you entered above.

Click Advanced to configure the user agent and custom headers.
Check Use in Rescan to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the
Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a
rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if
the protocol or service is active on the device.
Click OK to save changes.

8
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
xvi)
Example: Monitoring and alerting on web page content
The HTTP Content monitor checks a specified web page to make sure that content appears
on the page. If the results of the web page content are not what is expected, you can be
notified through an associated action.
For example, to check whether a page is up and available, you can look for a text string
contained in the web page. The following script checks for the words "WhatsUp Gold Tech
Support" on the WhatsUp Gold main Support page. If this HTTP Content monitor shows as
UP, the web page is displaying as expected. If this HTTP Content monitor shows as DOWN, he
web page is down, missing, or has been changed:
Send=GET /support/index.aspx HTTP/1.0\r\nAccept:
*/*\r\nHost:www.whatsupgold.com\r\nUser-Agent: WhatsUp/1.0\r\n\r\n
Expect=WhatsUp Gold Tech Support
To configure a web page monitor:
1
2
3
4
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab inside the dialog.
Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select HTTP Content Monitor, then click OK. The Add HTTP Content Monitor dialog
appears.
5 Complete the following information for the monitor:

Name. Enter a name for the monitor as it will appear in the Active Monitor Library.

Description. Enter a short description for the monitor as it will appear in the Active
Monitor Library.
202
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
HTTP server settings

URL. Enter the URL address that you want to check using the monitor. The URL
must begin with a proper URI, such as http:// or https://.
Note: The URL can include the full path to the document, including the document's file
name and any query string parameters. For example,
http://www.domain.com/nmconsole/reports.htm?ReportID=100 .

Authentication username. If required, enter the username the web site uses for
authentication.

Authentication password. Enter the password that coincides with the username
that the web site uses for authentication.
Note: The HTTP Content Monitor only supports basic authentication.

Timeout (seconds). Enter the number of seconds WhatsUp Gold should attempt
the connection (min timeout is 1 second / max timeout is 30 seconds).

Proxy server. If the content that you want WhatsUp Gold to check is behind a
proxy server, enter the proxy server's IP address.

Proxy port. Enter the port on which the proxy server listens.
Web page content

Web page content to find. Enter the content that you would like WhatsUp Gold
to look for on the web page it checks. Enter either plain text or a regular
expression.

Use regular expression. Select this option to use regular expression in Web page
content to find.
Note: The HTTP Content Monitor uses standard regular expression processing as supported
by the .NET framework.
Note: Refer to the script above as an example for setting up a check for expected content on
a specific web page URL.
To configure a web page monitor and email alert for a device:
1 Right-click the device (web server) that hosts the web page content for which you want
to monitor. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Active Monitors. The Active Monitors dialog appears.
3 Click Add. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
4 Select the monitor to add to the device from the list. Look for the monitor name that
you assigned to the monitor created in the previous steps. This is your HTTP Content
Monitor.
203
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
Complete the settings for the monitor:
a) Leave the default settings selected (Enable polling for this Active Monitor and Use
default network interface), then click Next. The Setup Actions for Monitor State
Changes dialog appears.
b) Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Select or Create Action dialog
appears.
c) Select Select an action from the Action Library, then click Next. The Select Action
and State dialog appears.
d) In the Select an action from the Action Library list, select an existing email action or
click browse (...) to create a new email action. Refer to the Help for creating a new
email action.
e) In the Execute the actions on the following state change list, select Down, and
then click Finish to save the changes and return to the Setup Actions for State screen.
f) Click Finish to save the changes and return to the Setup Actions for Monitor State
Changes dialog.
g) Click Finish. The Device Properties dialog appears.
h) Click OK.
The active monitor and resulting E-mail Action are now enabled. When the web page cannot
return the web content, the page is triggered as down and the HTTP Content Monitor fails,
triggering the E-mail Action that tells you that the page is down the Web server cannot return
web content.
Adding and editing a Network Statistics Monitor
This monitor uses Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to query a device to collect
data on three device protocols, Internet Protocol (IP), Transmission Control Protocol (TCP),
and User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and alerts you when the thresholds you specify are met or
exceeded. For example, you can use the IP received discarded threshold monitor to watch for
situations where a router with Quality of Service (QOS) has priorities set for Voice over IP
(VoIP).
For more information, see Example - Using a Network Statistic Monitor to check for IP data
received and discarded.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To add or edit a network statistics monitor:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
204
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
Click New and select Network Statistics Monitor to create a new network statistics
monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the network statistics monitor you want to change from the list of current
monitors, and then click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Thresholds to monitor. Select the IP, TCP, and/or UDP thresholds you want to
monitor.
Tip: To configure individual settings, highlight a selected threshold, then click Configure.
Note: You can only configure one threshold at a time.
5

Object ID. The OID of the most recently selected parameter.

Description. The description of the most recently selected parameter.
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
xvii)
Example: Using a Network Statistics Monitor to check
for IP data received and discarded
You can use the Network Statistics Monitor to verify that various types of packet and
connection statistic information for network protocols, such as IP, TCP, and UDP, are within
the thresholds that you define as acceptable. By doing so, you can ensure that devices handle
specific types of network data as expected.
For example, you can use the IP received discarded threshold monitor to watch for situations
where a router with Quality of Service (QOS) has priorities set for Voice over IP (VoIP). In these
situations, other IP datagrams that a router receives are buffered for delayed processing to
give processing priority to the VoIP data. If the buffer space is overrun, lower priority IP
datagrams are discarded even though the router initially received them. This example
describes configuring and assigning a network statistic monitor that monitors thresholds set
for IP data received by a router but discarded from the buffer. It also configures and assigns
an Email Action to notify you if the monitor fails.
To configure a Network Statistics Monitor:
1
2
3
4
From the Admin panel, select Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
If not already selected, select the Active tab.
In the Active Monitor Library, click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select Network Statistics Monitor from the list, and then click OK.
205
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
6
Type a Name for the monitor, such as Cisco Router Buffer Overflow Monitor.
Type a Description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor name
in the Active Monitor Library.
7 In the Thresholds to monitor section of the dialog, select IP received discarded.
8 Click OK to save changes.
After configuring the IP received discarded monitor, you need to assign it to the device(s) that
you want to check using the monitor. In the next steps of this example, you will assign the
monitor to a single device, then using the Action Builder, configure and assign an Email
Action that will notify you when the monitor goes down.
Tip: You can also assign the monitor to multiple devices at one time via Bulk Field Change.
For more information, see Assigning a monitor to multiple devices (on page 227).
To assign the IP Received Discarded monitor, and configure and assign an Email Action:
1 Go to the properties for the device to which you want to assign the monitor.
a) From either the Device View or Map View, right-click the device. The right-click menu
appears.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
b) Select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears.
Click Add. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears.
Select the Cisco Router Buffer Overflow Monitor, then click Next.
Set the monitor polling properties, then click Next.
Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Action Builder appears.
Select Create a new action, then click Next.
Select the Email Action, then click Next.
Under Execute the action on the following state change, select Down; this option
specifies that WhatsUp Gold issues a state change after the monitor has detected that
the router has received IP data, but the buffer has been overrun with too much data.
Click Finish. The New Email Action dialog appears.
Type a Name for the monitor, such as Cisco Router Buffer Overflow Monitor.
Optionally, edit the description.
In the SMTP Server box, type the IP address or Host (DNS) name of your email server
(SMTP mail host).
Type the Port on which the SMTP Server is installed. The default SMTP port is 25.
Optionally, change the Timeout from the default of 5 seconds.
In the Mail To box, type the email addresses which will receive the notification. You can
enter two addresses, separated by commas (with no spaces). The address should not
contain brackets, spaces, quotation marks, or parentheses.
Optionally, edit the address in the Mail from box. The address appearing here appears
as the notification sender.
Select SMTP server requires authentication if your SMTP server uses authentication.
This enables the Username and Password options.
206
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
18 Type a Username and Password for authentication, if necessary.
19 Select Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS) if your SMTP server requires data
encryption over a TLS connection.
20 Click Mail Content to enter the notification content.
21 In Subject, type %ActiveMonitor.Name has failed (%Device.HostName). This
message indicates the device type, its down state, and the hostname of the device on
which the monitor has failed.
22 In Message body, type
This %ActiveMonitor.Name has failed on %Device.Address.
Please check or restart the %Device.HostName.
---------------------------------------This mail was sent on %System.Date at %System.Time
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold
This message indicates that the device, such as a router, has reached the threshold where
IP data has overrun the buffer and should be checked or restarted.
Tip: Optionally, you can add a link to the Device Status or Mobile Device Status report for
the device to which the monitor is assigned.
23 Click OK to save changes.
24 On the Active Monitor Properties dialog, click Finish.
Adding and editing a Power Supply Monitor
The Power Supply Monitor checks Cisco switches/routers, Dell servers, Dell Power Connect
switches/routers, and HP ProCurve and switches/routers, HP ProLiant servers, and other
device power supplies to see that they are enabled and return a value that signals they are in
an up state. The monitor first checks to see if a device is a Cisco, Dell, or HP device, then
checks any enabled power supply devices. If a power supply is disabled, the monitor ignores
it; if a power supply does not return a value of 1 - Normal (for Cisco switches/routers), 3 - OK
(for Dell server devices), 1 - OK (for Dell switches/routers), 4 - Good (for HP ProCurve
switches/routers), or 2 - OK (for HP ProLiant servers), the monitor is considered down.
Note: Not all types of device power supplies may be monitorable using the Power Supply
Monitor. Check the make and model of your device power supply before attempting to
monitor.
This monitor is pre-configured and exists in the Active Monitor Library upon installation of
WhatsUp Gold. Unlike many pre-configured active monitors, the Power Supply Monitor
default configuration cannot be modified. However, you can modify the monitor name and
description, as well as the SNMP timeout and number of retries used while attempting to
connect to devices.
207
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To add or edit a power supply monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Click New and select Power Supply Monitor from the list to create a new power supply
monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the supply monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and
then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries.
5
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and editing a Printer Monitor
This monitor uses SNMP to collect data on SNMP-enabled network printers. If a failure criteria
is met, any associated actions fire. For example, you can monitor for printer ink levels, for a
paper jam, for low input media (paper), for a fuse that is over temperature, and more.
Important: In order for the Printer Active Monitor to work, in addition to being SNMPenabled, the printer you are attempting to monitor must also support the Standard Printer
MIB.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To add or edit a printer monitor:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
208
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
Click New and select Printer Monitor from the list to create a new printer monitor. Click
OK.
- or Select the printer monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and
then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.
Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Complete the information in the Failure Criteria section:

5

If the ink level in any of the cartridges falls below___%. Type a numerical value for
the threshold. If the ink level of any printer ink cartridge falls below this percentage,
the monitor is considered down. By default, this option is not selected.

If the printer registers any of the following alerts. By default, the monitor watches
for all of the listed printer alerts. If you do not want to monitor a particular alert, clear
its selection in the list. If the printer registers one of the selected alerts, the monitor is
considered down.
Note: Your printer may not support all of the SNMP objects associated with the available
monitor alert checks.
Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries.
6
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and editing a Process Monitor
This monitor uses SNMP to monitor the status of device processes and issues state changes as
needed. The Process Monitor can detect whether a process is running. You can use this
monitor to verify that anti-spyware or antivirus software is running of a device. If the monitor
does not find the specified program running, an associated action notifies you of this
potentially harmful vulnerability.
For more information, see the example Using the Process Monitor to Check for Antivirus
Software.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
209
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To add or edit a process monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select Process Monitor from the list to create a new process monitor.
Click OK.
- or Select the process monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and
then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Process name. Type or browse (...) to the process name you want to use in the
monitor.
Completed the information for the Thresholds to monitor section.

5

Down if the process is. Select this option to instruct the monitor to verify that the
selected process is either not loaded, or is running, on a device, and issue a down
state change accordingly.
Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries, and to decide if the
monitor is used in Discovery.
6
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
xviii)
Example: Using the Process Monitor to check for
antivirus software
You can use the Process Monitor to verify that antivirus or anti-spyware software is a running
on a device. If the monitor does not find the specified program running, an associated action
notifies you of this potentially harmful vulnerability.
For this example, you will configure and assign a Process Monitor that checks to see if Norton
AntiVirus™ is running on a device. You will also configure and assign an Email Action to notify
you if the monitor fails.
210
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure the Process Monitor:
1 In the Active Monitor Library, click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
2 Select Process Monitor from the list, then click OK. The Add Process Monitor dialog
appears.
3
4
Enter a Name for the monitor, such as Norton AntiVirus Monitor.
Enter a Description for the monitor. This description is displayed next to the monitor
name in the Active Monitor Library.
5 Type or browse (...) to the Process name that the monitor will check. To monitor Norton
AntiVirus software, enter rtvscan.exe.
6 Under the Thresholds to monitor section of the dialog, select Down if the process is
and not loaded. If the monitor does not find the rtvscan.exe process running on the
device to which the monitor is assigned, the monitor is considered down.
Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries, and to decide if the
monitor is used in Discovery.
7
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring the Norton AntiVirus Monitor, you need to assign it to the device(s) that you
want to check are running the monitor. In the next steps of this example, you will assign the
monitor to a single device, and then, using the Action Builder, configure and assign an Email
Action that will notify you when the monitor goes down.
Tip: You can also assign the monitor to multiple devices at one time via Bulk Field Change.
For more information, see Assigning a monitor to multiple devices (on page 227).
211
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To assign the Norton AntiVirus Monitor, and configure and assign an Email Action:
1 Go to the properties for the device to which you want to assign the monitor.

From either the Device View or Map View, right-click the device. The right-click menu
appears.

Select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears.
Click Add. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears.
Select the Norton AntiVirus Monitor, then click Next.
Set the monitor polling properties, then click Next.
Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Action Builder appears.
Select Create a new action, then click Next.
Select the Email Action, then click Next.
Under Execute the action on the following state change, select 20 minutes (Down at
least 20 min). This option specifies that WhatsUp Gold will issue a state change after the
monitor has been unable to find rtvscan.exe on the device for 20 minutes.
10 Click Finish. The New Email Action dialog appears.
Note: On the console, ensure that the Mail Destination tab is selected.
11 Enter a Name for the monitor, such as Norton AntiVirus Email Notification.
12 In SMTP Mail Server, enter the IP address or Host (DNS) name of your email server
(SMTP mail host).
13 Enter the Port on which the SMTP Server is installed. The default SMTP port is 25.
14 Optionally, change the Timeout from the default of 5 seconds.
15 In Mail To, enter the email addresses to which you want send the notification. You can
enter two addresses, separated by commas (with no spaces). The address should not
contain brackets, spaces, quotation marks, or parentheses.
16 Select SMTP server requires authentication if your SMTP server uses authentication.
This enables the Username and Password options.
17 Enter a Username and Password to be used with authentication.
18 Select Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS) if your SMTP server requires data
encryption over a TLS connection.
212
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
19 Click Mail Content to enter the notification content.
20 In From, enter the email address that will appear in the From field of the email that is
sent from WhatsUp Gold.
21 In Subject, enter %ActiveMonitor.Name has failed (%Device.HostName). This
message indicates the monitor's name, its failed state, and the hostname of the device
on which the monitor has failed.
22 In Message body, enter
This %ActiveMonitor.Name has failed on %Device.Address.
Please restart the Norton AntiVirus software on this device.
---------------------------------------This mail was sent on %System.Date at %System.Time
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold
This message indicates that the Norton AntiVirus software has stopped on the specified
device and that it should be restarted.
Tip: Optionally, you can add a link to the Device Status or Mobile Device Status report for
the device to which the monitor is assigned.
23 Click OK to save changes.
24 On the Active Monitor Properties dialog, click Finish.
Adding and editing a SQL Server Monitor
The SQL Server Monitor provides real-time information about the state and health of
Microsoft SQL Server applications on your network.
The SQL Server Monitor supports monitoring of Microsoft SQL Server 2000 or later versions,
and MSDE 2000 or later versions, which can be installed on any machine in your network.
To create custom parameters to monitor, the SQL Server host must be WMI-enabled.
213
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
WhatsUp Gold can monitor and report the status of the standard services associated with
TCP/IP servers, such as SMTP, POP3, and IMAP, FTP, HTTP. If any of these services fail, users are
unable to get mail, transfer files, or use the web. It is a good practice to set up monitoring on
these services so you are the first to know if they fail. The SQL Server Monitor extends
monitoring to parameters reported by Microsoft SQL Server (and Microsoft MSDE), allowing
you to get an early warning of a degradation in performance. For example, you can monitor
system parameters on your SQL Server database server to see if performance is within an
expected range, and if not, you can intervene before the SQL Server fails. In other words, you
can detect a looming problem before it causes an application or service failure.
To configure an instance of the SQL Server Monitor:
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
Tip: The Active Monitor Library is the starting point for creating any Active Monitor in
WhatsUp Gold. This dialog shows all of the Active Monitors in your database.
3
Add a SQL monitor:
a) Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
214
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
b) Select SQL Server Monitor from the list and click OK. The New SQL Server
Monitor dialog appears.
c) In the Name box, type the name you want to use to identify this instance of the SQL
Server monitor. For example, if you are configuring a monitor to check disk space, you
might enter SQLServerDisk.
d) In the Description box, type any text information to further describe the monitor.
e) In the SQL Server Instance Name box, type the name of the database you want to
monitor.
f) Select the thresholds to add to the monitor. For more information about specific
thresholds, see SQL Server Parameters.
g) Select the services to add to the monitor. For more information about specific
services, see SQL Server Services (on page 217).
h) Click OK to save the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
4
Add the monitor to your SQL Server device.
215
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
a) In your device list, find the device that represents the SQL Server.
b) Right-click the device, then select Properties.
c) Select Active Monitors.
d) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears.
e) Select the monitor from the list, and continue with the wizard to configure any actions
for the monitor.
For more information on setting up an action, see Configuring an action (on page 273).
Note: If you select Use in rescan, WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor to the Active Monitors list.
From that list, you can select to scan for that service on all applications found during
discovery.
5
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
1
xix) Getting Started with SQL Server Monitors
Determine which SQL parameters to monitor.
Note: To use some parameters, configure your System Data Source (ODBC) name for the SQL
Server. This is done in the Windows Data Sources (ODBC) administrator.
2
3
Determine which SQL services to monitor.
Decide whether to create a single monitor with multiple parameters and services,
several monitors with one parameter or service, or some combination. Whether you set
up one monitor or many has a bearing on how the information is reported in WhatsUp
Gold logs and by actions. For example, if you create a single monitor to check disk
usage, you can name it SQLDisk and it will be reported in logs with this name.
4 Configure an SQL Server Monitor with your selected parameters and/or services.
5 Add the SQL Monitor to the device that represents your SQL server.
6 Set up an action to tell you when the monitor goes down or comes back up.
Note: The monitor is reported down if any of the parameters or services in that monitor are
down.
216
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
a. SQL Server Parameters
You can set thresholds on the following parameters:
Select this parameter:
If you want to:
CPU
Monitor the CPU state on the SQL host.
Memory
Monitor free memory on the SQL host.
Disk
Monitor disk usage on the SQL host by the SQL server.
Disk space
Monitor free disk space on the SQL host.
System
Monitor system processes on the SQL host.
Buffers
Monitors SQL page buffers.
Cache
Monitors cache usage on the SQL server.
Locks
Monitors wait locks on the SQL server.
Transactions
Monitors the transactions on the SQL server.
Users
Monitors the users on the SQL server.
Alerts
Monitors SQL alerts and severity of alerts.
Custom Thresholds
Browse and select from the large number of additional
parameters that SQL reports.
b. SQL Server Services
You can monitor the following critical SQL services to determine whether the service is
available (Up) or is disabled (Down).
Select this process:
To monitor this function:
MSSQLSERVER
This is the database engine. It controls processes all SQL
functions and manages all files that comprise the databases on
the server.
SQLSERVERAGENT
This service works with the SQL Server service to create and
manage local server jobs, alerts and operators, or items from
multiple servers.
Microsoft Search
A full-text indexing and search engine.
Distributed Transaction Coordinator
The MS DTC service allows for several sources of data to be
processed in one transaction. It also coordinates the proper
completion of all transactions to make sure all updates and
errors are processed and ended correctly.
SQL Server Analysis Services
Implements a highly scalable service for data storage,
processing, and security.
SQL Server Reporting Services
Used to create/manage tabular, matrix, graphical, and free-form
reports.
SQL Server Integration Services
A platform for building high performance data integration
solutions.
SQL Server FullText Search
Issues full-text queries against plain character-based data in SQL
Server tables.
217
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Select this process:
To monitor this function:
SQL Server Browser
Listens for incoming requests for SQL Server resources and
provides information about SQL Server instances installed on
the computer.
SQL Server Active Directory Helper
View replication objects, such as a publication, and, if allowed,
subscribe to that publication.
SQL Server VSS Writer
Added functionality for backup and restore of SQL Server 2005.
xx)
Example: SQL Server Monitor
To monitor user activity on an SQL Server, you can create a monitor called SQLUser, then
select Users as the only parameter to monitor.
1
2
3
4
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library appears.
If not already selected, select the Active tab.
Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select SQL Server Monitor and click OK. The New SQL Server Monitor dialog appears.
a) In the Name box, enter SQLUser.
b) In the SQL Server Instance Name box, enter the name of your database.
c) Make sure that Users is the only parameter selected.
d) Clear the selections for all other parameters and for the services as well.
e) Highlight the Users parameter, then click Configure. The Users Threshold dialog
appears. You should have in mind how many users or connections you want to
consider as a threshold, and enter those values in the appropriate boxes on the
dialog.
f) When finished, click OK to add the SQLUser monitor to the Active Monitor Library.
5 Add the SQLUser monitor to your SQL server device.
a) In the device list, select the device that represents the SQL server. Right-click the
device, then select Properties. Select Active Monitors.
b) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears.
c) Select the SQLUser monitor and continue with the wizard to add to configure actions
for the monitor. For more information on setting up an action, see Configuring an
action (on page 273).
After you complete the wizard, the monitor immediately begins to monitor the SQL
Server application.
218
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding and editing a SQL Query Monitor
This monitor lets you check that certain conditions exists in a Microsoft SQL or MySQL
database, based on a database query. You can define the criteria you want to exist in the
database, and as long as the specified conditions are present, the SQL Query Monitor is in an
up state. If the database data changes outside the boundaries of the query criteria, the
monitor triggers to a down state.
After the monitor is configured, you must assign the monitor to a device through the Device
Properties > Active Monitors dialog.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
Important: To use the SQL Query Monitor to monitor a MySQL database, you must first
download and install the MySQL .NET connector. Because of compatibility issues with later
versions, only MySQL version 5.2.5 .NET connector is supported. This connector is located on
the WhatsUp Gold website (http://www.whatsupgold.com/MySQL525connector ). This link
downloads the mysql-connector-net-5.2.5.zip file. Once downloaded, extract the
MySQL.Data.msi and run the MySQL Connector Setup utility by double-clicking on the
MySQL.Data.msi icon. On the Choose Setup Type screen, select Typical and click Install.
The MySQL .NET connector is installed at the following location: C:\Program
Files\MySQL\MySQL Connector Net 5.2.5\. After the .NET connector has been
installed, restart WhatsUp Gold.
Note: The SQL Query monitor does not support Windows authentication. Make sure that
ADO credentials are set up in the Credentials Library for the database for which you want to
query. The Credentials system stores ADO database credentials information in your WhatsUp
Gold database to be used when a database connection is required. For more information, see
Using Credentials.
Note: When connecting to a remote SQL instance, WhatsUp Gold only supports the TCP/IP
network library.
To add or edit a SQL Query monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select SQL Query Monitor from the list to create a new SQL Query
monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the SQL Query monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and
then click Edit.
219
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
5
Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.
Complete the information for the Server Properties section.

Server Type. Select the database server type.
Note: MySQL database is supported and listed as a Server Type option if the MySQL 5.2 or
later .NET connector is installed. You can download the connector on the MySQL Connectors
Download site.

Server Address. Type the server address in the ServerName\Instance format.
Note: The ServerName\Instance format is only required for SQL Server. MySQL only requires
the ServerName.

Port (optional). Type the database server port number if other than the standard
database port number.

SQL Query to Run. Type a query you want to run against a database to monitor and
check for certain database conditions. Only SELECT queries are allowed.
Important: Ensure that you include the full database name in your query. For query help,
click Build. The SQL Query Builder assists in developing proper query syntax.
6

Build. Click to open the SQL Query Builder dialog for assistance building queries.

Verify. Click to check that the query is valid. If there is a syntax error with the SQL
query, a message appears with tips about the syntax issue.
Complete the information for the Monitor is up if section.
Important: All database rows must match the criteria settings in the Monitor is up if section
for the monitor to be considered up. If multiple threshold criteria is used in the Content of
each retrieved row matches the following criteria, all thresholds must match the criteria in
each row.

Number of rows returned is. Select this option to determine the success or failure of
the monitor scan based on rows returned by the SQL query.
For the following options, select the appropriate variables to determine the success or
failure of the monitor scan:

less than

less than or equal to
220
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

greater than

greater than or equal to

equal to

not equal to
Enter a numeric value for number of rows in the box to the right of the conditions list.

Content of each retrieved row matches the following criteria. Select to set criteria
that each database row must match to determine the success or failure of the monitor
scan.

Add. Click to open the New Row Content Threshold dialog. This dialog lets you set the
database column values and conditions that must be matched for each table row.

Edit. Click to modify existing row criteria.

Delete. Click to remove existing row criteria.
As you specify the desired monitor criteria settings, this description updates to illustrate
the monitor you have configured.
7
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and Editing a WMI Monitor
The WMI active monitor watches for specific values on WMI enabled devices. Windows
Management Instrumentation (WMI) is a Microsoft Windows standard for retrieving
information from computer systems running Windows. WMI is installed by default on
Windows 2000, Windows 2003, Windows XP, and Windows Vista systems.
WhatsUp Gold can monitor and report the status of the standard services associated with
TCP/IP servers, such as SMTP, POP3, IMAP, FTP, HTTP. If any of these services fail, network
users cannot send mail, transfer files, or use the web. It is good practice to set up monitoring
on these services so you are the first to know if they fail. The WMI Monitor extends
monitoring to parameters reported by Windows-based applications and servers, allowing you
to get an early warning of a degradation in performance. For example, you can monitor
system parameters on your Oracle® database server to see if performance is within an
expected range, and if not, you can intervene before the Oracle server fails. In other words,
you can detect a looming problem before it causes an application or service failure.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
221
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To add or edit a WMI active monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select WMI Monitor from the list to create a new WMI monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the WMI monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Performance counter/Instance. Click the browse (...) button next to this box to select
a performance counter and instance for the monitor.
Note: When WhatsUp Gold is run on Windows 2000, the performance counters are not
supported and are not displayed.


Check type. Select the type of check you want the WhatsUp Gold WMI monitor to
make on the performance counter selected above.

Constant Value. Monitors the performance counter/instance for a specific value.
If that value changes, the monitor triggers a device state change.

Range of Values. Monitors the performance counter/instance to make sure the
returned value falls within a range of values. If the value falls outside of the range,
the monitor triggers a device state change.

Rate of Change. Monitors the performance counter/instance to make sure the
change in value matches the rate you enter in the check values section. If that rate
changes, the monitor triggers a device state change.
Check values. Enter the values for the check type selected above. For Constant
Value and Rate of Change, select the state of the device when the check value is met.
Note: You can also click Advanced to access Advanced Monitor Properties.
5
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
222
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Troubleshooting
Having problems with your WMI monitor returning false negatives?
xxi)
How to use WMI Monitors
This topic describes the overall process for configuring a WMI monitor, assigning it to a
device, and getting feedback from the monitor.
1
2
Determine which WMI object you want to monitor.
Decide whether to create a single monitor with multiple WMI objects, several monitors
with one object, or some combination.
To start, it may be simpler to create one monitor for each WMI object that you want to
monitor. Whether you set up one monitor or many has a bearing on how the information
is reported in WhatsUp Gold logs and by actions. For example, a single monitor to check
errors on logon, named LogonErrors, is reported in logs with this name. If LogonErrors is
reported down, you know it's a specific problem.
3
4
5
Configure a WMI Monitor with your objects.
Add the WMI Monitor to the device that represents your application host or server.
Set up an action to inform you when the monitor goes down or comes back up.
Note: The monitor is reported down if any of the objects that you select to monitor are
down.
xxii)
Example: WMI Monitor
Imagine that a device on your network has been illegally logged into through a brute force
attack (an attack where an intruder runs a script to try random usernames and passwords on
a range of IP addresses on your network). These types of attacks are extremely dangerous if
the device in peril is on your domain or is storing sensitive information.
You can use a custom WMI Active Monitor to check the appropriate performance counters on
a Windows device and notify you when this type of attack occurs, so you can do something
about it before a potential intruder gains access to your network.
To configure this type of active monitor:
1
Using the WhatsUp Gold web interface, create the WMI monitor.
a) Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Active Monitor Library appears.
b) Click the Active tab inside the dialog.
c) Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
d) Select WMI Monitor and click OK. The Add WMI Monitor dialog appears.
e) In the Name box, enter "ErrorsLogon" to identify that this monitor checks for logon
errors.
f) Click the Browse (…) button next to Instance to access the Performance Counters
dialog.
223
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
g) Enter the computer name or IP address of the computer in which you want to
connect.
h) Select a credential from a list of Windows credentials (pulled from the Credentials
Library), then click OK to connect to the computer.
i)
Select Server from the Performance object list.
j)
Under Performance Counters, select the ErrorsLogon.
k) Click OK to add the Performance counter to the New WMI Monitor dialog.
l)
Select Rate of Change from the the Check type list.
m) In the Rate of Change box, enter the number of logon errors you feel is acceptable.
This is the number of failed logon attempts between polls.
n) In the If the value is above the rate, then the monitor is box, select Down.
o) Click OK to add the active monitor to the library.
2 Enter the credentials for logging on to the device to which you will add this monitor.
a) In the Device Properties dialog for the device, select Credentials.
b) Select Windows, then click Edit.
c) Click the browse (…) button next to Windows credentials to access the Credentials
Library.
d) Create a Windows credential using the administration login and password for the
device you want to create the monitor for. When you have configured the credential,
click Close.
e) On the Credentials page, select the new Windows credential, then click OK.
3
Add the ErrorsLogon monitor to the device.
a) In your device list, find the device. Double-click the device to display its properties,
then select Active Monitors.
b) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears.
c) Select the ErrorsLogon monitor, and continue working through the wizard to
configure any actions for the monitor.
For more information on setting up an action, see Configuring an Action (on page 273).
Consider creating several levels of the active monitor, each with a higher threshold than the
other, and with more severe actions associated with it.
For example, create a monitor with 30 as the threshold that simply sends you an email, letting
you know that at least 31 attempts have been made. Next, create another monitor that uses
60 as the threshold. This monitor may have an SMS action associated with it that sends a text
message to you when at least 61 attempts are made. For the most severe level you could
create a 100 threshold and have the action send messages to several people who could block
the IP or take the device off the network while the attack is addressed.
224
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding and editing a VoIP Monitor
The VoIP Active Monitor lets you set the acceptable Mean Option Score (MOS) threshold for
an IP SLA device. If the threshold is exceeded, an alert can be sent specifically to notify the
appropriate network manager about the issue. For more information, see Using the WhatsUp
Gold VoIP Monitor on the WhatsUp Gold web site.
Note: The WhatsUp Gold VoIP Monitor must be activated to use the VoIP Active Monitor.
Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your
license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com).
To add or edit a VoIP monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select VoIP to create a new VoIP monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the VoIP monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then
click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library.

Acceptable MOS threshold. Use the slide bar to adjust the acceptable MOS (Mean
Opinion Score) threshold.

Check MOS values of all jitters configured on the device. Select this option to
include all of the device RTT entries to check MOS performance thresholds. For
example, if the following tags define the source and destination devices:


SLA 1 (Atlanta to Augusta Sat Office)

SLA 200 (Atlanta to Lexington)

SLA 300 (Atlanta to Florida Sat Office)
then all entries are monitored for the acceptable MOS threshold compliance.
Only check MOS if tag contains. Select this option to limit the device RTT entries that
use this MOS performance threshold. Enter all, or a portion, of the tag used to identify
the source and destination devices. For example, if the following tags define the
source and destination devices:

SLA 1 (Atlanta to Augusta Sat Office)

SLA 200 (Atlanta to Lexington)
225
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

5
6
SLA 300 (Atlanta to Florida Sat Office)
then if you include Sat Office in this box, only the source/destination devices
with Sat Office as part of the tag entry is monitored for the acceptable MOS
threshold compliance.
Click Advanced to configure the active monitor SNMP timeout and number of retries.
Click OK to save changes.
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Adding and editing an Active Script Active Monitor
The Active Script monitor lets you write either VBScript or JScript code to perform specific
customized checks on a device. If the script returns an error code, the monitor is considered
down. A variety of active script resources are available on the Active Scripts Resource page
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/script_library).
Note: Ipswitch does not support any custom scripts you create, only the ability to use them
in the Active Script monitor.
For more information, see Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting (on page 909).
After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 226).
Assigning active monitors
After you configure an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, you must add it to the
individual devices for which you want to monitor services.
Note: When you assign an active monitor to a device, an instance of the monitor is added to
the device. Changes that you make to the monitor configuration via the Active Monitor
Library affect all instances of the monitor. For example, if you assign a monitor to four
separate devices and then make changes to the monitor from the Active Monitor Library, all
four instances of the monitor adopt the changes.
To assign an active monitor to a device:
Note: If you are assigning an active monitor to a device that uses WMI or SNMP credentials,
before assigning an active monitor, make sure that the device has the proper credentials
assigned. For more information, see Using Credentials (on page 75).
There are a number of ways to assign Active Monitors to devices:
226
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To manually assign an active monitor to the device:
1 In the Device Properties Active Monitor dialog, click Add. The Active Monitor Properties
dialog appears.
2 Select the active monitor type you want to assign to the device, then click Next.
3 Set the polling properties for the monitor, then click Next.
4 Set up actions (on page 297) for the monitor state changes.
5 Click Finish to add the monitor to the device.
To use Bulk Field Change to add an active monitor to multiple devices:
1 Select the devices in the device list, then right-click on one of the selected items.
2 From the right-click menu, select Bulk Field Change > Active Monitor.
3 Select the active monitor type you want to add.
4 Click OK.
xxiii) Assigning a monitor from Device Properties
To assign an active monitor to a device from its properties:
1 Go to the properties for the device to which you want to assign the monitor.
a) From either the Details View or Map View, right-click the device. The right-click menu
appears.
b) Select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2
3
4
5
6
Click Active Monitors. The Active Monitors dialog appears.
Click Add. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears.
Select the active monitor type you want to assign to the device, then click Next.
Set the monitor polling properties, then click Next.
Set up the actions for the monitor state changes, then click Finish. The active monitor is
assigned to the device.
xxiv) Assigning a monitor to multiple devices
To assign an active monitor to multiple devices through Bulk Field Change:
1
From Details View, select multiple devices or a group to which you want to assign an
active monitor, then right-click the selected devices or group. The right-click menu
appears.
2 Select Bulk Field Change > Active Monitor. The Bulk Field Change: Active Monitor
dialog appears.
3 Select the active monitor type that you want to assign, then click OK. The active monitor
is assigned to the selected devices.
Removing and deleting active monitors
Because active monitors are assigned to devices on an individual basis, active monitors can
only be removed from devices, and must be deleted from the Active Monitor Library. You also
have the option to disable a monitor on the device-level, rather than completely removing it
from a device. If you want to stop monitoring a particular device, but would like to keep the
device-specific historical data associated with the active monitor, you should disable the
monitor rather than removing it from the device.
227
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
xxv)
Disabling an active monitor
To disable an active monitor from monitoring a device:
1 In the Details or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to disable polling
for the active monitor. The right-click menu appears.
2 Select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
3 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears.
4 Select the monitor you want to disable, then click Edit. The Active Monitor Properties
dialog appears.
5 Clear Enable polling for this active monitor, then click Next.
6 On the following dialog, click Finish.
When you return to the Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog, you will see that the
monitor is disabled for the device.
xxvi)
Removing an active monitor
To remove an active monitor from a device:
1 From Device or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to remove the
active monitor, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears.
3 Select the monitor you want to remove.
4 Click Remove. A warning dialog appears that states all data for that instance of the
monitor is deleted when the monitor is removed.
5 Click Yes to remove the monitor.
To remove an active monitor from multiple devices:
1
2
3
4
5
Select the appropriate devices in Device View or Map View, then right-click on one of
the selected items. The right-click menu appears.
Select Bulk Field Change > Active Monitor. The Bulk Field Change: Active Monitor
dialog appears.
Under Operation, select Remove.
Under Active Monitor type, select the active monitor that you want to remove.
Click OK to remove the monitor from the selected devices.
About critical active monitors
Critical active monitors allow you to define a specific polling order for a device's active
monitors; you can make one monitor dependent on another monitor on the same device,
such as making an HTTP monitor dependent on the Ping monitor, so that you are not flooded
with multiple alerts on the same device if network connectivity is lost.
In a critical monitor polling path, critical monitors are polled first. If you specify more than one
critical monitor, you also specify the order in which they are polled. Critical monitors are "up"
dependent on one another; if critical monitors return successful results, non-critical monitors
are polled. If any of the critical monitors go down, all monitors behind it in the critical polling
order are no longer polled and are placed in an unknown state for the duration of the polling
cycle. If at the start of the next polling cycle, the critical monitor returns successful results,
polling of successive critical monitors and non-critical monitors resumes.
228
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: Up and Down device dependencies take precedence over critical monitor polling; if
WhatsUp Gold detects device dependencies, the configured dependencies are respected.
When critical monitoring is enabled, and you specify a critical polling order, you now receive
only one alert when a device loses its network connectivity.
Note: When a monitor is placed in the unknown state, assigned actions are not fired.
Likewise, when a monitor comes out of the unknown state into an up state, assigned actions
are not fired.
Only monitors that you specify as critical follow a specific polling order; non-critical monitors
are not polled in any specific order. Additionally, if multiple non-critical monitors fail, all
associated actions fire.
Critical active monitors can be viewed and configured from the Device Properties - Active
Monitors (on page 123) dialog.
Note: Independent poll frequency for all monitors is ignored when a monitor is specified as
critical.
xxvii)
Configuring a critical polling path
To configure a critical polling path for device active monitors:
1
Right-click the device for which you want to configure a critical polling path in the
Details or Map View and select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2 Select Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears.
229
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
Select an active monitor, then click Critical. The Critical Active Monitor properties
appear.
4
5
Select Enable critical monitor polling for this device.
Under the Non-critical monitors list, select the monitor(s) that you would like polled
first in the critical polling path, then click Critical.
Tip: To remove a monitor from the Critical monitors list, select the monitor in the Critical
monitors (polling order) list, then click Non-critical.
6
Under the Critical monitors list, use the Up and Down buttons to place critical
monitors in the order that you want the monitors polled. The first monitor is the first
polled in the critical polling path. If the first monitor goes down, all monitors below it are
not polled until the first monitor returns to an up state. If you select only one critical
monitor, this is the first and only critical monitor in the critical polling path; all noncritical monitors are not polled unless the critical monitor is in the up state. Additionally,
if a critical monitor fails, all subsequent critical and non-critical monitors are forced into
an unknown state until the critical monitor returns to an up state.
Tip: The paragraph at the bottom of the dialog describes the critical monitor path as it is
configured.
230
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
7
Click OK to save changes.
Group and Device active monitor reports
The following reports display information for devices and device groups that have active
monitors configured and enabled. Access these reports from the WhatsUp Gold web
interface's Reports tab.

State Change Acknowledgement

Active Monitor Availability

Active Monitor Outages

Device Health

State Change Timeline

State Summary

Device Status
231
Passive Monitor Library
In This Chapter
Passive monitors overview............................................................................232
Passive Monitor Icon .......................................................................................233
Using the Passive Monitor Library ..............................................................233
Understanding Passive Monitor Listeners ...............................................235
Configuring passive monitors......................................................................238
Assigning passive monitors ..........................................................................243
Group and device passive monitor reports.............................................245
Passive monitors overview
Passive monitors are the WhatsUp Gold feature responsible for listening for device events. As
active monitors actively query or poll devices for data, passive monitors passively listen for
device events. Because passive monitors do not poll devices, they use less network
bandwidth than active monitors.
Passive monitors are useful because they gather information that goes beyond simple Up or
Down service and device states by listening for a variety of events. For example, if you want
to know when someone with improper credentials tries to access one of your SNMP-enabled
devices, you can assign the default Authentication Failure passive monitor. The monitor
listens for an authentication failure trap on the SNMP device, and logs these events to the
SNMP Trap Log. If you assign an action to the monitor, every time the authentication failure
trap is received, you are notified as soon as it happens.
Although passive monitors are useful, you should not rely on them solely to monitor a device
or service—passive monitors should be used in conjunction with active monitors. When used
together, active and passive monitors make up a powerful and crucial component of 360degree network management.
Passive monitor types are specific configurations of SNMP traps, Windows Log Events, and
Syslog Events. After the monitor types are configured, you can associate them to devices on
the Passive Monitors section of Device Properties dialog.
Using the Passive Monitor Library, you can:

Click New to create a new passive monitor.

Select a monitor type in the list, then click Edit to change the settings.

Select a monitor type in the list, then click Copy to create a new monitor type based
on the selected type.

Select a monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list.
232
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Successful passive monitors
Creating a successful passive monitor requires that you take several steps:
Important: Before you attempt to create a passive monitor, you should know the specific
traps (and coinciding MIBs) for which you want WhatsUp Gold to listen —this makes the
process much easier.
1
2
3
4
Turn on traps on the device from which you want to receive logs, entries, and/or alerts.
Point the traps on that device to the WhatsUp Gold machine.
Enable the WhatsUp Gold Passive Monitor Listeners (on page 235).
Create a passive monitor for each of the traps for which you want WhatsUp Gold to
listen.
5 Assign the passive monitor to the device on which you want to listen for traps.
Additionally, after you create a passive monitor, you can configure alerts to notify you when a
particular trap is received.
Passive Monitor Icon
Passive Monitors Icon
When a passive monitor is configured on a device, the device icon displays a
diamond shape on the upper left side.
This shape changes color when an unacknowledged state change occurs on
the monitor. After the device has been acknowledged, the icon returns to
the above appearance.
Using the Passive Monitor Library
The Passive Monitor Library stores all passive monitor types that have been created for
WhatsUp Gold. The library includes a variety of pre-configured SNMP passive monitors, as
well as a generic "Any" passive monitor for SNMP, Syslog, and Windows Event Log types. The
Any passive monitor listens and receives all traps and events that occur on the device to
which it is assigned.
Though you can create three types of passive monitors, SNMP passive monitors are the type
most widely used.
233
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
SNMP Trap passive monitors in the library
The SNMP Trap monitors listed in the Passive Monitor Library are based on one of three
things:

Passive monitors already in the database. By default, the passive monitor database
comes with a few of the most Common SNMP traps already in it.

Passive monitors automatically created by WhatsUp Gold Trap Definition
Import Tool. Use the Trap Definition Import Tool to create SNMP Traps from MIB files
stored in the \Program Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\Data\Mibs folder.

Passive monitors that you define yourself. This can be done either by copying and
pasting actual trap information directly from your existing logs, or by browsing the
MIB for OID values that you are interested in, and adding the Generic type (Major)
and Specific type (Minor) information if required.
To access and use the Passive Monitor Library:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Passive tab inside the dialog.
Use the Passive Monitor Library dialog to configure new or existing passive monitor types:

Click New to create a new passive monitor type.

Select a monitor type in the list, then click Edit to change the settings.

Select a monitor type in the list, then click Copy to create a new monitor type based
on the selected type.

Select a monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list.
234
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Understanding Passive Monitor Listeners
A Passive Monitor Listener is the component in passive monitors that listens for events to
occur. When an event occurs, the listener notifies WhatsUp Gold and associated actions are
fired.
WhatsUp Gold in installed with three Passive Monitor Listeners:

SNMP Trap Listener. This listens for SNMP traps, or unsolicited SNMP messages, that
are sent from a device to indicate a change in status.

Syslog Trap Listener. This listens for Syslog messages forwarded from devices
regarding a specific record and/or text within a record.

Windows Event Log Listener. This listens for any WinEvent; for example a service
start or stop, or logon failures.
Important: Before you can configure passive monitors, you must configure the coinciding
Passive Monitor Listener(s) on the WhatsUp Gold console via Program Options. For more
information, see Enabling the SNMP Trap listener (on page 873), Enabling the Syslog listener (on
page 875), and Enabling the Windows Event Log listener (on page 874).
Configuring the SNMP Trap Listener
To configure the SNMP Trap Listener:
1 From the WhatsUp Gold console main menu, select Configure > Program Options. The
Program Options dialog appears.
Note: If the Windows SNMP Trap Service (Control Panel > Services) is running on the
WhatsUp Gold console PC, you should stop the service. This is a precaution to prevent any
conflict with the WhatsUp Passive Monitor Listener.
235
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Click Passive Monitor Listeners. The WhatsUp Gold Passive Monitor Listeners display in
a list.
3
Select the SNMP Trap listener, then click Configure. The SNMP Listener Configuration
dialog appears.
4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields:

Listen for messages on port. Select this option if you want WhatsUp Gold to listen
for SNMP traps. The standard SNMP trap port is 162, but you can change this port to a
non-standard port number.
Note: When you change the port number, the change takes place as soon as you save the
change; you do not have to re-start WhatsUp Gold for the change to take effect.

Accept unsolicited SNMP traps. Select this option to receive and log all incoming
SNMP traps, including those not assigned to devices as passive monitors. By default,
SNMP traps assigned to devices as passive monitors are logged and can trigger
actions. Incoming traps received as unsolicited traps are logged to the System SNMP
Trap Log.
Caution: When this option is selected, every SNMP trap that is received by WhatsUp Gold is
logged to the database. Enabling this option can result in a large database that impacts
performance; we strongly advise that you leave this option disabled, except when you are
troubleshooting.
236
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: To configure SNMP traps initially, we recommend enabling the Any SNMP trap on the
source device; you can then see all incoming traps sent from that device in the Device SNMP
Trap Log. After you configure the trap successfully, you should disable the Any trap, as it
may also log large amounts of data.

Forward traps. Select this option to forward traps to the IP address(es) you specify in
Forward traps to.

Forward unsolicited traps. Select this option to forward all traps, including
unsolicited traps.

Forward traps to. Click Add to add in IP address and port to which to forward traps.
Note: You can forward traps to multiple IP addresses.
Tip: You can Edit and/or Remove IP addresses from this list.
5 Click OK to save changes.
Configuring the Syslog Listener
WhatsUp Gold has an internal SNMP trap handler, which when enabled, listens for and
accepts SNMP traps. WhatsUp Gold records the trap in the device's SNMP Trap Log.
To configure WhatsUp Gold to receive traps:
1
On the devices that are to be monitored, set the SNMP agent to send traps to WhatsUp
Gold. Trap manager addresses must be set on each physical device. This cannot be done
from WhatsUp Gold.
2 Set up the MIB entries for traps by placing the MIB text file in the C:\Program
Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\Data\Mibs directory.
3 Enable the SNMP Trap Handler.
To configure the Syslog Passive Monitor Listener:
1
From the WhatsUp Gold console main menu, select Configure > Program Options. The
Program Options dialog appears.
Note: If the Windows SNMP Trap Service (Control Panel > Services) is running on the
WhatsUp Gold console PC, you should stop the service. This is a precaution to prevent any
conflict with the WhatsUp Passive Monitor Listener.
2
Click Passive Monitor Listeners. The WhatsUp Gold Passive Monitor Listeners display in
a list.
3 Select the Syslog Trap listener, then click Configure. The Syslog Listener Configuration
dialog appears.
237
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields:

Listen for messages on port. Select this option if you want WhatsUp Gold to listen for
Syslog messages.The Syslog Listener runs on port 514 by default, but can be changed
if necessary.

Accept unsolicited passive monitors. If option this is cleared, ONLY Syslog entries
which are specifically added to devices as passive monitors are logged to the System
Syslog report. If you select this option, ALL incoming Syslog messages are detected
and logged to the System Syslog report.
Note: Regardless of this filter setting, only Syslog messages that are solicited are logged to
the devices' Syslog reports and are able to trigger actions.
5
Click OK to save changes.
Configuring the Windows Event Log Listener
To configure the Windows Event Log Listener:
1 From the WhatsUp Gold console main menu, select Configure > Program Options. The
Program Options dialog appears.
Note: If the Windows SNMP Trap Service (Control Panel > Services) is running on the
WhatsUp Gold console PC, you should stop the service. This is a precaution to prevent any
conflict with the WhatsUp Passive Monitor Listener.
2
Click Passive Monitor Listeners. The WhatsUp Gold Passive Monitor Listeners display in
a list.
3 Select the Windows Event Log Listener, then click Configure. The Windows Event Log
Listener Configuration dialog appears.
4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields:

Start Server. Select this option if you would like WhatsUp Gold to listen for Windows
Event logs.

Do not generate payload. Select this option to only add the event time and message
to the Windows Event Log; the payload is withheld from the entry.
Check connections interval. Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold check for and
close inactive connections at the interval you specify. The default interval is 60
seconds.
Click OK to save changes.

5
Configuring passive monitors
You can configure passive monitors two ways:
1
2
Automatically using the Trap Definition Import Tool.
Manually using the Passive Monitor Library.
238
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
The Trap Definition Import Tool allows you to search for the specific SNMP trap for which you
want WhatsUp Gold to listen, and then import that trap into the Passive Monitor Library. After
you import the trap, you can make specifications to the passive monitor in the Passive
Monitor Library using the Rules Expression Editor dialog. For example, if you want WhatsUp
Gold to monitor when a specific IP address causes an authentication failure on your SNMPenabled device, you would create a rule that tells WhatsUp Gold to log an event only when
that particular IP address attempts to access the SNMP-enabled device.
While using the Trap Definition Import Tool or any of the pre-configured passive monitors are
two easy ways to configure SNMP Trap passive monitors, you still have the option to
manually configure all passive monitor types via the Passive Monitor Library.
Using the Trap Definition Import Tool
The Trap Definition Import tool is used to import SNMP Trap definitions into the Passive
Monitor Library. The list in this dialog is populated by the MIBs typically in your WhatsUp Gold
MIB folder (\Program Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\Data\Mibs).
To import SNMP trap definitions into the Passive Monitor Library:
1 In the WhatsUp Gold console, select Tools > Import Trap Definitions. The Trap
Definition Import Tool dialog appears.
2
Select the traps you want to import, then click Import to passive monitor library. The
Trap Import Results dialog appears and provides a message about the import results.
Note: Traps that already exist in the database are not imported.
Tip: Use the dialog's scroll bar to scan available traps.
239
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the Passive Monitor Library
You can use the Passive Monitor Library to manually create new instances of a passive
monitor type, or to edit the configuration of monitors you import using the Trap Definition
Import Tool.
xxviii)
Adding and Editing a SNMP Trap Monitor
To add or edit a SNMP trap passive monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Passive tab. The Passive Monitor list appears.
Click New and select SNMP Trap from the list to create a new SNMP trap passive
monitor.
- or Select the SNMP trap passive monitor you want to change from the list of current
monitors , and then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Passive Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Passive Monitor Library.

Enterprise/OID. Use the browse button to select the desired object identifier (OID)
from the Enterprise section of the MIB. This is the SNMP enterprise identifier in the
trap, which is used for unique identification of traps for a particular application. If you
specify the OID in this field, then an incoming trap matches this rule only if the trap
enterprise field begins with the OID that you have specified. If you are unsure of the
OID to use, or you do not need to be specific, you can leave this field blank and it is
ignored.
Note: This option is only available if Generic Type is set to 6-EnterpriseSpecific.

Generic Type (Major). Each trap has a generic type number. This number is part of
the rule that determines the matching criteria for an incoming trap. For more
information, see Common SNMP Traps.
Note: The definitions of 0 through 6 are not WhatsUp Gold definitions, but come from the
SNMP specifications.

Specific Type (Minor). This can have an integer value from 0 to 4294967296. To use
this option, Generic Type must be always enterprise-specific. If you want to ignore
this field, select Any.

Payload. Click Add to view the Expression Editor where you can create an expression,
test it, and compare it to potential payloads. After creating an expression, click OK to
insert that string into the list under Match On.
240
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
Click the Add button to view the Expression Editor where you can create an expression,
test it, and compare it against potential payloads you can receive. After creating the
expression, click OK to insert that string into the Match on box.
Note: If you have multiple payload "match on" expressions, they are linked by "OR" logic—
not "AND" logic. If you have two expressions, one set to "AB" and the other to "BA", it
matches against a trap containing any of the following: "AB" or "BA" or "ABBA".
6
Click OK to add the monitor to the Passive Monitor Library.
After configuring a passive monitor in the Passive Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 243).
xxix)
Adding and Editing a Syslog Monitor
To add or edit a Syslog monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Passive tab. The Passive Monitor list appears.
Click New and select Syslog from the list to create a new Syslog monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the Syslog monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and
then click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Passive Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Passive Monitor Library.

Match On. You can click the Add button to access the expression editor (on page 166),
where you can create your expression, test it, and compare it against potential
payloads you can receive. After creating the expression, click OK to insert that string
into the Match on box.
Note: If you have multiple payload "match on" expressions, they are linked by "OR" logic not "AND" logic. Example: If you have two expressions, one set to "AB" and the other to "BA",
it will match against a trap containing any of the following: "AB" or "BA" or "ABBA".
5
Click OK to list this event in the Passive Monitor Library as a Syslog Passive Monitor.
After configuring a passive monitor in the Passive Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 243).
For an example of why you might create a Syslog Event, see Sample of a Syslog Monitor
Event.
241
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
xxx)
Adding and Editing a Windows Event Log Monitor
When assigning a Windows Event Log passive monitor to a device, make sure the device has
credentials assigned to it before creating the passive monitor. To use multiple Windows
Event Log passive monitors, assign a unique Windows Event Log passive monitor for each
device.
The upgrade process to WhatsUp Gold from previous versions automatically migrates
Windows Event Log passive monitor credentials into the Credentials Library. If you
experience upgrade problems with Windows Event Log passive monitors, look in the
Credentials Library for the Windows (WMI) credentials that work for the device. If the device
credentials do not exist, create new credentials for the device.
To add or edit a Windows Event Log monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Passive tab. The Passive Monitor list appears.
Click New and select Windows Event Log to create a new Windows Event Log monitor.
Click OK.
- or Select the Windows Event Log monitor you want to change from the list of current
monitors, and then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Passive Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Passive Monitor Library.

Condition. Enter a list of conditions to match. Only log entries matching these
expressions are converted to events. Conditions are processed sequentially from top
to bottom. As each condition is evaluated, its results are applied to the next condition
until all conditions are evaluated. For complex sets of conditions involving both ANDs
and ORs, this serial logic may produce different results than intended. As a best
practice, we recommend keeping conditions simple by opting for multiple Passive
Monitors over complex sets of conditions. When complex conditions are unavoidable,
we recommend grouping all OR conditions together at the beginning of the set of
conditions, followed by the ANDs.

Click Edit to add or edit a condition or Clear to remove a condition from the box.

Match On. You can click the Add button to access the expression editor (on page 166),
where you can create your expression, test it, and compare it against potential
payloads you can receive. After creating the expression, click OK to insert that string
into the Match On list.
Note: If you have multiple payload Match On expressions, they are linked by OR logic, not
AND logic. For example, if you have two expressions, one set to "AB" and the other to "BA", it
is matched against any log entry that includes either of the two strings.
5
Click OK to save changes.
242
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
After configuring a passive monitor in the Passive Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices
(on page 243).
xxxi)
Using the Any Passive Monitor
The Any passive monitor receives all type-specific (SNMP, Syslog, Windows Event Log) traps
and events sent from the device to which it is assigned. This monitor can be useful when you
are trying to pinpoint the specific trap and coinciding MIB for which you want to WhatsUp
Gold to listen and monitor. As the monitor gathers traps and events, this data is added to the
respective log (SNMP Trap Log, Syslog Entries, Windows Event Log). You can scan the report
entries to find the specific trap that you would like to monitor, and create a passive monitor
for that specific trap.
If, after running the monitor for some time, you do not notice the trap for which you are
looking, the MIB may not be loaded in the WhatsUp Gold MIB directory. If this is the case,
import the MIB. For more information, see Using the SNMP MIB Manager.
Important: Because of the volume of data gathered when this monitor is enabled, we
strongly advise that this monitor only be used for troubleshooting purposes. If this monitor is
enabled for more than short periods of time, you run the risk of flooding your database and
compromising the performance of WhatsUp Gold.
As the monitor has been pre-configured for you, to use it, you are required only to assign it to
the device for which you researching traps and events. For more information, see Assigning
passive monitors (on page 243).
It is important that you remember to remove the monitor when you have completed
troubleshooting because of the monitor's potential to fill up the WhatsUp Gold database.
Assigning passive monitors
After you configure a passive monitor in the Passive Monitor Library, you must add it to the
individual devices for which you want to monitor services.
Note: If you are assigning a Windows Event Log passive monitor type to a device, make sure
that the device has credentials assigned before creating a passive monitor for it. For more
information, see Using Credentials (on page 75).
If want to use multiple Windows Event Log passive monitors, you must assign a unique
Windows Event Log passive monitor for each device.
Note: The upgrade process to WhatsUp Gold from previous versions, automatically migrates
Windows Event Log passive monitor credentials into the Credentials Library. If you
experience upgrade problems with Windows Event Log passive monitors, look in the
credentials library for the Windows (WMI) credentials that will work for the device. If the
device credentials do not exist, create new credentials for the device. For more information,
see Using Credentials (on page 75).
243
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: When you assign a passive monitor to a device, an instance of the monitor is added to
the device. Changes that you make to the monitor's configuration via the Passive Monitor
Library affect all instances of the monitor. For example, if you assign a monitor to four
separate devices and then make changes to the monitor from the Passive Monitor Library, all
four instances of the monitor adopt the changes.
To assign a passive monitor to a device:
1 From the Details or Map View, right-click a device and select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Passive Monitors. The Device Properties Passive Monitor dialog appears.
3 Click Add. The Passive Monitor Properties dialog appears.
4
Select the passive monitor type and passive monitor you want to assign, then click
Next. The Setup Actions for Passive Monitors dialog appears.
5 Click Add to setup a new action for the passive monitor. The Select or Create Action
dialog appears.
6 Click either:
Select an action from the Action Library
- or Create a new action
Follow the remaining Wizard dialog screens for the selection you made.
7
Click Finish to add the passive monitor to the device.
244
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: You can view the monitor logs by selecting an option on the Logs tab.
Group and device passive monitor reports
The following reports display information for devices or device groups that have passive
monitors configured and enabled. Access these reports from the WhatsUp Gold web
interface's Reports tab.

SNMP Trap Log

Syslog Entries

Windows Event Log

Passive Monitor Error Log
245
Using Performance Monitors
In This Chapter
Performance monitors overview ................................................................ 246
Using the Performance Monitor Library...................................................247
Working with Performance Monitors ........................................................248
Adding and editing an SNMP Performance Monitor ...........................249
Adding and editing an SSH Performance Monitor ...............................250
Adding and editing an Active Script Performance Monitor..............250
Adding and editing a WMI Performance Monitor ................................ 254
Performance monitors overview
Performance monitors are the WhatsUp Gold feature responsible for gathering data about
the performance components of the devices running on your network; for example, CPU and
memory utilization. The data is then used to create reports that trend utilization and
availability of these device components.
WhatsUp Gold performance monitors gather data from the following components:

CPU utilization

Disk utilization

Interface utilization

Interface traffic

Memory utilization

Ping availability

Ping response time
Additionally, you can create custom performance monitors to track specific performance
monitors for APC UPS, Printer, Active Script, SNMP, SSH, and WMI performance counters.
Performance Monitors are configured in the Performance Monitor Library (on page 247) and
are added to individual devices through a the Device Properties dialog. From the Device
Properties Performance Monitor dialog, you can add:

Pre-configured (standard) Performance Monitors

Device-specific (custom) Performance Monitors
Note: Unlike the other performance monitors, because a printer monitor is specific to an
individual printer device, the Printer Performance Monitor can only be added as an individual
performance monitor in the Device Properties Performance Monitor dialog.
246
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the Performance Monitor Library
The Performance Monitor Library stores and displays the Performance Monitors that have
been created for WhatsUp Gold. Performance monitors gather information about specific
WMI and SNMP values from network devices. There are several default performance
monitors, such as CPU and Disk Utilization, available in the library and you can add new
monitors to the library. Performance monitors can be applied to devices from the Device
Properties dialog for that device.
To access the Performance Monitor Library:
1
Click the Admin tab, and then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog
appears.
2
3
If it is not already selected, click the Performance tab.
Use the Performance Monitor Library dialog to configure new or existing performance
monitor types:

Click New to configure a custom performance monitor.

Select an existing performance monitor, then click Edit to modify its configuration.

Click Copy to create a duplicate of a monitor. You can use the Copy option to create
new monitors based on existing monitors.
Note: The five default global monitors cannot be edited, copied or deleted: CPU Utilization,
Disk Utilization, Interface Utilization, and Ping Latency and Availability.

Select an existing performance monitor, then click Delete to remove it from the list.
247
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Caution: When you delete a performance monitor from the Performance Monitor Library,
any instance of that monitor is also deleted, and all related report data is also lost.

Click Configure Alerts to view the Alert Center Threshold Library.
For more information on Performance Monitors, see Enabling performance monitors (on page
622).
Working with Performance Monitors
The Performance Monitor Library is a central storehouse of all global performance monitors
configured for your network. Performance monitors (on page 630) gather information about
specific WMI and SNMP values from the network devices.
Note: Default monitors in the library cannot be edited or removed: CPU Utilization, Disk
Utilization, Interface Utilization, and Ping Latency and Availability.
You can use the Performance Monitor Library to configure and manage performance
monitors.
Use the Performance Monitor Library dialog to configure new or existing performance
monitor types:

Click New to configure a custom performance monitor.
 Select an existing performance monitor, then click Edit to modify its configuration.
1 Note: The five default global monitors cannot be edited or deleted: CPU Utilization, Disk
Utilization, Interface Utilization, and Ping Latency and Availability.
2 Select an existing performance monitor, then click Delete to remove it from the list.
Caution: When you delete a performance monitor from the Performance Monitor Library,
any instance of that monitor is also deleted, and all related report data is lost.
Tip: Click Configure Alerts to view the Alert Center Threshold Library.
Caution: When custom Performance Monitors are changed, the changes affect each
instance of that particular monitor across device groups.
248
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure Performance Monitors for the devices to which they are assigned:
1 From the Device Properties page, right-click a device you want to configure. The rightclick menu appears.
2 Click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
3
Select the monitor from the list and click Configure to enable a pre-configured monitor
for this device.
- or Click Add and create a device-specific monitor.
- or Double-click an existing monitor to change its configuration.
- or Select a performance monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list.
4 Click OK to save changes.
Adding and editing an SNMP Performance Monitor
To add or edit an SNMP Performance Monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears.
Click New and select SNMP Performance Monitor from the list to create a new SSH
performance monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the SNMP performance monitor you want to change from the list of current
monitors, and then click Edit.
4 Type a Name and Description for the monitor as you want it to appear in the
Performance Monitor Library.
249
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
Either type the OID and instance or click the browse (...) button next to the Instance box
to access the SNMP MIB Walker dialog.
6 Click OK to save the changes.
Adding and editing an SSH Performance Monitor
To add or edit a SSH performance monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears.
Click New and select SSH Performance Monitor from the list to create a new SSH
performance monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the SSH performance monitor you want to change from the list of current
monitors, and then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Performance Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Performance Monitor Library.

Command to run. Type the command you want to run and execute on the remote
device. This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for
example, a Unix shell command or a Perl script.
Important: The command or script must return a single numeric value.
Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed,
tested, and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support
manipulation of the remote script.

5
SSH Credential. Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold uses to
connect to the remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp
Gold uses the SSH credential assigned to the device to which the monitor is assigned.
If the appropriate SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH credentials
assigned, click browse (...) to open the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library and
configure a set of credentials.
Click OK to save changes.
Adding and editing an Active Script Performance Monitor
Warning: Modifying the configuration of any of the VoIP Active Script Performance monitors
is not recommended; doing so prevents the VoIP setup utility from detecting pre-existing
VoIP configuration.
For more information on the Active Script Performance Monitor, see Scripting Performance
Monitors.
250
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
This script performance monitor has a context object used to poll for specific information
about the device in context.
We have provided several code samples to help you in creating useful Active Script
Performance Monitors for your devices.
To add or edit an active script performance monitor:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears.
3 Click New and select Active Script Performance Monitor from the list to create a new
active script performance monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the active script performance monitor you want to change from the list of current
monitors, and then click Edit.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Performance Monitor
Library.

Script type. VBScript or JScript.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Performance Monitor Library.

Timeout. The length of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold waits for a response to the
poll.
Note: Though the maximum timeout allowed is 60 seconds, you are highly discouraged
from using a timeout longer than the default of 10 seconds. You are encouraged to use the
shortest timeout possible.

Collection interval. (For the device-specific Active Script Performance Monitor only).
The length of time, in minutes, for the monitor polling interval.

Reference variable. Add, Edit, or Remove SNMP and WMI reference variables using
the respective buttons on the right of the dialog.

Script text. Write or paste your monitor code here.
251
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
Add a new variable to the Reference Variables list by clicking Add.
Important: You can add up to 100 reference variables.
Reference variables simplify your scripting code and enable you to write scripts
efficiently, without having to grab a list of device properties, as with the Script Action and
Script Active Monitor. They manage the underlying SNMP or WMI mechanisms you would
normally have manage to access SNMP or WMI counters on a remote device.
By using the Context.GetReferenceVariable (variable name), you only need to
specify the name of a pre-defined variable. WhatsUp Gold uses device credentials and
connects to the target device using SNMP or WMI to retrieve the requested information.
This information is stored in a variable that you can use later in your script.
Important: The use of reference variables in the Active Script Performance Monitor is
optional. If you do use them, you must use Context.GetReferenceVariable,for
reference variables to be polled and their data graphed.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
On the Add reference variables dialog, type a name and description for the variable.
Select the type of object (SNMP) from the Object type list.
If needed, adjust the Timeout and Retries count for connection to the device.
Click the browse (...) button next to the Instance box. The SNMP MIB Browser appears.
Type the share name or IP address of the computer to which you are trying to connect.
Type the SNMP credential used to connect to the device (or click the browse (...) button
to access the Credentials Library to create a new credential.)
If needed, adjust the Timeout and Number of retries for the computer to which you
are trying to connect.
Click OK. The SNMP MIB Browser appears.
Use the navigation tree in the left panel to select the specific MIB you want to monitor.
You can view more information about the property/value at the bottom of the dialog.
Click OK to add the OID to the Performance counter and Instance box in the Add new
reference variable dialog.
Verify the configuration and click OK to add the variable to the Reference variable list
on the Add active script performance monitor dialog.
Write or paste your monitor code in the Script text box.
Click OK to save changes and add the monitor to the Performance Monitor Library.
Tip: The SNMP API is useful for writing Active Script Performance Monitors using SNMP. For
more information, see Using the SNMP API.
252
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure a WMI active script performance monitor:
1 On the Add Active Script Performance Monitor dialog, type a Name and Description for
the monitor as you want it to appear in the Performance Monitor Library.
2 Type a number for the timeout (in seconds), and for the device-specific Active Script
Performance Monitor, type a number (in minutes) for the Collection interval.
3 Choose the type of script (JScript or VBScript) you are using to write the monitor from
the Script type drop down menu.
4 Add a new variable to the Reference Variables list by clicking Add.
Important: You can add up to 10 reference variables.
Reference variables simplify your scripting code and enable you to write scripts
efficiently, without having to grab a list of device properties, as with the Script Action and
Script Active Monitor. They manage the underlying SNMP or WMI mechanisms that you
would normally manage to access SNMP or WMI counters on a remote device.
By using the Context.GetReferenceVariable (variable name), you only need to
specify the name of a pre-defined variable. WhatsUp Gold uses device credentials and
connects to the target device using SNMP or WMI to retrieve the requested information.
This information is stored in a variable you can use later in your script.
Important: The use of reference variables in the Active Script Performance Monitor is
optional. If you do use them, you must use Context.GetReferenceVariable,for
reference variables to be polled and their data graphed.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
On the Add reference variables dialog, type a name and description for the variable.
Select the type of object (WMI) from the Object type drop-down menu.
Click the browse (...) button next to the Instance box. The Performance Counters dialog
appears.
Type the computer name or IP address of the computer to which you want to connect.
Select a credential from a list of Windows credentials (pulled from the Credentials
Library), then click OK to connect to the computer.
Use the Performance counter tree to navigate to the performance counter you want to
monitor.
Once you select the performance counter, select the specific instance you want to
monitor.
Click OK to add the variable to the Reference variable list on the Add active script
performance monitor dialog.
Write or paste your monitor code in the Script text box.
Click OK to save changes and to add the monitor to the Performance Monitor Library.
Warning: The first time that you poll a WMI reference variable that requires two polls in order
to calculate an average (such as "Processor\% Processor Time"), it returns "Null."
253
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Troubleshooting
Having problems with your WMI monitor returning false negatives?
Adding and editing a WMI Performance Monitor
From here you can update the name and description of the performance monitor and open
the WMI Performance Counter tree.
To add or edit a WMI performance monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears.
Click New and select WMI Performance Monitor from the list to create a new WMI
performance monitor. Click OK.
or
Select the WMI performance monitor you want to change from the list of current
monitors, and then click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Performance Monitor
Library.

Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Performance Monitor Library.

Browse (...). Connects to the WMI Performance Counter tree.
Performance counter/Instance. Click the browse (...) button next to this box to select
a performance counter (on page 322) for the monitor.
Click OK to save changes.

5
Enabling global performance monitors
In order for a performance monitor to gather performance data from a device, it must be
enabled on that device. You can enable a monitor on a single device (on page 254) through the
Device Properties dialog, or enable a monitor on multiple devices (on page 255) through the
Bulk Field Change feature.
Enabling a global performance monitor on a single device
To enable a global performance monitor for a single device:
1
In Device or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select the
global monitor you would like to enable.
254
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
Click Configure to complete the settings for the selected performance monitor.
Important: To enable a CPU, disk, interface, or memory global performance monitor, you
must first select an SNMP credential for the device from the Credentials Library. For more
information, see Using credentials (on page 75).
5
Click OK to save the changes.
Enabling a global performance monitor on multiple devices
To enable multiple a performance monitor on multiple devices:
1
In Details or Map View, select the devices or group for which you would like to enable
the monitor, then right-click. Select Bulk Field Change > Performance Monitors. The
Bulk Field Change: Performance Monitors dialog appears.
2 Under Collect data for, select the desired option for the appropriate performance
monitor. After you have selected the monitor for which you want to collect data, you
also have the option to modify the monitor Data collection interval.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Configuring the CPU monitor collection settings
To configure the CPU utilization monitor collection settings for a device:
1 On the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select CPU
Utilization, then click Configure. The Configure CPU Utilization dialog appears.
4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Collect data for. Select the CPU(s) for which you want to gather data. You can choose
to track all CPUs or a specific CPU. If you select All CPUs, all CPUs in the list are
automatically selected.

Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected
for the selected CPUs. This number represents the number of minutes between each
collection.
Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of retries, and how WhatsUp Gold is
to determine uniqueness when the monitor is tracking more than one CPU.
5
Click OK to save the changes.
255
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Configuring the disk monitor collection settings
To configure the disk utilization monitor collection settings for a device:
1
On the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select Disk
Utilization, then click Configure. The Configure Disk Utilization dialog appears.
4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Collect data for. Select the disk(s) for which you want to gather data. You can choose
to track all disks, one disk, or a combination of disks. If you select All disks, all disks in
the list are automatically selected.

Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected
for the selected disks. This number represents the number of minutes between each
collection.
Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of retries, and how WhatsUp Gold is
to determine uniqueness when the monitor is tracking more than one disk.
5
Click OK to save changes.
Configuring the interface monitor collection settings
To configure the interface utilization monitor collection settings for a device:
1
From the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select Interface
Utilization, then click Configure. The Configure Interface Utilization dialog appears.
4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Collect data for. Select the interface(s) for which you want to gather data. You can
select all interfaces, active interfaces, specific interfaces, or custom active interfaces. If
you select custom active interface, you can specify to track high speed interfaces,
interfaces whose name contain a certain variable, or interfaces that match a certain
type. Additionally, if you chose to track a specific interface, you can override the
interface Speed.
Important: Be aware when you use the Collect errors and discards data for selected
interfaces feature, it has potential to increase the database size quickly because there is
potential for a significant amount of errors and discards data. You can set WhatsUp Health
thresholds in the Alert Center to stay informed when the database size exceeds specified
thresholds. For more information, see Configuring system thresholds (on page 790).
256
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Tip:To disable the errors and discards data collection, you can disable for the individual
device (Device Properties > Performance Monitor) or disable for multiple devices with the
bulk field change option:
1. Select multiple devices that have the Interface Utilization performance monitor enabled,
right-click, then select Bulk Field Change > Performance Monitors. The Bulk Field Change
dialog appears.
2. In the Interface section of the dialog, under the Collect errors and discards data for
enabled interfaces list, click Yes.
For more information, see Editing multiple devices with the Bulk Field Change feature (on page
116).

Collect errors and discards data for all selected interfaces. Select this option to
collect the following device interface data:

ifInErrors. Lists the number of inbound packets with errors, on the selected
interface, that prevent the packets from being delivered to a higher-layer
protocol. The associated OID is 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14.

ifOutErrors. Lists the number of outbound packets with errors, on the selected
interface, that prevent the packets from being delivered to a higher-layer
protocol. The associated OID is 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.20.

ifInDiscards. List the number of inbound packets, on the selected interface, that
were discarded though no errors were detected to prevent their transmission. One
possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space. The
associated OID is 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.13.

ifOutDiscards. List the number of outbound packets, on the selected interface,
that were discarded though no errors were detected to prevent their transmission.
One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space.
The associated OID is 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.19.
Note: All of the above OIDs point to values of type "counter," and therefore their raw value
by itself is not meaningful. The difference between the values obtained from two
consecutive polls provides meaningful data.

Speed. Click to specify the speed for the currently selected interface.

Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected
for the selected interfaces. This number represents the number of minutes between
each collection.
Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of retries, how WhatsUp Gold is to
determine uniqueness when the monitor is tracking more than one disk, and which interface
traffic counters to poll.
5
Click OK to save changes.
257
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Configuring the memory monitor collection settings
To configure the memory utilization monitor collection settings for a device:
1
On the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select Memory
Utilization, then click Configure. The Configure Memory Utilization dialog appears.
4 Complete the information for the following fields.

Collect data for. Select the memory item(s) for which you want to gather data. You
can choose to track all memory items, or specific memory items. If you select All
memory items, all memory items in the list are automatically selected.

Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected
for the selected CPUs. This number represents the number of minutes between each
collection.
Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of retries, and how WhatsUp Gold
determines uniqueness when the monitor is tracking more than one memory item.
5
Click OK to save changes.
Configuring the ping monitor collection settings
To configure the ping latency and availability monitor collection settings for a device:
1 On the Device or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select Ping
Latency and Availability, then click Configure. The Configure Ping Latency and
Availability dialog appears.
4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Collect data for. Select the interface(s) for which you want to gather data. You can
choose to track the default interface, all interfaces, or a specific interface. If you select
All interfaces, all interfaces in the list are automatically selected.

Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected
for the selected CPUs. This number represents the number of minutes between each
collection.
Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of iterations.
5
Click OK to save changes.
258
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Enabling SNMP on Windows devices
Before you can collect performance data on a Windows computer using SNMP, you must first
install and enable the Microsoft SNMP Agent on the device itself. For more information, see
Using SNMP Features (on page 898).
To install SNMP Monitoring :
1
From the Windows Control Panel, do one of the following:

Click Add or Remove Programs.
- or -
 Click Programs.
2 Do one of the following:
3
4
5
6
7

Click Add/Remove Windows Components.
- or -

Click Turn Windows features on or off.
Do one of the following:

From the Components list, select Management and Monitoring Tools, then click
Details to view the list of Subcomponents.
- or -

Locate Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) in the list.
Make sure Simple Network Management Protocol is selected.
Click OK.
Click Next to install the components.
After the install wizard is complete, click Finish to close the window.
To enable SNMP Monitoring:
1
2
3
Click the Start button and type services.msc in the box.
In the Services (Local) list, double-click SNMP Service to view the Properties.
On the Agent tab, enter the Contact name for the person responsible for the upkeep
and administration of the computer, then enter the Location of the computer. These
items are returned during some SNMP queries.
4 On the Security tab, click Add to add a community string for the device. Community
strings are pass codes that allow applications like WhatsUp Gold to read information
about the computer. This community string will be later used to create credentials (on
page 75) for connecting to this device.
5 On the General tab, click Start to start the service (if necessary).
6 Click OK to close the dialog.
259
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
You can test the device by connecting to it through SNMP View.
In addition to the five default performance monitors, WhatsUp Gold gives you the option to
create custom performance monitors to track specific APC UPS, Printer, Active Script, SNMP,
and WMI performance counters.
You can create global monitors (on page 260) for system-wide use through the Performance
Monitor Library, or create device-specific monitors (on page 264) through device Properties.
Creating global custom performance monitors
Global custom performance monitors are stored in the Performance Monitor Library and can
be enabled on any device with the proper credentials that supports the performance
counters utilized in the monitor.
You can create global custom monitors for APC UPS, Active Script, SNMP, and WMI
performance counters.
Creating global SNMP performance monitors
To create an SNMP performance monitor for system-wide use:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Performance tab inside the dialog.
3 Click New. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears.
4 Select SNMP Performance Monitor, then click OK. The Add SNMP Performance
Monitor dialog appears.
5 Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor, as it will appear in the
Performance Monitor Library.
6 Click the browse (...) button next to Instance to access the SNMP MIB Browser. The MIB
Browse dialog appears.
7 Enter the or select (using the browse (...) button) the IP address of the computer to
which you want to connect to browse MIBs.
8 Select the SNMP credential set used to connect to the device to which you are
attempting to connect.
Tip: If you do not see the appropriate credential set listed, click the browse (...) button to
access the Credentials Library where you can create a new set of SNMP credentials.
260
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
9
Optionally, adjust the values for the Timeout and Number of retries, then click OK. The
SNMP MIB Browser appears.
10 Use the navigation tree in the left panel to select the MIB for which you want to monitor.
11 In the right pane, select the specific property of the selected MIB for which you want to
monitor.
Tip: The bottom of the dialog displays any available information about the property/value
pair.
12 Click OK to add the OID to the Performance counter and Instance fields of the Add
SNMP Performance Monitor dialog.
13 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the
Performance Monitor Library.
14 After the monitor has been added to the library, you can enable the monitor through
Device Properties > Performance Monitors. For more information, see Enabling global
performance monitors (on page 254).
Creating global WMI performance monitors
To create a WMI performance monitor for system-wide use:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Performance tab inside the dialog.
3 Click New. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears.
4 Select WMI Performance Monitor, then click OK. The Add WMI Performance Monitor
dialog appears.
261
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor. This information appears in the
Performance Monitor Library and helps you identify the monitor.
6 Click the browse (...) button next to Instance to connect to the WMI Performance
Counter tree.
7 Enter the computer name, or use the browse (...) button to locate the computer you
want to monitor. In the following window, enter the coinciding Windows Credentials for
the computer to which you are attempting to connect, then click OK. The Performance
Counters dialog appears.
8 Use the Performance Object list to select an object to monitor in the left pane.
9 Use the navigation tree in the left pane to select the counter you want to monitor.
10 In the right pane, select the specific instance of the selected counter you want to
monitor.
Tip: The bottom of the dialog displays any available information about the counter/instance
pair.
11 Click OK to add the appropriate values to the Performance counter and Instance fields
on the Add WMI Performance Monitor dialog.
12 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the
Performance Monitor Library.
13 After the monitor has been added to the library, you can enable the monitor through
Device Properties > Performance Monitors. For more information, see Enabling global
performance monitors (on page 254).
262
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding and Editing an APC UPS Performance Monitor
Global performance monitors are configured in the Performance Monitor Library and can be
applied to a device via its Device Properties dialog.
This monitor collects statistical output power usage information and graphs APC UPS power
utilization over time.
This monitor detects when UPS devices are close to maximum performance level, and what
time of day networking devices connected to UPS devices are using the most power--both
indicating the need to equally distribute the load across several UPS devices.
To add or edit an APC UPS performance monitor:
1
2
3
Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears.
Click New and select APC UPS Performance Monitor to create a new APC UPS
performance monitor. Click OK.
- or Select the APC UPS performance monitor you want to change from the list of current
monitors, and then click Edit.
4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the performance monitor. This name displays in the
Performance Monitor Library.
Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next
to the monitor in the Performance Monitor Library.
5 Click OK to save changes.
6 After the monitor has been added to the library, you can enable the monitor through
Device Properties > Performance Monitors. For more information, see Enabling global
performance monitors (on page 254).

Creating global SSH performance monitors
To create an SSH performance monitor for system-wide use:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears.
2 Click the Performance tab inside the dialog.
3 Click New. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears.
4 Select SSH Performance Monitor and click OK. The New SSH Performance Monitor
dialog appears.
5 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Enter a name for the monitor. This name is displayed in the Performance
Monitor Library.

Description. Enter a short description for the monitor. This description is displayed
next to the monitor name in the Performance Monitor Library.

Command to run. Enter the command that is to be ran and executed on the remote
device. This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for
example, a basic Unix command or a Perl script.
263
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Important: The command or script must return a single numeric value.
Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed,
tested, and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support
manipulation of the remote script.
SSH Credential. Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold will use to
connect to the remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp
Gold uses the SSH credential assigned to the device to which the monitor is assigned.
If the appropriate SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH credentials
assigned, browse (...) to the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure a set of
credentials.
Click OK.
Click Close to close the Monitor Library.

6
7
Creating device-specific custom performance monitors
Device-specific custom performance monitors are configured for use only on the devices for
which they are configured.
You can create device-specific custom monitors for APC UPS, Printer, Active Script, SNMP, and
WMI performance counters.
Creating device-specific SNMP performance monitors
To create a device-specific SNMP performance monitor:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
In Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add.
The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select SNMP, then click OK. The Add SNMP Performance Monitor dialog appears.
Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor. This information helps you to
identify the monitor later.
Click the browse (...) button next to Instance to access the SNMP MIB Browser. The MIB
Browse dialog appears.
Enter the or select (using the browse (...) button) the IP address of the computer to
which you want to connect to browse MIBs.
Select the SNMP credential set used to connect to the device to which you are
attempting to connect.
Tip: If you do not see the appropriate credential set listed, click the browse (...) button to
access the Credentials Library where you may create a new set of SNMP credentials.
9
Optionally, adjust the values for the Timeout and number Number of retries, then click
OK. The SNMP MIB Browser appears.
264
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
10 Use the navigation tree in the left pane to select the MIB for which you want to monitor.
11 In the right pane, select the specific property of the selected MIB for which you want to
monitor.
Tip: The bottom of the dialog displays any available information about the property/value
pair.
12 Click OK to add the OID to the Performance counter and Instance fields of the Add
SNMP Performance Monitor dialog.
13 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device
Properties.
Creating device-specific WMI performance monitors
To create a device-specific WMI performance monitor:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
In Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add.
The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select WMI Performance Monitor from the list, then click OK. The Add WMI
Performance Monitor dialog appears.
Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor. This information helps you to
identify the monitor later.
Click the browse (...) button next to Instance to connect to the WMI Performance
Counter tree.
Enter or select (using the browse (...) button) the computer name, and coinciding
Windows Credentials for the computer to which you are attempting to connect, then
click OK. The Performance Counters dialog appears.
Use the navigation tree in the left pane to select the counter for which you want to
monitor.
In the right pane, select the specific instance of the selected counter for which you want
to monitor.
Tip: The bottom of the dialog displays any available information about the counter/instance
pair.
10 Click OK to add the appropriate values to the Performance counter and Instance fields
on the Add WMI Performance Monitor dialog.
11 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device
Properties.
265
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Creating device-specific APC UPS performance monitors
To create a device-specific APC UPS performance monitor:
1
2
3
4
5
6
In Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add.
The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select APC UPS Performance Monitor from the list, and then click OK.
Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor. This information helps you to
identify the monitor later.
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected for
the selected APC UPS. This number represents the number of minutes between each
collection.

Timeout. The length of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold attempts to connect to the
selected device.
Retries. Enter the number of times you want to attempt to make the connection to
the selected device.
7 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device
Properties.

Creating device-specific Printer performance monitors
To create a device-specific Printer performance monitor:
1
In Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
Important: In order for the Printer Performance Monitor to work, in addition to being SNMPenabled, the printer you are attempting to monitor must also support the Standard Printer
MIB. Make sure that you select a device that supports the Standard Printer MIB.
2
3
4
5
6
Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add.
The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select Printer Performance Monitor, then click OK. The New Printer Performance
Monitor dialog appears.
Enter the Name and short Description for the monitor. This information helps you to
identify the monitor later.
Select the ink/toner cartridge from which you want to collect ink/toner level data.
Note: You must set up a Printer performance monitor for each color ink/toner cartridge you
want to monitor.
266
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
7
Select the Collection interval (in minutes) for how often you want data to be collected
for the selected toner cartridge. This number represents the number of minutes
between each collection.
8 You can click the Advanced button to select Advanced options:
9

Timeout. Enter the timeout in seconds. If a device does not respond to within this
time, the monitor is considered down.

Retries. Enter the number of attempts to communicate with the device over the
network. After this number is exceeded, the monitor is considered down.
Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device
Properties.
Creating device-specific SSH performance monitors
To create a device-specific SSH performance monitor:
1
2
3
4
5
6
In Device or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog
appears.
In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add.
The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears.
Select SSH Performance Monitor, then click OK. The New SSH Performance Monitor
dialog appears.
Enter the Name and short Description for the monitor, as it will appear in the
Performance Monitor Library.
Enter the Command to run, or the command that is to be executed on the remote
device. This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for
example, a basic Unix command or Perl script.
Important: The command or script must return a single numeric value.
Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed, tested
and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support manipulation of
the remote script.
7
Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold will use to connect to the
remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp Gold uses the SSH
credential assigned to the device to which the monitor is assigned. If the appropriate
SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH credentials assigned, browse (...) to
the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure a set of credentials.
8 Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected for the selected APC UPS in
the Collection interval box. This number represents the number of minutes between
each collection.
9 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device
Properties.
267
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Example: monitoring router bandwidth
You can configure WhatsUp Gold to gather bandwidth usage on your SNMP enabled devices
(routers, switches, etc.) and then track that usage through performance logs. For bandwidth
monitoring, the Interface Utilization monitor is the most useful as it illustrates percent
utilization and throughput.
The Interface Utilization monitor gathers statistics on the volume of bytes traveling to and
from the active interfaces on a device. You can collect data on all interfaces, active interfaces,
or specific interfaces. This monitor is configured and enabled through Device Properties >
Performance Monitors.
Note: Before you can configure the monitor for a device, you must enable SNMP and assign
the proper credentials via the Credentials Library (on page 836). The Performance Monitoring
system uses these credentials to connect to the device during the configuration process, and
during normal performance gathering. For more information, see Enabling SNMP on
Windows devices (on page 259).
Configuring the monitor
The Interface Utilization Performance Monitor is one of the default performance monitors
installed with WhatsUp Gold, and needs no global configuration to configure the monitor for
a single device.
To configure the Bandwidth Monitor:
1
In either the Details or Map View, right-click on a device, then select Properties from
the right-click menu.
2 Select Performance Monitors on the Device Properties dialog.
3 Select the Interface Utilization monitor from the list.
4 Click Configure to set up the monitor for the device. WhatsUp Gold scans the device
and discovers the interfaces on the device.
When the scan completes, the Configure Interface Data Collection dialog appears. If the
credentials for the device are not configured properly, the scan fails (return to the
Credentials Library to fix it). If the device is not SNMP-enabled, the scan fails.
5
6
7
8
9
Select the interfaces you want to collect data for. From the Collect data for list, select
All, Active, Specific, or Custom active. If you select Specific, select just the interfaces
you want to monitor in the list below. By default, active interfaces are measured.
On the Configure Interface Data Collection dialog, enter a time interval (in minutes) for
how long you want the application to wait between polls in the Data collection
interval box. The default is 10 minutes. See Program Options - Report Data (on page 815)
for more information on data collection and roll-up.
Select Collect errors and discards data for selected interfaces to record this data.
Optionally, click Advanced to change the retry and timeout settings for the SNMP
connection to the device. Click OK to save the changes to the Advanced Settings.
Click OK to save the Interface Utilization configuration.
268
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Viewing data
WhatsUp Gold takes several polling cycles to produce meaningful graphs (with a 10 minute
poll interval, this may mean a few hours). After enough data is gathered, several reports
display this data.

By Device. Click the Monitoring tab, click the Interface or Interface Errors & Discards
monitor report, and then select a device.

By Group. Click the Monitoring tab, click the Interface or Interface Errors & Discards
monitor report, and then select a group.

System Wide. Use the Top 10 Dashboard to view the top performers in terms of
bandwidth utilization across your network.
Example: troubleshooting a slow network connection
The real-time reporting provided by performance monitors can provide both the raw data
and the data trend analysis that can help you isolate network problems. For example, we
recently experienced a problem with a network connection between two of our Ipswitch
office sites. This example shows how we used Performance Monitors to troubleshoot the slow
network connection.
Scenario:
A developer working in Augusta, GA on an Atlanta-based project complained of a slow
network connection between the Augusta and Atlanta offices. He stated it took 40 minutes to
check in files to the source library over the T1 connection.
The Atlanta office network administrator reacted by completing the following steps:
1
On the WhatsUp Gold web interface, he accessed the Monitoring tab to select the Ping
Response Time report.
2 From the Ping Response Time report, he checked the connection from the Atlanta
WhatsUp Gold application to the Augusta primary server. The report showed an
increased response time beginning at 11:45 a.m.
This connection was previously configured with the appropriate Performance Monitors and
had accumulated data for several weeks. This data enabled the administrator to accurately
narrow down the possible cause of the problem to the primary server connection. He was
then able to troubleshoot that specific connection and take steps to fix the slowness issue.
To set up this type of monitor for a connection, configure the Ping Latency and Availability
monitor on a device located on the other end of the connection. For more information, see
Learning about network monitors (on page 641).
269
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the Active Script Performance Monitor
Active Script Performance Monitors let you write VBScript and JScript to easily poll one or
more SNMP or WMI values, perform math or other operations on those values, and graph a
single output value. You should only use the Active Script Performance Monitor when you
need to perform calculations on the polled values. A variety of Active Script resources are
available on the Active Scripts resources page. (http://www.whatsupgold.com/script_library)
Note: Please be aware that Ipswitch does not support the custom scripts that you create;
only the ability to use them in the Active Script Monitor.
For more information, see Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting (on page 909).
270
Using Actions
In This Chapter
Actions overview ..............................................................................................271
About the Action Library ...............................................................................272
Selecting an Action Type ...............................................................................273
Configuring an action .....................................................................................273
About Percent Variables ................................................................................293
Testing an action ..............................................................................................296
Assigning an action .........................................................................................296
Removing an action.........................................................................................298
Creating a Blackout Period............................................................................299
Action Policies ...................................................................................................299
Actions overview
WhatsUp Gold actions are designed to perform a task as a device or monitor state change
occurs.
As you configure an action, you choose the task it is to perform. Actions can try to correct the
problem, notify someone of the state change, or launch an external application. Also, when
you configure an action, you choose whether to assign it to a device, or to an active or passive
monitor.
When assigned to an active monitor, actions fire according to the state changes it issues. For
example, you can configure an Email Action to send an email alert when the active monitor
for a Web server issues a down state change.
You can configure actions on a single device or monitor, or define an Action Policy to use
across multiple devices or monitors.
Managing Action Strategies
As you configure and assign actions, you should take several things into consideration.

Assigning an external notification action (email, SMS, beeper) to a large list of devices
greatly increases the chance of numerous notifications being sent at one time.
271
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
For example, an email action assigned to a router and each of the devices that depend on
that router for their Internet connectivity, would send email notifications not only from
the router, but also from every single connected device, should the router go down.
In a situation like this, it considers using dependencies allowing you to restrict email
notifications to only the router and the critical devices to which it is connected. For more
information, see Dependencies overview (on page 108).

An action can be assigned to a device or to an active or passive monitor.
If you want to be notified if and when any or all of the monitors on a device go down,
assign the action to the device. If you are concerned with specific monitors on a device,
assign the action to the monitor itself. If you assign to both the device and a specific
monitor, both actions fire when the monitor goes down.

Action policies (on page 299) are easier to manage than lists of actions built on a
device.
Whenever possible, use action policies in lieu of configuring multiple actions for one
device.

If the existing WhatsUp Gold device states do not fit your monitoring needs, you can
modify them, or configure new ones.
Consider adding device states for longer periods of downtime, such as creating a Down
at least 60 mins state, and sending an escalated message to show that the device is still
down after an hour.

Web Alarms are only useful if someone is able to hear the notifications.
While Web Alarms are useful in many situations, they are not the most efficient way to
monitor devices and services overnight.

Visual notifications are usually ample enough for most of the devices on your
network.
Unless the device is vital to the daily-operation of your network or business, the color and
shape of each device state easily informs you of current network device status.

You can check on the status of firing alerts via Running Actions. From here, you can
cancel single alerts, or all currently firing alerts.
About the Action Library
The Action Library displays all actions currently configured for use in WhatsUp Gold.
WhatsUp Gold includes five pre-configured actions. These actions display in the Action
Library. As you create new actions, they are added to the Action Library.
To access the Action Library:

From the web interface, click Admin, then click Action Library.
Use the Action Library to configure new or existing action types:

Click New to configure a new action type.

Select an action type, then click Edit to change its configuration.
272
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: If the action you are editing was previously created in the Alert Center, any changes
that you make here are made to the version of the action in the Alert Center Notification
Library.

Select an action type, then click Copy to make a duplicate of the selected action type.

Select an action type, then click Delete to remove it from the library.
Caution: When you delete an action from the Action Library, all instances of that action are
also deleted, and all related report data is lost.
Selecting an Action Type
Select the type of action you want to create for this device. The list menu lists all possible
actions that can occur through the WhatsUp Gold action system.

Active Script Action. Write code to perform a customized action.

Beeper Action. Activate a beeper with this type of action.

Email Action. Send an Email to a specific address.

Log to Text File. Write a message to a text file.

Pager Action. Send a message to a pager.

Program Action. Execute an external application.

Service Restart Action. Start or stop a Windows service.

SMS Action. Send a text message to a specific target.

SMS Direct. Send a text message to a wireless phone or other wireless device.

SNMP Set. Use SNMP to set the value of an attribute of a managed object.

Sound Action. Play a specific sound.

SSH Action. Connect to remote devices via SSH to execute commands or scripts.

Syslog Action. Write a message to a log in the Syslog system.

Text to Speech Action. Plays a voice message on your computer.

VMware Action. Use the VMware API to perform an action on a virtual machine.

Web Alarm Action. Activate a Web Alarm in the WhatsUp Gold Web Interface

Windows Event Log Action. Write an event in the Windows Event Log.

Winpopup Action. Send a Winpopup to a user or specific computer.
All Action Types are executed based on a state change specified in the next dialog.
273
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Configuring an action
There are two aspects of fully configuring an action. First, you create the action itself in the
Action Library dialog or through the Action Builder wizard. The setup consists of:

Defining the target of the action (for example, a pager or email address)

Entering the notification variables or program arguments (that specify what
information to report in the action message, or to pass to another program).
Next, you assign the action or action policy to a device or active monitor and to link it to a
state change (action policies are already linked to a state change during the policy definition).
For more information see:

Assigning an action to a device (on page 296)

Assigning an action to an active monitor (on page 297)

Creating a custom action policy (on page 299)
After the actions have been completely configured, WhatsUp Gold launches the action as
soon as the proper state change is reached.
Adding and editing an Active Script Action
This action allows you to write either VBScript or JScript code to perform a customized action.
If the script returns an error code, the action failed.
To add or edit an active script action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New to create a new active script action, and then select Active Script Action
from the list. Click OK.
- or From the list of current actions, select the action you want to change, and then click
Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Timeout. The amount of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold should wait for the action
script to run.
Note: Though the maximum timeout is 60 seconds, you are highly discouraged from using a
timeout longer than the default of 10 seconds. You are encouraged to use the shortest
timeout possible.

Script type. Select the scripting language that you want to use to write this active
script (either VBScript or JScript).

Script text. Write or insert your action code here.
274
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note:It is not recommend that you use percent variables in script text, because they may
resolve to text containing special characters (' ' (quotes), " " (double-quotes), % (percent),
new line characters, and the like) that may break your script.
This script action has a context object you can use to get specific information about the
context of the action.
We have provided several code samples for you to create useful script actions for your
devices.
All script features in WhatsUp Gold utilize the SNMP API.
Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools >
Running Actions.
Adding and editing a Beeper Action
You can define beeper actions to activate a beeper when a device reaches a certain state
change. The settings below are used to automatically build a dial string for use by the
modem sending the beeper action.
To add or edit a beeper action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New and select Beeper Action to create a new beeper action. Click OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Complete the information for the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Beeper number. Type the phone number to dial. You can use parentheses to delimit
the area code and a dash to separate the exchange from the extension numbers, for
example: (617) 555-5555.

Pause after answer. Type a number of seconds the modem should pause before
sending the signal codes once a connection is made.

End transmission. By default, # is the correct symbol for the end transmission
command. Some international systems require other or additional symbols.

Modem setup. Select either Primary, or one of the Alternate setups. Click Port
Settings to further define your selection. Modem Setup is used specifically to support
different service providers in case you use more than one provider for sending your
beeper notifications. There could also be times you want to change your settings to
meet a specific service provider requirements for a specific notification (for example, a
275
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
lower baud rate). To do this, set up an alternate Modem Setup and associate this to
the notification instead of using your Primary setting.
Note: Changing the Port Settings for the desired Modem Setup affects all uses of that
setting.

Up code. Specifies the characters sent to the beeper to indicate that the device is up
after being down (the default value is 0*).

Down Code. Specifies the code sent to indicate the device is down (the default value
is 1*).

On passive monitor code. Specifies the code sent to indicate that an active monitor
has been received for the device. (Default value is 2*) You can use the asterisk (*)
character to separate codes from a subsequent message.

Recurring action code. The percent variables for the action. The default action code
is:
 %System.NumberofUpDevices*%System.NumberofDownDevices
4 Click OK to save changes.
Tip: The Beeper Action can identify network devices through a specific device attribute, for
more information.
Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools >
Running Actions.
Adding and editing a Log to Text File Action
This action logs custom messages to specified text files.
To add or edit a log to text file action:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
2 Click New and select Log to Text File to create a new log to text file action. Click OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.Specify a Name for the action as it will appear in the Action Library.
Tip: On the console, click the Browse _ button to browse to the log file.

Log file. Type the full path to the location where the log file will bee written.
276
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Select the Log file write mode. Select Append to have log messages appended to
the Log file. Select Overwrite to have log messages overwrite existing log messages.

Type the Log Message that will be written to the log file. This message supports
percent variables. The default log message is:
%Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames is %Device.State on %Device.Type:
%Device.HostName (%Device.Address).
Details:
Monitors that are down include: %Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames
Monitors that are up include: %Device.ActiveMonitorUpNames
Notes on this device (from device property page):
%Device.Notes
---------------------------------------This message was logged on %System.Date at %System.Time
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold
Tip: Right-click in the Log Message box to select the percent variables you would like to use
in the action.
4
Click OK to save changes.
Adding and editing a Pager Action
To add or edit an Email action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New and select Pager Action from the list to create a new Pager action. Click OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Terminal number. Type the pager number to dial. Your service provider can provide
you with this number.

Terminal password. If required, type the pager password here. This is a password
that is required to log in to some paging services.
277
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Modem Setup. Select either Primary, or one of the Alternate setups.

Port Settings. Click to further define your modem setup selection. Modem Setup
is used specifically to support different service providers in case you use more
than one provider for sending your pager notifications. There could also be times
you want to change your settings to meet a specific service provider’s
requirements for a specific notification (for example: a lower baud rate). To do this,
you can set up an alternate Modem Setup and associate this to the notification
instead of using your Primary setting.
Note: Changing the Port Settings for the desired Modem Setup affects ALL uses of that
setting.

Protocol. Select the type of protocol used by your pager service.

Pager ID. Type the pager identification number.
Message. Type a text message plus any of the percent variable codes used to deliver
WhatsUp Gold information with the page.
Click OK to save your changes.

4
Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools >
Running Actions.
Adding and editing a Program Action
You can define Program actions to launch an external application when a state change
occurs.
To add or edit a program action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New and select Program Action from the list to create a new program action.
Click OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Program filename. Type or browse to the executable of the application you want to
launch.

Working path. Type or browse to the directory where the working files for the
application are stored. The working path is located on the server where WhatsUp Gold
is running.

Program arguments. Type any percent variables you want to pass to the specified
program.
278
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
Click OK to save the changes.
Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools >
Running Actions.
Adding and editing a SMS Action
The SMS Action sends a Short Message Service (SMS) notification to a pager or cell phone
using an email gateway or dial-up modem. An SMS Action can also be used as an SMS
notification in the WhatsUp Gold Alert Center.
To add or edit an SMS action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New and select SMS Action from the list to create a new program action. Click OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Country. Using the list box, select the country for the SMS provider.

Provider. Using the list box, select the desired provider.
Note: If the provider list is incomplete and/or incorrect, you can click the Providers browse
button to add, edit, or delete providers in this list.

Mode. Either Email or Dialup, depending on how the Provider was created in the
system.

Email to. If the connection setting is Email, type the email address of the SMS device.

Phone Number. If the connection setting is Dialup, type the phone number to call
with the message. You can enter multiple phone numbers, separated by a comma.
There is a 2,000 character limit in this field, so you can enter many numbers.
Note: Non-numeric characters such as "-" and "." are ignored.
4
The New/Edit SMS Action dialog contains two tabs. Select a tab to configure message
settings.

The Message tab contains options pertaining to the message sent as the result of an
active or passive monitor.

Message. Type a text message plus any desired percent variable codes. If you use
percent variables, character count is greatly increased.
279
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message is broken into up to 3 parts and is
sent as separate messages. ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.)
Tip: Click Mobile Device Status to insert a link to the device status in the message.

The Alert Center Message tab contains options pertaining to the message that is to be
sent from an WhatsUp Gold Alert Center notification.

Alert Center Message. Type a text message plus any desired percent variable
codes. If you use percent variables, character count is greatly increased.
Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message is broken into up to 3 parts and is
sent as separate messages. ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.)
Tip: To enter Alert Center Percent variables, right-click inside the message box.
5
Click OK to save changes.
Configuring an SMS Action on the web
To configure an SMS Action on the web interface:
1 Go to Admin > Action Library. The Action Library appears.
2 In the Action Library, do one of the following:

Click New, then select SMS Action.
- or -

Select an existing SMS Action, then click Edit.
The action properties page appears.
3
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Enter a unique display name to identify the SMS notification.

Description. Enter a short description of the action. This is displayed in the Action
Library along with the entry in Name.

Country. Using the list box, select the country for the SMS provider.

Provider. Using the list box, select the desired provider.
Note: If the provider list is incomplete and/or incorrect, you can click the Providers button
to add, edit, or delete providers in this list.

Mode. Either Email or Dialup, depending on how the Provider was created in the
system.

Email to. If the connection setting is Email, enter the email address of the SMS device.
280
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Phone Number. If the connection setting is Dialup, enter the phone number to call
with the message. You can enter multiple phone numbers, separated by a comma.
There is a 2,000 character limit in this field, so you can enter many numbers.
Note: Non-numeric characters such as "-" and "." will be ignored.
4
The New/Edit SMS Action dialog contains two tabs. Select a tab to configure message
settings.
The Message tab contains options pertaining to the message sent as the result of an
active or passive monitor.
Enter a text message plus any desired percent variable codes. Keep in mind that if you
use percent variables, this will greatly increase the character count.
Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message will be broken into up to 3 parts
and will be sent as separate messages ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.).
Tip: Click Mobile Device Status to insert a link to the device status in the message
The Alert Center Message tab contains options pertaining to the message that is to be
sent from an WhatsUp Gold Alert Center notification.
Enter a text message plus any desired percent variable codes. Keep in mind that if you
use percent variables, this will greatly increase the character count.
Tip: To enter Alert Center percent variables, right click inside the message box.
Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message will be broken into up to 3 parts
and will be sent as separate messages ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.).
5
Click OK to save changes.
Adding and editing a SMS Direct Action
SMS direct messages are similar to SMS messages, except a phone line is not required.
Instead, messages are sent directly to a cell phone, or other texting capable device, via a GSM
modem. If the receiving phone is not active or is out of range when a SMS message is sent,
messages are received when the phone is turned on. SMS messages are listed in the WhatsUp
Gold Action log.
281
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Required for SMS Direct Actions
You need several items in order to use the SMS Direct Action:

GSM modem to connect to the WhatsUp machine

SIM card for the GSM modem

Cell service/signal in the room in which the WhatsUp machine and GSM modem
reside
To add or edit a SMS direct action:
1
2
Access the Action Library.
Click New to create a new SMS direct action or from the list of current actions, select the
action you want to change, and then click Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Phone number. Type the cell phone number(s) of the intended SMS message
recipients. You can enter multiple phone numbers, separated by a comma. For
example: 555-555-5555, 55 555 55 55 55, (555) 555 5555
Note: All non-numeric characters, other than the comma, such as "-" and ".", are ignored.
There is a 2,000 character limit in this field, so you can enter many numbers.

COM Port. Select the COM port you want to use with this notification.
Note: The list displays all ports associated with the GSM modem, including virtual and hardwired, serial ports. You must select the port that is assigned to the modem in the Windows
Device Manager.
The New/Edit SMS Direct Action dialog contains two tabs. Select a tab to configure
message settings.

The Message tab contains options pertaining to the message sent as the result of an
active or passive monitor.
Type a text message, plus any desired percent variable codes. If you use percent
variables, the character count is greatly increased.
Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message may be broken into up to three
parts and is sent as separate messages ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.), each message containing up to
140 characters, for a total of up to 420 characters. Spaces are included in the character count.
282
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

The Alert Center Message tab contains options pertaining to the message that is to
be sent from an WhatsUp Gold Alert Center notification.
Type a text message, plus any desired percent variable codes. If you use percent
variables, the character count is greatly increased.
Tip: To enter Alert Center percent variables, right click inside the message box.
Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message may be broken into up to three
parts and is sent as separate messages ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.), each message containing up to
140 characters, for a total of up to 420 characters. Spaces are included in the character count.
4
Click OK to save changes.
Adding and editing a SSH Action
This action connects to remote devices via SSH to execute commands or scripts.
To add or edit an SSH action:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
2 Click New and select SSH Action from the list to create a new SSH action. Click OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

IP address. Type the IP address of the device to which you want to connect using
SSH.
Note: You can enter %Device.Address into the IP Address field; however, an SSH action that
does not specify a specific IP address in this field is not available in the Recurring Actions
wizard.

Command to run. Type the command to be run and executed on the remote device.
This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for example, a
Unix shell command or a perl script.
Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed,
tested, and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support
manipulation of the remote script.
283
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
SSH credential. Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold uses to
connect to the remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp
Gold uses the SSH credential assigned to the device for which the IP address is listed
above. If the appropriate SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH
credentials assigned, browse (...) to the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure
a set of credentials.
Click OK to save changes.

4
Adding and editing a Syslog Action
When a device does not respond to polling, you can send a Syslog message to a host that is
running a Syslog server.
To add or edit a Syslog action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New and select Syslog Action from the list to create a new Syslog action. Click OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Syslog Server. Type the IP address of the machine that is running the Syslog server.

Port. Type the UDP port that the Syslog listener is listening on. The default port is 514.
Message. Type a text message to send to the Syslog server. This message may include
notification variables. The Syslog message box limits input to 511 characters. If
notification variables are used, then the message that actually gets sent is limited to
1023 bytes, in order to comply with the Syslog protocol. Non-visible ASCII characters
such as tabs and line feeds are replaced by space characters.
Click OK to save changes.

4
Note: If you attempt to run another application on the same system that also listens on the
same Syslog port as WhatsUp Gold, the error message Unable to Open Socket displays.
The WhatsUp Gold Syslog listener runs on Port 514 by default. This port can be configured in
the console at Configure > Program Options > Passive Monitor Listeners > Syslog.
Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools >
Running Actions.
284
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using the Email Action
The Email Action sends an SMTP mail message to a specific email account. An Email Action
can also be used as an email notification in the WhatsUp Gold Alert Center. While you can
configure this action on both the console and web interface, you can only configure the Alert
Center notification message on the web. For more information, see Configuring an Alert Center
email notification (on page 736).
Adding and editing an Email Action
The Email Action sends an SMTP mail message to a specific email account. An Email Action
can also be used as an email notification in the WhatsUp Gold Alert Center.
To add or edit an Email action:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
2 Click New, then select E-mail Action from the list to create a new E-mail action. Click
OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Complete the appropriate information for the following fields.
4

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.
Complete the information on the Configuration tab. This tab contains options
pertaining to the action email destination.

SMTP Mail Server. Type the IP address or Host (DNS) name of your email server
(SMTP mail host).

Port. Type the port number on which the SMTP server is installed.

Timeout. Type the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for user authentication on the
SMTP server. The authentication fails if this time limit is exceeded.

Mail To. Type the email addresses to which you want to send the alert. Email
addresses must be fully qualified. You can enter two addresses, separated by commas
(but no spaces). The address should not contain brackets, braces, quotes, or
parentheses.

Mail From. Type the email address you want to appear in the From field of the email
that is sent by the Email action.

SMTP server requires authentication. Check this option if your SMTP server uses
authentication. This enables the Username and Password fields.
The Email action supports three authentication types:

CRAM-MD5

login

plain
285
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
The authentication type is not configurable. It is negotiated with the SMTP server
automatically.

Username. Type the username for SMTP authentication.

Password. Type the password of the username for authentication.
Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS). Check this option if your SMTP server
requires the data to be encrypted over a TLS connection (formerly known as SSL).
5 Complete the information on the Mail Content tab. This tab contains options
pertaining to the action email message content.


Subject. Type a text message or edit the default message. You can use percent
variable codes to display specific information in the subject.

Message body. Type a text message or edit the default message. You can use percent
variable codes to display specific information in the message body.
Tip: You can add a link to either or both the Device Status and Mobile Device Status reports
by clicking the appropriate button.
6
Complete the information on the Alert Center Settings tab. This tab contains options
pertaining to the message sent from WhatsUp Gold Alert Center.

Alert Center email subject. Type a subject for the message. This text appears as the
subject in the email that is sent by the Alert Center notification. This subject can
include percent variables.
Tip: To include Alert Center percent variables, right click inside the above field.

Alert Center Link. Select Include hyperlink to Alert Center in the email content to
include a link to the Alert Center home page in the email message sent by the Alert
Center notification.

Select to use either HTTP or HTTPS in the link address.

Select to either Use dynamic address or Use static hostname or IP address. If
you select to use the dynamic address, WhatsUp Gold automatically generates the
URL using the current IP address or hostname at the time the action runs.

When static hostname or IP address is selected, specify the Hostname or IP
address to include in the link address.

Specify the Port to include in the link address.
Important: The address you enter here must be the exact address of the Alert Center home
page to which you want to connect. Verify the address and enter its exact contents in the
above options.
7
Click OK to save the changes.
286
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding and editing a SNMP Set Action
This action sends an SNMP Set to a device in order to change a specific SNMP action. You can
configure SNMP Set actions to perform a number of tasks, including rebooting a device,
changing the state of a network remotely, disabling or enabling a device feature, etc.
The SNMP Set action can use any SNMP credential defined in the WhatsUp Gold Credential
Library and supports all types of writable objects (strings, integers, timeticks, etc.).
If the action operation fails, errors are reported to the Action log.
To add or edit a SNMP Set action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New, then select SNMP Set from the list to create a new SNMP Set action. Click OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

IP address. Type the IP address or hostname of the device to which the action to send
the SNMP Set.

SNMP Credential. Select the SNMP credential that the action is to use. This list is
populated with credentials currently configured in the Credentials Library.

Object Identifier. Type the object identifier (OID) that the action is to use.

Instance. Type the instance that coincides with the OID that the action is to use.
Tip: You can browse (...) to select both the OID and instance.

Value Type. Select the type of written object the action is to use.

Value to set. Type a value for the type you selected.
Note: The action only allows you to set one value at a time.
4
5
Click Advanced and change the default advanced settings (optional).

SNMP Timeout. Use the slider to select the amount of time (in seconds) that you
want WhatsUp Gold to wait before it generates an error while attempting to perform
the action.

Number of Retries. Use the slider to select the number of times you want WhatsUp
Gold to attempt the action.
Click OK to save changes.
287
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding and editing a Sound Action
The sound file can be assigned to an action by creating an Action policy, or by adding an
action to a specific device. For more information.
Note: The Desktop Actions application must be running for the Sound and Text-to-Speech
actions to work. For more information, see About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions
applications.
Note: If you want to bring the text-to-speech action sound to a Windows 2003 or Windows
2008 server class remote desktop (RDP) system, you need to enable audio mapping for the
remote system Terminal Services Configuration.
1. In Windows, click Start > Run, in the Run dialog type TSCC.msc, then click OK.
2. In the Connections folder, double-click RDP-tcp. The RDP-TCP Properties dialog appears.
3. Select the Client Settings tab, then click to clear the Audio Mapping check box.
When enabled, the text-to-speech action sound only plays on the remote desktop system.
To add or edit a sound action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New, then select Sound Action from the list to create a new Sound action. Click
OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Sound file name. Type the full path to the sound file, or click the folder icon to select
it from your computer. The sound file name is located on the server where WhatsUp is
running.

Continuous play. Select this option to have the sound play continuously until the
Cancel Sound button is clicked on the main WhatsUp Gold toolbar.
Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools >
Running Actions.
4
Click OK to save changes.
288
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding and editing a Service Restart Action
After you configure this Action, you can start or stop a Windows service when another device
or monitor experiences a state change. In order for the Service Restart Action to work:

Both the WhatsUp Gold computer and the target device (where the Windows service
is to restart) must have identical user accounts.

The Ipswitch WhatsUp Engine service needs to log on as a user account that belongs
to the administrators group and that exists on the target machine.
To set up the service restart action:
1 Click Windows Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services. Right click Ipswitch
WhatsUp Engine, then select Properties.
2 Click the Log On tab, select Log on as: This account, then type the user name and
password.
Important: If the service that is to be stopped or started by the action is running on a
Windows XP machine, then the machine requires the following settings.
Set Local Security settings. Click Local Security Settings > Local Policies >
Security Options > Network Access: Sharing and security model for local
accounts > Classic - local users authenticate as themselves.
3 In the Action Library, in the Service Restart action properties, complete the appropriate
information:


Name. Type a name of the action. This displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description for the action. This displays in the Action Library
along with the entry Name.

Host. Click the browse button to select the desired host from your Network
Neighborhood.

User name (domain\username). Type a user login to use with this monitor. In order
to monitor the service on another machine, the WinEvent monitor has to be
configured with the correct user name and password and a user account that belongs
to the administrators group on the remote machine. If a domain account is used, then
the expected user name is domain\user. If the device is on a workgroup, there are two
possible user names: workgroup name\user or machine name\user. No user name and
password is needed for local services (services on the machine where WhatsUp Gold is
running).

Password. Type the password for the login used above.
To monitor Windows services on a XP machine with an account that has empty
password, the XP Local Security Settings might have to be modified:
From Administrative tools > Local Security Settings, select Security Settings >
Local Policies > Security Options. Next, right click on Account: Limit local account
use of blank passwords to console logon only, then click Properties, and select
Disable.
289
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Service. Click the browse (...) button to select the desired service associated with your
host.

Command. Use the list box to select either Start or Stop, depending on whether you
want the associated alert to Start or Stop the service you have selected.
Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools >
Running Actions.
Adding and Editing a Web Alarm Action
For more information on how Web Alarms work, see the Working with Web Alarms topic.
To add or edit a Web alarm action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New, then select Web Alarm from the list to create a new Web alarm action. Click
OK.
- or Select the Web Alarm you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click
Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.
4

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Message. Type a short message to send to the visual cue part of the Web Alarm in the
web interface. You can use percent variable codes to display specific information in
the message body.

Play Sound. Select this option to play the sound file whenever a web alarm action
fires. Clear this option to only have the visual cue appear in the Web Interface.

Sound file name. Select a sound file that is installed in your \Program
Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\HTML\Nm.Web.UI\WebSounds directory. Custom
sounds added to this directory appear in the drop-down list.
Click OK to save changes.
Note: For Web Alarms to work properly, your browser must support embedded sound files.
The Web Alarm popup window
When a Web Alarm Action fires, and you are logged in to the WhatsUp Gold web interface,
the Web Alarm popup box appears in your browser. From here, you can dismiss one or all of
the alarms listed. You can also mute them. Muting an alarm leaves the alarm listed, but stops
the alarm from sounding.
Note: You cannot disable Web Alarms from the popup window.
290
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: If there are web alarms in the list with different sounds configured for each, the oldest
web alarm's sound takes priority. To hear a new or different sound for a web alarm, dismiss
the previous web alarm from the list.
To access more information on one of the devices listed in the popup window, double-click
the device to bring up its Device Status Dashboard.
Note: In order for a WhatsUp Gold user to view the Web Alarm popup window and hear the
alarm that sounds, a user account must have the Manage Devices user right enabled. For
more information, see About user rights.
Enabling and disabling Web Alarms
While you can mute and dismiss Web Alarms from the Web Alarms popup window, you
cannot disable, or turn them off, from there. Instead, you enable and disable Web Alarms on
the web interface on the Preferences dialog (click your username in the upper right of the
application and clear Enable web alarms). You can also adjust the Web Alarms check interval
from the User Preferences dialog. The Check every box indicates the number of seconds
WhatsUp Gold waits before checking for new Web Alarms.
By default, Web Alarms are enabled on the web interface and are checked every 120 seconds.
Accessing Web Alarms on the web interface
There are two places users can access Web Alarms from the WhatsUp Gold web interface:
The Web Alarm window. Click Devices > Web Alarms. The Web Alarms dialog appears.
The Web Alarms dashboard report. This is an optional dashboard report you can add to a
view on the Home Dashboard. This report displays recent Web Alarms.
You can also create a dynamic group to provide easy access to your current network Web
Alarms. For more information on Dynamic Groups in WhatsUp Gold, please see Configuring
Dynamic Groups (on page 80).
Adding and Editing a Windows Event Log Action
This action allows you to configure log messages to post to the Windows Event Viewer.
To add or edit a Windows Event log action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
Click New to create a new Windows Event log action. Select Windows Event Log from
the list, then click OK.
- or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit.
291
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.Specify the Source for the messages that are logged to the
Windows Event Viewer. The default source is the Ipswitch WhatsUp Log Action.

Source. The origin of messages logged to the Windows Event Viewer. The default
source is the Ipswitch WhatsUp Log Action.

Event ID. Type an event ID for the messages that are logged to the Windows Event
Viewer. The default event ID is 1000, the WhatsUp engine event ID.

Level. Select a level for messages logged to the Windows Event Viewer. You can
select Error, Warning, or Information. The default level is Error.

Log Message. Type a log message that displays in the Windows Event Viewer. This
message supports percent variables. The default log message is:
%Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames is %Device.State on %Device.Type:
%Device.HostName (%Device.Address).
Details:
Monitors that are down include: %Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames
Monitors that are up include: %Device.ActiveMonitorUpNames
Notes on this device (from device property page):
%Device.Notes
---------------------------------------This message was logged on %System.Date at %System.Time
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold
Tip: Right-click in the Log Message field to select the percent variables you would like to use
in the action.
4
Click OK to save changes.
Using the WinPopup Action
The WinPopup Action displays a user-specified message in a pop-up window on a Windows
NT system.
To configure a WinPopup Action:
1
2
Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. The Action Library dialog appears.
In the Action Library, do one of the following:
Click New, then select WinPopup Action from the list. Click OK.
- or Select an existing WinPopup Action, then click Edit. The Action Properties page appears.
292
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
4
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Enter an identifying name for this winpopup action.

Description. Enter a short description of the action. This is displayed in the Action
Library along with the entry in Name.

Destination. Specify the Windows NT host or domain that you want to receive this
notification.

Message. Enter a text message using percent variables (on page 293) if needed.

Refresh. Click this button to refresh the Destination list. This populates the list with
all of the targets you can choose in which to send a winpopup action.
Click OK to save changes.
About Percent Variables
Percent variables allow you to customize the message notification sent from an action.
These variables can be used in all of the WhatsUp Gold actions, though we do not
recommend that you use them in the Active Script Action, as they may cause the action's
code to break.
Percent Variables
You can customize an action's message by adding any of the percent variables in the
following table.
Note: We do not recommend that you use percent variables in script text (Active Script
Action), because they may resolve to text containing special characters (' ' (quotes), " "
(double-quotes), % (percent), new line characters, and the like) that may break your script.
Active Monitor Variables
Description
%ActiveMonitor.Argument
SNMP instance number. This is only used when an
action is associated directly with an active monitor,
and not the device as a whole.
%ActiveMonitor.Comment
The human readable name that coincides with the
network switch. This is only used when an action is
associated directly with an active monitor, and not
the device as a whole.
%ActiveMonitor.Name
The name of the active monitor that fired an action.
This is only used when an action is associated
directly with an active monitor, and not the device as
a whole.
%ActiveMonitor.NetworkInterfaceAddress IP address for the network interface. This is only used
when an action is associated directly with an active
monitor, and not the device as a whole.
293
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Active Monitor Variables
Description
%ActiveMonitor.Payload
The payload returned by a WMI, Exchange, SQL,
SNMP or Active Script active monitor. This is only
used when an action is associated directly with an
active monitor and not the devices as a whole.
For Active Script Active Monitors, the payload is the
text that is passed to the SetResult() method in
the script.
%ActiveMonitor.State
The Current status of the monitor, such as "Down at
least 5 min." This is only used when an action is
associated directly with an active monitor, and not
the device as a whole.
Device Variables
Description
%Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames
List of down services using the abbreviated name if
available.
%Device.ActiveMonitorUpNames
Full service names of all UP monitored services on a
device.
%Device.Address
IP address (from device properties).
%Device.Attribute.[Attribute
Name]
Returns an attribute from the SNMP information available
for the device, such as the Contact name. To specify the
attribute, append the category name (listed below) to the
end of the variable. For example:
%Device.Attribute.Contact, returns the contact
name.
Default categories:
· *. Returns all attributes
· Info1. Upgrade path from v8
· Info2. Upgrade path from v8
· Contact. Contact information from SNMP
· Location. Location information from SNMP
· Description. Description information from SNMP
· Custom. If you have created a custom attribute you can
use the name of that custom attribute in the percent
variable.
Example:
%Device.Attribute.Phone
%Device.Attribute.RackPosition
To avoid an error, always place a space or line break after
the attribute name.
294
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Device Variables
Description
%Device.DatabaseID
Returns the database ID of a device.
%Device.DisplayName
Display Name (from General of device properties)
%Device.HostName
Host Name (from General of device properties)
%Device.Notes
Notes. (Notes are from the device properties Notes)
%Device.SNMPOid
SNMP Object identifier.
%Device.State
The state's description (such as "Down at least 2 min" or
"Up at least 5 min")
%Device.Status
This shows the name of the active monitor, preceded by
the device state id : 10|DNS
%Device.Type
Device Type (from General of device properties)
Passive Monitor Variables
Description
%PassiveMonitor.DisplayName
The name of the monitor as it appears in the Passive
Monitor Library.
%PassiveMonitor.LoggedText
Detailed Event description. (SNMP traps - Returns
the full SNMP trap text.) (Windows Log Entries Returns information contained in the Windows
Event Log entries.) (Syslog Entries - Returns the text
contained in the Syslog message.)
%PassiveMonitor.Payload.*
Payload generated by a passive monitor.
%PassiveMonitor.Payload.EventType
The type of passive monitor (Syslog, Windows Event,
or SNMP Trap)
%PassiveMonitor.Payload.LogicalSource
Shows the device's logical IP address.
%PassiveMonitor.Payload.PhysicalSource Shows the device's physical IP address.
System Variables
Description
%System.Date
The current system date. Configure the date format in
Regional Options (from Program Options)
%System.DisplayNamesDownDevices
Display names of devices with down monitors
%System.DisplayNamesDownMonitors
Shows the name of a device and each monitor that is
down on that device. The format of the response is 'device
name':'monitor 1','monitor 2','...'
Example: ARNOR: FTP, HTTPS, Ping
%System.DisplayNamesUpDevices
Display names of up devices
295
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
System Variables
Description
%System.DisplayNamesUpMonitors
Shows the name of a device and each monitor that is up
on that device. The format of the response is 'device
name':'monitor 1','monitor 2','...'
Example: ARNOR: FTP, HTTPS, Ping
%System.InstallDir
Displays the directory on which WhatsUp Gold is installed
%System.NumberofDownDevices
Number of down devices on your network
%System.NumberOfDownMonitors
Shows the number of down monitors on your network
%System.NumberofUpDevices
Number of up devices on your network
%System.NumberOfUpMonitors
Shows the number of up monitors on your network
%System.Time
The current system time. The format is hh:mm:ss
Testing an action
After you create an action, you can test it to make sure it works properly. You must access
WhatsUp Gold through the console to access the Test option.
To test an action:
1
From the WhatsUp Gold console, click Configure, then click Action Library. The Action
Library appears.
2 In the Action Library, select the action you want to test.
3 Click Test.
4 Review the action in the Action Progress dialog. Click Details to view more information
about the progress of the action.
Assigning an action
After you configure an action in the Action Library, you must add it to the individual devices
and monitors for which you want to receive notifications or related tasks performed.
You can assign one or more individual actions to a device, or an instance of an active or
passive monitor assigned to a single device.
Note: When you assign an action to a device or monitor, an instance of that action is added
to the device or monitor. Changes that you make to the action's configuration via the Action
Library affect all instances of that action. For example, if you assign an action to four separate
devices and then make changes from the Action Library, all four instances of that action
adopt the changes.
296
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Assigning an action to a device
To assign an action to a device:
1 In the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Actions. The Device Properties - Actions dialog appears; the Apply individual
actions option is selected by default.
3 Click Add. The Action Builder appears; you can choose to add an action from the Action
Library, or create a new action.
4 Follow the directions in the Action Builder wizard.
5 At the end of the wizard, click Finish to add the action to the monitor.
6 On the Device Properties dialog, click OK to save changes.
Assigning an action to an active monitor
As you configure active monitors for a device, you have the opportunity to assign actions;
however, it is not required that you assign them at that time. If you decide to assign an action
to the monitor at a later time, you can do so through the device Properties.
To assign an action to an active monitor:
1 In the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears.
3 Select the monitor to which you would like to assign an action, then click Edit. The Set
Polling Properties dialog appears.
4 Make any adjustments to polling selections, then click Next. The Setup Actions for
Monitor State Change dialog appears. The Apply individual actions option is selected
by default.
5 Click Add. The Action Builder appears; you can choose to add an action from the Action
Library, or create a new action.
6 Follow the directions in the Action Builder wizard.
7 At the end of the wizard, click Finish to add the action to the monitor.
8 On the Device Properties dialog, click OK to save changes.
Assigning an action to a passive monitor
As you configure passive monitors for a device, you have the opportunity to assign actions;
however, it is not require that you assign them at that time. If you decide to assign an action
to the monitor at a later time, you can do so through the device Properties.
To assign an action to a passive monitor:
1 In the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device
Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Passive Monitors. The Device Properties -Passive Monitors dialog appears.
3 Select the monitor to which you would like to assign an action, then click Edit. The
monitor properties dialog appears.
4 Click Add. The Action Builder appears.
297
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
6
7
Select the action you would like to assign to the monitor.
Optionally, create a Blackout Schedule.
Click OK to add the action to the monitor.
Removing an action
Because actions are assigned to devices and monitors on an individual basis, actions can only
be removed on the device- and monitor-level, and must be deleted from the Action Library.
Additionally, if you have assigned action policies to your devices, you can remove the action
from the policy itself.
When you remove an action from a device or monitor, the action still exists in the Active
Monitor Library and is available for use with other devices and monitors. When you delete an
action, you remove it from the database, and from all devices and monitors to which it is
assigned; further, all log data related to the action is lost. Therefore, we recommend that you
only delete an action when you are absolutely positive that you will not use it in the future,
and feel that the related log data is not useful to your monitoring records.
Removing an action from a device
To remove an action from a device:
1 From Details or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to remove the
active monitor, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Actions. The Device Properties - Actions dialog appears.
3 Select the action you want to remove, then click Remove. A dialog appears and asks
you if you are sure you want to remove the action.
4 Click OK to remove the action.
Removing an action from an active monitor
To remove an action from an active monitor:
1
2
3
4
5
6
From the Device or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to remove the
action, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears.
Select the monitor from which you want to remove the associated action, then click
Edit. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears.
Click Next. The Actions associated with the active monitor are listed.
Select the action you want to remove, then click Remove. A dialog appears and asks
you if you are sure you want to remove the action.
Click Yes to remove the action, then click Finish.
Removing an action from a passive monitor
To remove an action from a passive monitor:
1
From the Details or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to remove the
action, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Passive Monitors. The Device Properties - Passive Monitors dialog appears.
3 Select the monitor from which you want to remove the associated action, then click
Edit. The Passive Monitor Properties dialog appears.
298
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
Under Actions for this passive monitor, select the action that you would like to
remove, then click Remove. A dialog appears and asks you if you are sure you want to
remove the action.
5 Click OK to remove the action.
Creating a Blackout Period
You can create a Blackout Period to have WhatsUp Gold suspend specific actions during a
scheduled period of time. Use this feature to keep from sending a notification to someone
who is on vacation, or to keep from sounding a Web Alarm when there is no one near-by to
hear the alert.
Note: Polling dependencies & blackouts only apply to the collection of device active
monitors.
To create a Blackout period:
1 On the device from which you want to create a Blackout Period, right-click, then select
Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Actions. The Device Properties - Actions dialog appears.
3 Select the action for which you want to create the Blackout Period, then click Edit. The
monitor properties dialog appears.
4 Click Edit. The Action Builder appears.
5 Click Blackout Period. The Weekly Blackout Schedule dialog appears.
6 Set the times for which you want the blackout to occur.
Note: The schedule that you set is repeated weekly.
7
Click OK.
Action Policies
Action policies allow you to group or sequence multiple actions together for use on any
device or monitor.
If you make changes to actions in a policy, the changes are applied to all of the devices and
monitors that use that particular policy.
For more information, see:

Adding and editing Action Policies (on page 300)

Configuring an implicit Action Policy (on page 301)
299
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Creating an action policy
To create an action policy:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Policy Library. The Action Policies dialog
appears.
2 Click New. The New Action Policy dialog appears.
3 Enter a name in Policy name. This name is used to identify the policy later, so you
should make sure the name is something that helps you remember what is contained in
this policy.
4 Click Add. The Action Builder wizard appears.
5 Follow the directions in the wizard.
6 Click Finish at the end of the wizard to add the action to the policy.
7 Add as many actions as you need to complete the policy. You can move actions up and
down in the list by clicking Up and Down above the action list.
If you select Only execute first action, WhatsUp Gold executes the actions in the list for
each state, starting at the top, and stops as soon as an action successfully fires.
8 After you have added all of the you would like for the policy, click OK to create the
policy and add it to the active list.
Note: During Device Discovery, you can assign an existing action policy (if one has been
created previously), create a simple action policy through a wizard, or access the Action
Policy Editor to create an action policy yourself.
Assigning an Action Policy to a Device
To assign an action policy to a device:
1
In Device or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties
dialog appears.
2 Click Actions. The Actions dialog appears.
3 Select Apply this Action Policy.
4 Click the list and select the action policy to apply.
Note: If the list is empty, click browse (...) and create a new action policy. Click Add to access
the Action Builder dialog.
5
Click OK to save changes.
After an action has been added to the device, the action fires when that device reaches the
specified state.
300
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Adding and Editing an Action Policy
To add or edit an action policy:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Policy Library. The Action Policies dialog
appears.
2 Click New to create a new action policy.
- or Select the policy you want to change from the list of current action policies, and then
click Edit.
3 Complete the appropriate information for the following fields.
4

Policy Name. Type a name for the policy. The name should be something you can
easily associate with the actions performed in the policy.

Actions in the policy. This list shows all of the actions configured for this policy. The
list displays which state change triggers what action.

Click Add to configure an action to add to the policy.

Select an action on the list and click Edit to change how the action is configured.

Select and action on the list and click Delete to remove the action from the list.

Select Only execute first action (for each state) to keep from firing multiple
actions assigned to the current policy.

Use the Up and Down arrows to change the order of the actions.
Click OK to save changes.
Configuring an implicit action policy
The Implicit Action policy automatically assigns actions to all devices in your database. You
cannot opt out of the Implicit Action policy.
Note: The Implicit Action Policy only assigns actions to devices. You must create separate
action policies for device monitors.
If at any time during the normal operation of WhatsUp Gold you notice that actions are firing
and you cannot find the action associated to the down device or monitor, remember to check
the Implicit Action Policy.
Note: In previous versions of WhatsUp Gold, the Web Alarm action was included in the
Implicit Action Policy. This is no longer true in Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold. For more information
on the Web Alarm action, see About Web Alarms (on page 117).
301
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure the Implicit Action Policy
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Policy Library. The Action Policies dialog
appears.
2 Select the Implicit Action Policy, then click Edit. The Edit Action Policy dialog appears.

To add an action to the policy, click Add.

To modify an action in the policy, select it, then click Edit.

To delete an action from the policy, select it, then click Remove.

To have WhatsUp Gold execute only the first action in the list for each state, and stop
when that action fires successfully, select Only execute first action.
Tip: Use Up and Down to modify an action's placement in the list.
3
Click OK to save changes.
Example: getting an Email alert when the Web server fails
This example shows how to set up monitoring for your Web server so that an email alert is
sent when the Web server fails, or when web content is not available.
First, you need to set up the monitors for your web server. Then, create an Email Action and
assign it to the monitors.
Setting up monitors for a Web server and creating an Email Action that is assigned to
monitors:
1
In either Details or Map View, right-click on the web server device, then select
Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears.
3 Click Add. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
4 Use the following dialogs to add the HTTP active monitor to your web server device; this
monitor checks that HTTP (port 80) is active.
a) On the Select Active Monitor Type dialog, select HTTP, then click Next. The Set Polling
Properties dialog appears.
b) Ensure that the default settings are selected (Enable polling for this Active Monitor
and Use default network interface), then click Next. The Setup Actions for Monitor
State Changes dialog appears.
c) Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Select or Create Action dialog
appears.
d) Select Create a new action, then click Next. The Select Action Type dialog appears.
e) In the Select the actions type to create list, select E-Mail Action, then click Next. The
Select State Change dialog appears.
f) Select Down from the Execute the action on the following state change list, then
click Finish. The New Email Action dialog appears.
302
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
g) Enter the information using your mail and SMTP server settings:
303
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
h) Click Mail Content. The following information is included in the Edit Mail Content tab
and can be customized:
i)
Click OK to save changes and to return to the previous dialog. Click OK again to return
to the Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes dialog, then click Finish.
Setting up an HTTP Content active monitor with an email alert:
1
In either Details or Map View, right-click on the web server device, then select
Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears.
2 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears.
3 Click Add. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears.
4 Use the same process to add the HTTP active monitor; this monitor checks that the Web
server returns valid content in response to an HTTP request.
a) On the Select Active Monitor Type dialog, select HTTP, then click Next. The Set Polling
Properties dialog appears.
b) Ensure that the default settings are selected (Enable polling for this Active Monitor
and Use default network interface), then click Next. The Setup Actions for Monitor
State Changes dialog appears.
304
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
c) Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Select or Create Action dialog
appears.
d) Select Select an action from the Action Library, then click Next. The Select Action
and State dialog appears.
e) Under Select an action from th Action Library, select MailtoWebmaster. This is the
action that you created in the previous steps.
f) Under Execute the actions on the following state change, select Down, then click
Finish to save the changes and return to the Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes
dialog.
g) On the Select Action and State dialog, select MailtoWebmaster, then click Finish to
save the changes and return to the Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes dialog.
h) Click Finish.
The two active monitors and resulting email actions are now enabled.
When the Web server is down, the HTTP Active Monitor fails and triggers the Email
Action, which sends an email message similar to the following:
Web1 is down on server: web1.YourDomain.com (192.168.5.5)
Details:
Monitors that are down include:
Monitors that are up include:
HTTP Content
Notes on this device (from device property page):
Lamar Bldg; 2nd floor
----------------------This mail was sent on 11/28/2007 at 15:34:01
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold
If the Web server cannot return web content, the Email Action report reads:
HTTP Content is down on server: web1.YourDomain.com (192.168.5.5)
Any details or notes specified in the action are also reported.
305
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Using Scripting Actions
Active Script Actions can be configured to trigger when an active monitor's state changes.
They can be programmed to perform a variety of tasks, from running automated remediation
scripts to posting data to external, third party services via API.
Note: Please be aware that Ipswitch does not support the custom scripts that you create;
only the ability to use them in the Active Script Monitor.
For more information, see Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting (on page 909).
Adding and editing an Active Script Action
This action allows you to write either VBScript or JScript code to perform a customized action.
If the script returns an error code, the action failed.
To add or edit an active script action:
1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library.
2 Click New to create a new active script action, and then select Active Script Action
from the list. Click OK.
- or From the list of current actions, select the action you want to change, and then click
Edit.
3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library.

Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in
the Action Library.

Timeout. The amount of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold should wait for the action
script to run.
Note: Though the maximum timeout is 60 seconds, you are highly discouraged from using a
timeout longer than the default of 10 seconds. You are encouraged to use the shortest
timeout possible.

Script type. Select the scripting language that you want to use to write this active
script (either VBScript or JScript).

Script text. Write or insert your action code here.
Note:It is not recommend that you use percent variables in script text, because they may
resolve to text containing special characters (' ' (quotes), " " (double-quotes), % (percent),
new line characters, and the like) that may break your script.
This script action has a context object you can use to get specific information about the
context of the action.
306
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
We have provided several code samples for you to create useful script actions for your
devices.
All script features in WhatsUp Gold utilize the SNMP API.
Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools >
Running Actions.
Select a Device
Use this dialog to select the device(s) for which to add.
Click + to expand the preferred device group. The device list displays.
Select a single device, multiple devices, or device group from the list, then click OK.
Dynamic Groups - Delete Devices
Use this dialog to confirm that you want to delete the selected device(s) from a WhatsUp
Gold dynamic group.
The devices you select to delete are shown in the Display Name column, and the groups in
which those devices exist are listed in the Groups column.
Select the devices you want to delete, then click OK to remove the device permanently from
WhatsUp Gold.
Caution: Devices deleted from this dialog are removed completely from WhatsUp Gold and
cannot be recovered. All configuration information and historical data about deleted devices
is discarded.
Configure Data Collection Advanced Settings
Use the following data collection settings for WhatsUp Gold to use as it attempts to collect
data on the current device.

Timeout. Enter the time (in seconds) that you want WhatsUp Gold to wait before it
throws an error while attempting to collect data on a device.

Retry. Enter the number of times you want WhatsUp Gold to attempt collecting data,
when the device does not respond.

Determine uniqueness by. This option is relevant to the Disk, Memory, and Interface
performance monitors. Select to determine uniqueness by:

Interface index. Select to determine uniqueness by the interface index.
307
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Interface description. Select to determine uniqueness by the interface description.
This prevents interruptions in data gathering if a re-index occurs. This option is not
relevant for CPUs because most Windows machine CPUs are named "Intel."

Poll interface traffic counters. This option allows you to select either the default 32bit counters, or high capacity 64-bit counters. Most devices support 32-bit counters,
but a device with SNMP v2 or v3 counters can use the high capacity counters.
Important: If you monitor high capacity counters for a device, make sure that the device has
a v2 or v3 credential assigned to it.
Note: If you do not select the Interface Utilization Performance Monitor to be used during
the discovery scan for the device, 64-bit high capacity counters will not be used to poll
interface traffic counters. After the discovery scan has completed, you will have to manually
change the device's polling properties in the device properties to use the high capacity
counters.
Using Network Tools to view real-time data
WhatsUp Gold includes two network tools you can use to view real-time data on network
devices, the Web Task Manager and Web Performance Manager. These network tools provide
the capability to view real-time device data directly from the WhatsUp Gold web interface.
Network Interfaces
This dialog displays all network interfaces currently configured for the device. Ipswitch
WhatsUp Gold monitors all interfaces listed here, displaying the worst state of the interfaces
as the device status.

Click Add to configure a new network interface.

Select an interface from the list and click Edit to make changes to the settings for that
interface.

Select an interface and click Remove to delete it from the list.

Select an interface and click Set default to make the current device the default
interface.
Add/Edit Network Interface

Polling type. Select the type of polling you want WhatsUp Gold to use for this device.

ICMP (TCP/UDP)

IPX

NetBIOS
Note:If NetBIOS is selected, the Host Name box must contain a valid NetBIOS name.
308
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
If IPX is selected, the Address box must contain a valid IPX address.
If NetBIOS or IPX is selected, you cannot monitor TCP/IP services on this device.

Poll using. Select if you want WhatsUp Gold to use the IP address or the Host name
(DNS) of the device for polling.

Host name (DNS). This should be the official network name of the device if the
polling method is ICMP. The network name must be a name that can be resolved to
an IP address. If the polling method is NetBIOS or IPX, this must be the NetBIOS or IPX
name.

Address. Enter an IP or IPX address.
Ping Advanced Settings
Use this dialog to set advanced ping data collection settings.

Timeout. The amount of time (in seconds) you want the system to wait before failing
the connection to the computer.

Iterations. The number of times WhatsUp Gold will attempt to send the command
before the device is considered down.
Passive Monitor: Select Event Type
From the list, select the Passive Monitor type that you want to configure for this device, then
click Next to continue.
Monitor Properties - Select Monitor Type
From the type of monitor list, select the active monitor type that you want to configure for
this device. Click the browse (...) button to access the Active Monitor library and configure
new or existing types.
Click Next to continue.
Monitor Properties - Set Polling Interval and Dependencies
Set polling options for the monitor.

Enable polling for this Active Monitor. Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold
poll the Active Monitor. Clear the option to stop polling.

Network interface to use for poll. Select the configured network interface for the
current device.
309
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Passive Monitor: Actions
Configured alerts appear in the list, displaying the action type that is to be fired. You may
have multiple actions on a single monitor.

Click Add to configure an action for the monitor.

Click the hyperlinked Action column to edit the settings for that action.

Select a configured action and click Remove to delete the action from the list.
Monitor Properties - Setup Actions for Device State Changes
On this dialog, you can select an Action Policy to use on this monitor, or configure alerts
specifically for this monitor.
Configured alerts appear in the list, displaying the action type that is to be fired, and the state
change that will trigger the action. You may have multiple actions on a single monitor.
To apply an Action Policy to the monitor, select one from the Action policy pull-down menu.
You can also create a new, or edit an existing action policy by clicking the ... button next to
the pull-down menu box.

Click Add to configure an action for the monitor.

Select a configured action and click Edit to change the settings for that action.

Select a configured action and click Remove to delete the action from the list.
Removing the action from the list also deletes all records for this action (on this
monitor) from the Action Log.
Active Monitor Advanced Properties

Argument. The text entered in this box is appended to the OID for the interface on
the device. By default, it identifies the number used by the SNMP interface.

Comment. User defined text that appears in the Active Monitor list.

Use independent poll frequency for this monitor. Select this option to have the
device polled based on the frequency entered in the Poll frequency box.

Poll frequency. Enter the amount of time (in seconds) between polls for this device.
This box is not available unless the Use independent poll frequency for this monitor
option has been selected.
Note: Independent poll frequency for all monitors is ignored when a monitor is specified as
critical.
310
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
APC UPS Performance Monitor
Use this dialog to configure a global APC UPS Performance Monitor. Global performance
monitors are configured in the Performance Monitor Library and can be applied to a device
via its Properties dialog (on page 121).
This monitor collects statistical output power usage information and graphs APC UPS power
utilization over time.
This monitor detects when UPS devices are close to maximum performance level, and what
time of day networking devices connected to UPS devices are using the most power--both
indicating the need to equally distribute the load across several UPS devices.
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Collection interval. Use the slider to select the amount of time (in minutes) that
WhatsUp Gold should wait between collection attempts.

SNMP Timeout. Use the slider to select the amount of time (in seconds) that you
want WhatsUp Gold to wait before it throws an error while attempting to collect data.

SNMP Retries. Use the slider to select the number of times you want WhatsUp Gold
to attempt collecting data.
Click OK to save changes.
Select Action and State
Select the action you want executed when the selected state change occurs. The Action to
execute pull-down menu is populated by entries in the Actions Library. Click the ... button to
access this library to create new actions, or to edit the actions listed there.
If the action selected is an Up action, then you must make a selection in the Only if the
following state was reached box. If the device reaches this state at any time, then reaches
the Up state, the Up action is fired. This means that the state can change again before it
reaches Up and since it reached at least the selected state, it still fires on the Up state.
Select Maintenance state if you want to fire an action when a device state changes to Up
after it is in Maintenance mode.
Click Blackout period to schedule a blackout time for the action.
Select Credentials
In the credentials list, select the credential to use
- or Click the browse (...) button to browse to the Credentials Library.
311
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Device Dependencies
There are two ways to set dependencies in WhatsUp Gold:

Using Device Properties. Double-click on a device in My Network view (View >
Device View) to display Device Properties, and click the Polling Icon. Click either the
Up Dependencies... or the Down Dependencies... button to bring up the Device
Dependencies dialog and configure the up or down dependency.

Using the Map View. In My Network view, go to View > Map View. Right-click on a
selected device and select Set Dependencies and either Set Up Dependency on or
Set Down Dependency on. The cursor changes to the Set Dependency arrow. Click
on any device in the current group to set the dependency. Selected Display >
Polling Dependency Arrows to view the dependency between the two devices.
In the Map View, you are not able to set dependencies across groups. However, you can
make shortcuts to the devices you want to set dependencies on in a group, and set the
dependencies there.
Device Dependencies dialog
The Device Dependencies dialog is the same for both up and down dependencies with the
exception that one sets up dependencies and the other sets down dependencies. Up
dependencies is signified with a upward green arrow icon, while down dependencies is
signified with a downward red arrow.

Checking the first box on the dialog to either poll only if Any one or Every one of the
active monitors selected below are up or down on device, depending on the type of
dependency you are setting.

To select a device for the dependency, click the browse (...) button.

Choose either All active monitors or Specific active monitors and check the active
monitors you want to associate with the dependency.
The statement at the bottom of the dialog is automatically generated for you to assist you in
understanding the type of dependency you are creating.
An example statement would read:
"ATL145 is dependent on QATEST-WIN2K's FTP and HTP and Ping active monitors being up.
(ATL145 is "behind" QATEST-WIN2K.)"
312
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
About Dynamic Group Properties
You can create a new Dynamic Group using the WhatsUp Gold Dynamic Group Builder or by
using the more advanced dialog to write your own SQL code.
Note: Dynamic groups in the web interface: Dynamic groups do not follow group access
rights. Anyone with the ability to view the device group that a dynamic group is in can access
that dynamic group. However, only devices the user has the ability to view appear in the
group.
To create a new Dynamic Group using the Dynamic Group Builder:
1 Enter a name and description for the new dynamic group:

Group Name. Enter a name for the Dynamic Group as it will appear in the WhatsUp
Gold Device List.
Description (Optional). Enter a short description for the new Dynamic Group. This
description is visible to all users who can open the dynamic group.
2 In Filter, select which groups to search for devices that match the dynamic group
criteria.


Select All devices to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group.

Select All devices in the parent group to show all devices that match the criteria of
the dynamic group and are located in the group in which the dynamic group is
located.
Select All devices in the parent group and its children groups to show all devices
that match the criteria of the dynamic group and are located in the group in which
the dynamic group is located or any of that group's children groups.
Create and edit rules to form an SQL filter for the Dynamic Group.

3
To begin writing the rules for your SQL filter, click Add. The Dynamic Group Editor
appears.
4 In the Dynamic Group Editor, enter the appropriate information (for more information,
see the help topic for this dialog). As you create rules, they are added to the Dynamic
Group Builder dialog where you can add more rules, edit, or delete existing rules by
clicking the Add, Edit, or Delete buttons.
Parentheses (single, double, triple, and quadruple) are available for use in your filter code add them by selecting them from the lists before and after your rules.
You can move existing rules up or down within your filter code by selecting a rule and then
clicking on the Up and Down buttons.
313
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Validating your filter code
Keep in mind that as you configure your rules, the SQL filter is displayed at the bottom of the
Builder dialog. When you are satisfied with the filter code that is displayed, click the Validate
button to test the filter code sytnax. If the test returns no errors, click OK to save the
configured SQL filter and to add the new Dynamic Group to your Device List.
If the code returns errors, either make the needed changes at this time, then click OK.
Additionally, you have the option to save the filter code so that you may edit it at a later time.
You can then select the Dynamic Group from the Device List and right-click, then select
Properties to edit the group filter code.
Converting your filter code
You can convert a Dynamic Group created with the Dynamic Group Builder to the SQL dialog
by clicking the Convert button. It is important to note that once you convert the Dynamic
Group to the SQL dialog, you will not be able to edit the group in the Dynamic Group Builder
again - you will only be able to make changes to the group from the SQL dialog. If you aren't
an advanced SQL user, we recommend that you make a copy of the Dynamic Group so that
you can keep a copy available for edit in the Dynamic Group Builder.
To create a new Dynamic Group using the Advanced SQL dialog:
1 Enter the appropriate information into the following fields:
2

Group name. Enter a name for the dynamic group. This name appears on the device
list.

Description. (Optional) Enter a statement that describes the dynamic group.

SQL Filter. Enter the SQL query statement that retrieves the list you want from the
database. For the dynamic group to appear in your device list, the first line must be
'SELECT DISTINCT nDeviceID'.
Click OK to save and add the Dynamic Group to your Device List.
Validating your filter code
When you are satisfied with the filter code that is displayed, click the Validate button to test
the filter. If it runs as you expect, click OK to save the configured SQL filter and to add the new
Dynamic Group to your Device List. If the code does not run as you expect, but you would still
like to save the filter code so that you may edit it at a later time, click OK. You can then select
the Dynamic Group from the Device List and right-click, then select Properties to edit the
group filter code.
If you do not know how to formulate SQL queries, you can use the WhatsUp Gold Dynamic
Group Builder, or cut and paste filter entries from existing dynamic groups, then edit them to
read data from other tables.
WhatsUp Gold is pre-configured with dynamic group examples, which you can see in the
Devices view, under Device Groups. For more information on these groups, see Using
Dynamic Groups.
314
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
In addition to the pre-configured dynamic groups, we have provided several sample filters for
you to create some very interesting dynamic groups.
Note: You can learn more about the database structure by downloading the database
schema file on the WhatsUp Gold support page
(http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugtechsupport).
Using the Dynamic Group Rule Editor
This is the second dialog of the WhatsUp Gold Dynamic Group Builder. Use this dialog to
create or edit rules for use in the SQL filter for the new group.
Select the desired rule components from the list and enter in a variable in the empty field.
This is a list of rule types available for use with the WhatsUp Gold Dynamic Group Builder.
String rules

Active monitor. Checksthe Active Monitors configured for a device found at Device
Properties > Active Monitors.

Device attribute. Checks for a device Attribute name that matches the criteria
entered in Attribute value. Device attributes are configured on the Device
Properties > Attributes dialog.

Display name. Checks the Display name field found at Device Properties > General.

IP address. Checks the IP address field found at Device Properties > General. Also
checks any additional network interface in the Additional Network Interfaces dialog.

Host name. Checks the Host name field found at Device Properties > General. Also
checks any additional network interface in the Additional Network Interfaces dialog.

Device type. Checks the Device type field found at Device Properties > General.

SNMP OID. Checks the SNMP OID field found at Device Properties > Credentials.
You can choose from six search criteria for the string rule types:

contains

does not contain

is

is not

starts with
315
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

ends with
After choosing a search criteria, you enter a variable to complete the string rule. An example
string rule could read, "Match the following rule where: Device type contains Windows,"
where "Device type" is the rule type, "contains" is the search criteria, and "Windows" is the
variable. This string rule would search for all device types on the network that contain the
word "Windows."
"Yes/No" rules

Has an SNMP credential. Checks the SNMP v1/v2/v3 credentials field found at Device
Properties > Credentials to see if devices have SNMP credentials.

Has a Windows credential. Checks the Windows credentials field found at Device
Properties > Credentials to see if devices have Windows credentials.
Note: Does not apply to Passive Monitors that use credentials.

You have two search criteria to choose from for Yes/No rules:

Yes

No
You do not have to enter a variable for Yes/No rules, because the variable exists in the rule
type itself. For example, if you're searching for devices that do not have SNMP credentials, the
variable is the SNMP credential.
The criteria is whether a device has an SNMP credential (No). An example yes/no rule could
read, "Match the following rule where: Has a Windows credential, Yes," where "Has a Windows
credential" is the variable and "Yes" is the search criteria. This rule would search for devices
that have Windows credentials.
"IP address is within" rules

You can create two types of IP addresses within rules:

the range

a subnet

The range. To create a Dynamic Group consisting of devices within a certain range of
IP addresses, you can create a rule that searches for devices with addresses that fall
between two IP addresses, a lower number address, and a higher number address.
For example, you could create a rule that reads, "Match the following rule where: IP
address is within the range 192.160.1.1. and 192.165.25.255." The rule would search
for all devices with IP addresses that fall between the two addresses and create a new
Dynamic Group with these devices.
316
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

A subnet. To create a Dynamic Group consisting of devices within a certain subnet,
you can create a rule that searches for devices on a specific IP address' subnet. You
will be required to know an IP address and a subnet mask. You can either the subnet
mask or the prefix length of that subnet in the Mask field.
Using the A subnet option requires that you have some knowledge of CIDR notation.
The "IP address is within" rules do not support IPv6 addresses. A full rule should read
something like, "Match the following rule where: IP address starts with 192.6."
Click OK to add the rule to the Dynamic Group Builder dialog.
MIB Walker Advanced Parameters
Use this dialog to configure the advanced parameters for the SNMP MIB Walker network tool.
Enter the appropriate information in the following fields:

Timeout. Enter a value for the timeout (in seconds).
Retries. Enter a value for the number of retries on the search.

Output type. Select the format for which you want the MIB object information
displayed. There are three display formats:
317
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Tree. Lists the MIB object in a tree structure format. This format is most useful in
showing the OID hierarchy.

List - Numeric OIDs. Lists the objects in a tabular format showing OIDs in a row
numeric format. This format is especially helpful if you do not have the MIB file for the
device objects. It provides the raw OID information that you can use in Custom
Performance Monitors and Active Script Performance Monitors. Also, you can click the
individual OID digits to display more or less MIB object information. For example, in
the dialog below, if you click the left-most digit "1" in the OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0, all of
the available sub-nodes display. If you click the right-most digit "1", only the subnodes of this digit display. As you click OID digits, the digits further to the left expand
the sub-node information of the respective digits.
318
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
As you click OID digits further to the right, the sub-node information expands for the
respective digit and therefore more granular sub-node information.
319
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

List - Labels. Lists the objects in a tabular format with user friendly labels. If the MIB
for the object is not loaded, labels will default to numeric OIDs. Click an OID label
name to expand the sub-nodes and view more information.

Maximum number of lines displayed. Select the number of lines you want to view
when the MIB file is searched/traversed. If you want to display all of the contents of
the MIB file, select Unlimited.
Note: This value controls the number of lines the SNMP MIB Walker will render onscreen, not
the number of lines in the MIB file it will process.
Click OK to save the advanced parameters.
Note: After you click OK to return to the SNMP MIB Walker main page, click Walk to see
changes that you made in the Advanced dialog take affect.
320
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Add/Edit WMI Performance Counter
Use this dialog to add a WMI performance counter to the WhatsUp Gold Web Performance
Monitor. This counter will be displayed on the graph within the Web Performance Monitor.
To add a WMI performance counter to the Web Performance Monitor:
1
In the Add WMI Performance Counter dialog, enter the appropriate information into the
following fields:

Descriptive Name. Enter a name for the performance counter. This name is displayed
in the legend below the Web Performance Monitor's graph.
Tip: It is a good idea to leave the name field blank. Typically, when you select a counter
(below) a default display name for the counter is supplied and will display itself in the name
field.
Tip: If you are graphing items from more than one device, it is helpful to include the name of
the device with the counter name, for example, "ServerXYZ: Processor Utilization."

Counter type/Instance. Select a counter by clicking the browse (...) button. After you
select a counter, the Counter type and Instance fields will populate with the type
and instance of the counter you select.

Color. Select a color for the counter by clicking the browse (...) button. This color is
used in the Web Performance Monitor graph for this specific counter. If you are
graphing multiple counters, this color differentiates it from the other counters.

Scale. Use this to change the magnitude of the graphed values. For example, a value
of 100 with a scale of 0.1 will display as 10. A value of 2912 on a scale of 0.01 will
display as 29.12. The raw polled value is multiplied by the scale to determine the
actual graphed value. The default scale is 1.0.
Tip: Scaling is useful when displaying multiple values on the same graph that have
significantly different magnitudes.
2
Click OK to save changes.
Select WMI Performance Counter for WMI monitor
Through this dialog, select the WMI Performance Counter that you want to use in the WMI
monitor you are creating/editing. As you navigate through the performance counters on the
computer you are browsing, information about what that counter or group of counters
consists of appears at the bottom of this dialog.

Select counters from computer. This box shows the computer that you are currently
browsing. If you want to view counters on another computer, click the browse button
next to this box to access the Select Computer dialog.
321
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Performance counter. The counters available on the current system.

Performance instance. The instance names for the counter selected in the
Performance counter list.

Current value. Select this option to display the current value of the counter selected
in the Performance counter and Performance instance lists.
Selecting a Performance Counter
You can select the WMI Performance Counter you want to use in the WMI performance
monitors you create or edit. As you navigate through the performance counters on the
computer you are browsing, information about what that counter or group of counters
consists of appears at the bottom of the dialog.

Computer name. This box shows the computer that you are currently browsing. If
you want to view counters on another computer, click the Browse (...) button next to
this box to select a computer (on page 891).

Performance object. Select a performance object from the box.

Performance counters. The counters available on the current system. Select the
counter and view information about that counter in the box below the list.

Performance instances. The instance names for the counter selected in the
Performance counter list.
Click OK to select the performance counter for use in the monitor.
Add/Edit SNMP Performance Counter
Use this dialog to add (or edit an existing counter) an SNMP performance counter to the
WhatsUp Gold Web Performance Monitor. This counter will be displayed on the graph within
the Web Performance Monitor.
To add a SNMP performance counter to the Web Performance Monitor:
1 In the Add SNMP Performance Counter dialog, enter the appropriate information into
the following fields:

Computer Name. The name of the device connected to the Web Performance
Monitor. This field is automatically populated for you.

Descriptive Name. Enter a name for the performance counter. This name is displayed
in the legend below the Web Performance Monitor's graph.
Tip: It is a good idea to leave the name field blank. Typically, when you select a counter
(below) a default display name for the counter is supplied and will display itself in the name
field.
Tip: If you are graphing items from more than one device, it is helpful to include the name of
the device with the counter name, for example, "ServerXYZ: Processor Utilization."
322
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

OID/Instance. Select a SNMP counter by clicking the browse (...) button. After you
select a counter, the OID and Instance fields will populate with the type and instance
of the counter you select.

Color. Select a color for the counter by clicking the browse (...) button. This color is
used in the Web Performance Monitor graph for this specific counter. If you are
graphing multiple counters, this color differentiates it from the other counters.

Scale. Use this to change the magnitude of the graphed values. For example, a value
of 100 with a scale of 0.1 will display as 10. A value of 2912 on a scale of 0.01 will
display as 29.12. The raw polled value is multiplied by the scale to determine the
actual graphed value. The default scale is 1.0.
Tip: Scaling is useful when displaying multiple values on the same graph that have
significantly different magnitudes.
2
Click OK to save changes.
APC UPS Active Monitor
This monitor watches your American Power Conversion Uninterruptible Power Supply (APC
UPS) device and alerts you when selected thresholds are met or exceeded, output states are
reached, and/or abnormal conditions are met. For example, an alert can be sent when the
UPS battery capacity is below 20%, when the battery temperature is high, when the battery is
in bypass mode due to a battery overload state, and many other UPS alert conditions.
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Name. Enter a name for the active monitor. This name is displayed in the Active
Monitor Library.

Description. Enter a short description for the monitor. This name is displayed next to
the monitor name in the Active Monitor Library.

Thresholds. Select the threshold(s) on which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC
UPS documentation for more information about the thresholds. By default, all of the
thresholds are selected for use in the monitor. By default, the following output states
are selected for use in the monitor:

Battery Status

Battery Capacity

Battery Runtime

Output Load
Tip: Select a threshold, then click Configure to set its individual threshold settings.
323
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Monitor the following output states. Select the output state(s) on which you want
to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more information about the
output states. By default, the following output states are selected for use in the
monitor:

Abnormal Condition Present

AVR Boost Active

AVR Trim Active

Bad Output Voltage

Batteries Discharged

Battery Charger Failure

Battery Communication Lost

Graceful Shutdown Initiated

Graceful Shutdown Issued by Downstream Device

Graceful Shutdown Issued by Upstream Device

High Battery Temperature

In Bypass due to Fan Failure

In Bypass due to Internal Fault

In Bypass due to Supply Failure

Low Battery

Low Battery/On Battery

Manual Bypass

No Batteries Attached

On

On Battery

On Line

Overload

Rebooting

Replace Battery

Runtime Calibration

Self Test In Progress

Serial Communication Established

Sleeping on a Timer

Sleeping until Utility Power Returns

Smart Boost or Smart Trim Fault
324
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Software Bypass

Synchronized command is in progress
Tip: Use the list's vertical scroll bar to browse the output states.

Monitor the following abnormal conditions. Select the abnormal condition(s) on
which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more
information about the abnormal conditions. By default, all of the abnormal conditions
are selected for use in the monitor.

Backfeed Protection Relay

Battery Failure

Battery Voltage High

Bypass Contactor Stuck in Bypass Condition

Bypass Contactor Stuck in On-Line Condition

Bypass not in Range, Either Frequency or Voltage

Extended Run Frame Fault

IIC Inter-Module Communication Failure

In Bypass due to an Internal Fault

In Bypass due to an Overload

In Maintenance Bypass

Input Circuit Braker Tripped Open

Load (kVA) Alarm Threshold Violation

Main Intelligence Module Failure

No Batteries Installed

No Working Power Modules

Output Voltage out of Range

Power Module Failure

Redundancy Below Alarm Threshold

Redundancy Lost

Redundant Intelligence Module Failure

Redundant Intelligent Module in Control

Runtime Below Alarm Threshold

Site Wiring Fault

System Level Fan Failure

UPS Not Synchronized
325
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

UPS Specific Fault Detected
Tip: Use the list's vertical scroll bar to browse the abnormal conditions.
Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries.
Click OK to save changes.
Diagnostic Tool
This tool diagnoses problems within your database by running a diagnostic scan.
To use the Diagnostic Tool:
1
2
To begin the scan, click the Diagnostic button.
After you have looked over and noted any problems, click Close.

To print the report, click the printer icon in the upper right corner of the window.
Re-enabling the Telnet protocol handler
The Telnet protocol handler is disabled by default in Microsoft Internet Explorer 7. In order to
use the Telnet tool in WhatsUp Gold, you need to re-enable the Telnet protocol.
To re-enable the Telnet protocol:
1
2
3
Click Start > Run. The Run dialog box opens.
In the Open box, enter: Regedit, then click OK. The Registry Editor opens.
Go to the following key:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet
Explorer\Main\FeatureControl
4
Under the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet
Explorer\Main\FeatureControl, create a new key named
FEATURE_DISABLE_TELNET_PROTOCOL.
5 Add a DWORD value named iexplore.exe and set the value to 0 (decimal).
6 Close the Registry Editor and restart Microsoft Internet Explorer. The Telnet protocol is
enabled.
Selecting a Performance Monitor Type
Use the picklist to select one of the following performance monitor types; after selecting the
monitor type, click OK.
Active Script Performance Monitor (on page 250)
APC UPS Performance Monitor (on page 263)
SNMP Performance Monitor (on page 249)
326
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
SSH Performance Monitor (on page 250)
WMI Performance Monitor (on page 254)
Add Custom Link
Enter Display Name and Hyperlink, then click OK to create the custom link.
The following percent variables are valid in the Hyperlink field:
%Device.Address
%Device.HostName
%Device.Attribute.X (where X is the specific attribute name.)
For example, you could use telnet//%Device.Address or
http://%Device.HostName/%Device.Attribute.Attribute1
Add a Device Attribute
Enter Attribute Name and Attribute Value, then click OK to save the device attribute.
Bulk Field Change - Action Policy
How to get here
Select the Apply this Action Policy option to be able to select an action policy to use on the
selected devices. The pull-down menu shows all action policies defined in the Action Policies
dialog. Click the Browse button to access this dialog to create or edit an action policy.
Bulk Field Change - Active Monitor
How to get here
Use this dialog to add or remove an active monitor from multiple devices at once.

Operation. Select Add or Remove. If you select Remove, only the selected devices
with the active monitor you select below is modified.

Active monitor type. Select an active monitor type to add to or remove from the
selected devices. Use Bulk Field Change > Active Monitor Properties to make
modifications to the active monitor settings on the devices, or modify each device
manually after monitors are added.
327
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Bulk Field Change - Active Monitor Properties
Use this dialog to make configuration changes to active monitors on multiple devices.
Important: If a selected device does not currently have the active monitor associated to it,
no modifications will be made to that device. Only devices that have the active monitor will
be changed.

Active monitors found in selected devices. Select an active monitor from this pulldown menu. This list is populated with all active monitors found on the selected
devices.

Enable polling. Select On, Off, or No Change. On turns polling on for the selected
active monitor, Off suspends polling on the monitor, and No Change makes no
modification to the monitor.

Use independent poll frequency. If you want to have WhatsUp Gold poll the active
monitor at a non-default interval, select Yes from the list-box. Select No to return the
interval to the application-wide default.

Set poll frequency to. Select a time (in seconds) you want WhatsUp Gold to wait
between polls on the selected active monitor.

Action policy. Select an action policy to add to the selected active monitor for each
selected device. The list is populated with all policies in the Action Library. Select
None to remove existing action policies from the active monitor on the selected
devices. Click the browse (...) button to access the library to view or modify the action
policies.

Argument. Enter an argument for the active monitor, or select None to remove
arguments from the active monitor on the selected devices.

Operation. Select an operation from the drop down menus.

Custom Value. Enter a custom value for the active monitor.

Comment. Enter a comment for the active monitor, or select None to remove
comments from the active monitor on the selected devices.
Bulk Field Change - Attribute
How to get here

Select a task from the Operation pull-down menu: Add/Update or Remove.

In the Attribute name box, enter a name for the attribute you are adding to the
selected devices.

In the Attribute value box, enter the text for the attribute itself.
328
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Bulk Field Change - Credentials
How to get here
Select the credentials you want to associate with the selected devices from the pull-down
menus.
Credentials are configured in the Credentials Library. You can associate credentials manually
on the Device Properties - Credentials dialog.
Bulk Field Change - Device Type
How to get here
Select a device type from the pull-down menu. The menu is populated by entries in the
Device Types dialog. The Device Types dialog can be accessed directly by clicking the Browse
button next to the Device Type box.
When you change your device type in this manner, only the display icon and custom menus
are changed to the new type. Monitors and other settings are not affected by changing the
device type.
Bulk Field Change - Down Dependency
How to get here
When this option is selected, WhatsUp Gold will only poll the selected devices if the active
monitor(s) of the device selected from the pull-down list has failed. This is referred to as a
Down Dependency.
Bulk Field Change - Maintenance Mode
How to get here
Select the Force device(s) into maintenance mode now option to place all selected devices
in this mode. When in maintenance mode, the devices Active Monitors will not be polled, and
actions will not be triggered. To resume polling and actions, take the device out of
maintenance mode.
329
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Bulk Field Change - Notes
Select an operation from the Operation pull-down menu (append, prepend, replace), then
enter the text for that note that you want to add to the selected devices. Text is entered in
the Notes dialog as a string. The append and prepend functions add new text to either the
beginning or the end of the existing string of text.

Append. Notes are added to the end of the line.

Prepend. Notes are added to the front of the line.

Replace. Replaces the current notes with the note entered on this dialog.
Note: The Bulk Field Change deliberately doesn't make any changes to the text you enter,
but rather stores exactly what you specify. We have designed it this way so that you have the
flexibility to make your own changes, such as including a line break.
Bulk Field Change - Passive Monitor
How to get here
Note: The Bulk Field Change for passive monitors is available from the WhatsUp Gold web
interface only.
Use this dialog to add or remove passive monitors from multiple devices.

Operation. Select Add or Remove. Selecting Remove only deletes the passive
monitor you select below from selected devices originally configured with that
specific passive monitor.

Passive monitor type. Select a passive monitor type to add to, or remove from, the
selected devices. Click the browse (...) button to bring up the Passive Monitor Library.

Passive monitor. Select a passive monitor to add to, or remove from, the selected
devices.
Use Bulk Field Change > Passive Monitor Properties to modify to devices' passive monitor
properties.
330
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Bulk Field Change - Passive Monitor Properties
Use this dialog to make configuration changes to passive monitors on multiple devices.
Note: If a selected device does not currently have the passive monitor associated to it, no
modifications will be made to that device. Only devices that have the passive monitor will be
changed.

Passive monitor types found in selected devices. Select a passive monitor type
from this pull-down menu. This list is populated with all passive monitor types found
on the selected devices.

Passive monitor. Select a passive monitor from this pull-down menu.

Operation. Select Add action or Remove action. If you select Remove action, only the
selected devices with the action you select below is modified.

Actions. Select an action to add to or remove from the selected devices.
Bulk Field Change - Performance Monitor
How to get here
Select the performance monitor you want to configure for the selected devices, then select
how often (in minutes) you want to collect data in the Data collection interval (mins) field.
Select All to have WhatsUp Gold collect data on all instances of that type on the selected
devices, select None to stop collecting data for all instance of that type on the selected
devices. For Interface, Active collects data from interfaces up at the exact time of the poll;
Custom Active collects data from all custom active interfaces. Default for Ping polls the
default interface you select in Device Properties > General.

CPU. CPU Utilization data displayed in the CPU Utilization Report.

Disk. Disk Utilization data displayed in the Disk Utilization Report.

Interface. SNMP Interface data displayed in the Interface Report.

Memory. Memory utilization data displayed in the Memory Utilization Report.

Ping. Ping availability data displayed in the Group Ping Availability Report.
You can select individual data type instances for each device at Device Properties > Device
Properties - Performance Monitors.
Bulk Field Change - Polling Interval
How to get here
The polling interval controls how often the selected devices are polled by WhatsUp Gold.
Enter the number of seconds in the Polling interval box you want WhatsUp Gold to wait
between polls.
331
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Bulk Field Change - Up Dependency
How to get here

Poll only if [any one or every one] of the selected active monitors are 'Up' on
device: Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold only poll the selected device if the
active monitor(s), for the selected device, are successful (in the up state). This is
referred to as an Up Dependency.

Device box. Enter the device name or IP address or click browse (...) to select from a
list of devices to poll when active monitors are up for the selected device.

All active monitors. Select this option to have all active monitors, associated with
the selected device, polled for up dependency status.

Specific active monitors. Select this option to have specific active monitors,
associated with the selected device, polled for up dependency status. Select the
active monitor types you want to poll in the Monitor Name list.
Hub Transport Server Role thresholds
The following table lists the threshold settings available for the Hub Transport Server
category:
Threshold
Description
Value
Aggregate Delivery Queue
The Aggregate Delivery Queue
Default: 3000 messages
holds the aggregate value of all of
the messages queued for delivery in
all of the queues associated with the
Hub Transport Server.
Active Remote Delivery
Queue
The Active Remote Delivery queue
holds messages that are being
delivered to a remote server using
SMTP.
Default: 250 messages
Active Mailbox Delivery
Queue
The mailbox delivery queue holds
messages that are being delivered
to a mailbox server by using
encrypted Exchange RPC.
Default: 250 messages
Submission Queue
A persistent queue that is used by
the categorizer to gather all
messages that have to be resolved,
routed, and processed by Transport
agents
Default: 100
Active Non-SMTP Delivery
Queue
The Active Non-SMTP Delivery
queue holds messages that are
being delivered to a remote server,
using a protocol other than SMTP.
Default: 100
Retry Mailbox Delivery
Queue
The Retry Mailbox Delivery Queue
holds messages with a status of
Default: 100
332
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Threshold
Description
Value
Retry that are being delivered using
encrypted Exchange RPC. Messages
are given a status of retry when the
server cannot connect to the next
hop.
Retry Non-SMTP Delivery
Queue
The Retry Mailbox Delivery Queue
holds messages with a status of
Retry that are being delivered using
a protocol other than SMTP.
Default: 100
Retry Remote Delivery
Queue
The Retry Mailbox Delivery Queue
holds messages with a status of
Retry that are being delivered using
SMTP.
Default: 100
Unreachable Queue
The Unreachable queue is a
persistent queue that contains
messages that cannot be routed to
their destinations.
Default: 100
Largest Delivery Queue
The Largest Delivery queue
identifies the largest of all of the
delivery queues on the Exchange
server.
Default: 200
Poison Queue
The poison message queue is a
special queue that is used to isolate
messages that are detected to be
potentially harmful to the Exchange
2007 system after a server failure.
Default: 0
Outlook Web Access Server Role thresholds
The following table describes the thresholds associated with the Outlook Web Access Server
category:
Threshold
Description
Value
Average Response Time
Sets the threshold for the average
time in milliseconds that elapses
between the beginning and end of
an OEH or ASPX request.
Default: 100 milliseconds
Average Search Time
Sets the threshold for the average
elapsed time waiting for a search to
complete.
Default: 100 milliseconds
333
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Mailbox Server Role thresholds
The following table lists the threshold settings available for the Mailbox Server category:
Threshold
Description
Value
RPC request currently
executing within the
information store process
must be less than:
Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 70
number of executing Remote
Procedure Calls (RPC) in the
Information Store process.
RPC Averaged Latency must
not exceed:
Sets the maximum threshold for
Default: 25
average latency of the Remote
Procedure Calls (RPC) in milliseconds
RPC Number of Slow Packets Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 3
must be less than:
Remote Procedure Call (RPC)
packets within the past 1024 packets
with latencies longer than 2
seconds.
Messages Queued for
Submission (Mailbox) must
be less than:
Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 50
number of submitted messages in
the Mailbox that have not yet been
processed by the transport layer.
Messages Queued for
Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 20
Submission (Public) must be number of submitted messages by
less than:
that have not yet been processed by
the transport layer.
Replication Receive Queue
Size must be less than:
Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 100
number of replication messages
waiting to be processed.
Slow Findrow Rate must not Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 10
exceed:
rate at which the slower FindRow
needs to be used in the mailbox
store. A higher value indicates that
applications are searching
mailboxes, directly affecting server
performance.
Number of search tasks
created per second must be
less than:
Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 10
number of search tasks created each
second.
Average Document Indexing Sets the maximum threshold in
Default: 30
Time must be less than:
seconds for the length of time it
takes to index documents. This
value is reported in milliseconds and
converted to seconds for this
comparison.
334
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Selecting or Creating an Action
Use this Wizard to setup an action to be executed when the specified state change occurs.
New actions created through the wizard are added to the Action Library. After the action has
been added to the library, it can be assigned to any device, active monitor, or action policy in
your database.
Setting Advanced Properties for a HTTP Content Monitor
You can configure the user agent and custom headers for the HTTP Content Monitor.
Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.
User agent
The user agent string identifies which web browser is making an HTTP request. You can use
this to imitate your web site being visited by various browsers. Select a browser from the list.
The user agent from the latest version of the browser is populated for the browser you select.
You can use this agent string, or enter a different user agent string for the version of the
browser that you want WhatsUp Gold to check.
Custom headers
Enter any specific headers for which you want the monitor to check. Enter a header as
Field:Value. You can enter up to three custom headers.
Note: Errors can result when using invalid custom headers or when modifying headers that
do not allow modification, such as the HTTP Host header. You can test custom headers by
clicking Request URL contents on the New/Edit HTTP Content Monitor dialog. If there is a
problem with the header, an error message displays the problem. For example,
"An error occurred with the requested website. Error: The 'Host' header cannot be modified
directly. Parameter name: name."
In this example, a user entered Host:myhost.com as a custom header. However, the Host
header cannot be modified and an error generated as a result.
Click OK to save changes.
335
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Setting Advanced Properties for an Email Active Monitor
You can configure the advanced properties for the Email Monitor.
Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields.
SMTP Advanced Properties

SMTP server requires authentication. Select this option if your SMTP server requires
authentication.
Note: The Email Monitor supports CRAM-MD5, LOGIN and PLAIN authentication methods.
The authentication method is not configurable. It is negotiated with the SMTP server
automatically using the strongest mutually supported authentication method.

Username. Type the username to be used with SMTP authentication.

Password. Type the password of the username to be used with authentication.

Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS). If your SMTP server supports encrypting
data over a TLS connection (formerly known as SSL), select this option to encrypt
SMTP traffic.
Note: For SMTP connections, WhatsUp Gold only supports explicit SSL sessions negotiated
using the STARTTLS command.

Timeout. Type the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a response from the SMTP
server for each command WhatsUp Gold issued. If this time limit is exceeded, the
monitor fails.
Incoming server (IMAP or POP3) advanced properties
Note: WhatsUp Gold supports only clear text authentication method for retrieving mail. To
protect your username and password while retrieving mail, you must use one of the SSL
encryption methods.

Port. Type the port on which your POP3 or IMAP server is running.

Use an encrypted connection. Select this option to connect to a POP3 or IMAP server
in an encrypted mode. Select one of the following encryption methods:

Use implicit SSL. Select this option to login to your POP3 or IMAP server in an
encrypted mode.

Use SSL with STLS. Select this option to login to your POP3 or IMAP server in an
unencrypted mode, and then switch to a TLS connection by sending STARTTLS or
STLS command to the server.
336
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Important: When connecting using STARTTLS, the connection is encrypted before any
authentication information is sent or any mail is retrieved.

Timeout. Type the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a response from the
IMAP/POP3 server for each command WhatsUp Gold issued. If this time limit is
exceeded, the monitor fails.
Note: If your IMAP server is configured to move the test message sent by the monitor to a
folder other than the Inbox, the monitor fails. WhatsUp Gold only detects messages in the
Inbox folder on an IMAP server.
Click OK to save changes.
Configure CPU Threshold
Enter the percentage of CPU capacity that, when exceeded, causes the monitor to fail.
337
Home
In This Chapter
Understanding and using dashboards .....................................................339
Types of dashboards .......................................................................................352
Using Favorites ..................................................................................................358
Dashboard reports ...........................................................................................362
338
Understanding and using dashboards
In This Chapter
Learning about dashboards .........................................................................339
Overview of dashboard report categories ..............................................340
Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view ..................................342
Searching for dashboard reports ................................................................ 345
Working with dashboard views ...................................................................345
Changing dashboard content......................................................................348
Using the dashboard report menu ............................................................348
Configuring a dashboard report .................................................................349
Moving dashboard reports within a dashboard view .........................350
Navigating dashboard views ........................................................................351
Learning about dashboards
The WhatsUp Gold Home dashboard is the first screen you see after logging in to the web
interface. This is your personal, customizable Home portal, or dashboard.
Dashboards in WhatsUp Gold are user-specific, and are configurable to include dashboard
reports (on page 342) specific to users' needs. Dashboards contain multiple views, displayed
as tabs, that let you organize groupings of dashboard reports according to the type of
information they display. You can click on different view tabs within a dashboard to display
different views within the same dashboard.
When you begin customizing your dashboard views, consider the types of information you
need to view most often, the devices to which you need to pay closest attention, and the
level of detail you want to monitor through a particular dashboard view. You should also take
into consideration the type of dashboard, and the types of dashboard reports you can add to
a particular dashboard type.
Types of dashboards
The Home dashboard can display both Home- and Device-level dashboard reports. You can
place any dashboard report on a Home dashboard. You can mix and match summary, group,
and device-specific data in this type of dashboard.
339
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Changes that you make to a dashboard view affect only your user account. If you decide to
completely change all of the dashboard views under your account, your user account is the
only account affected by these changes. For more information, see Managing dashboard
views (on page 868).
Device Status dashboards display only Device-level dashboard reports. Only dashboard
reports specific to a single device can be placed on a device dashboard. When you switch to a
different device in context, the reports displayed show data for the newly selected device. For
more information, see Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view (on page 342).
The Top 10 dashboard displays Top 10 reports for your network devices.
Overview of dashboard report categories
WhatsUp Gold offers a collection of dashboard reports to display in a variety of ways on a
dashboard and provide useful network information at a glance. These smaller reports show
similar information to that found in the full reports. Because of their smaller size, multiple
reports can be placed in a dashboard view, making it possible to view multiple reports
simultaneously.
Dashboard reports are broken down into categories according to the type of information
they display:

Alert Center. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device
thresholds and threshold summary information.

CPU Utilization. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device
and network CPU levels.

Custom Performance Monitors. These dashboard reports display information that
pertains to your custom performance monitors.

Disk Utilization. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device
and network disk capacity levels.

ELM. ELM dashboard reports display event summary and event alarm information. To
view these reports, you must have WhatsUp Event Log Management.

Flow Monitor. Flow Monitor dashboard reports display data from Flow Monitor and
can be used within Flow Monitor report views and WhatsUp Gold dashboard views.

General. These dashboard reports display information on your WhatsUp Gold
settings and diagnostics, database size, as well as device-specific and user-configured
details.

Interface Errors and Discards. These dashboard reports display information that
pertains to device interface data errors and data discards.

Interface Utilization. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to
device and network interfaces.

Inventory. These dashboard reports provide a break-down of network devices and
their settings, including Actions, monitors, and policies.
340
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Memory Utilization. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to
device and network memory levels.

Performance (Historic and Last Poll). These dashboard reports display information
gathered from WMI and SNMP Performance Monitors regarding your network
devices' CPU, disk, interface, and memory utilization; and ping latency and
availability.

Ping Availability and Response Time. These dashboard reports display information
that pertains to device ping availability, response time, and packet loss.

Problem Areas. These are trouble-shooting dashboard reports that allow you to
investigate network issues.

Remote/Central (included in the WhatsUp Gold Distributed, and MSP Editions).
These include a variety of dashboard reports for the Remote Sites that you are
monitoring with the WhatsUp Gold Central Site.

Split Second Graphs Split Second Graphs (included in the WhatsUp Gold Premium,
Distributed, and MSP Editions). These are real-time graphs that display information on
SNMP and WMI performance counters. These reports allow you to include the realtime information available on the Web Performance Monitor (on page 141) network
tool and the Web Task Manager (on page 143) network tool in any dashboard view.

Threshold. These dashboard reports display information on your network CPU, disk,
interface, and memory utilization, and ping function; at or above a specific threshold.

Top 10. These dashboard reports display the top devices on your network according
to their CPU, disk, interface, and memory utilization, and ping function.

Virtualization. These dashboard reports display information about vCenter servers,
virtual hosts and their associated virtual machines. You can see details about the
virtual host or vCenter server, a list of the virtual machines, as well as CPU, disk,
interface, and memory utilization for virtual machines.

Wireless (included in the WhatsUp Gold Premium, Distributed, and MSP Editions).
These dashboard reports display information about Wireless Access Point (WAP)
devices and the devices connected to the WAPs, transmit and receive errors, and
syslog messages.
341
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Dashboard reports are listed multiple times in the Add Content pane. For example, the Disk
Utilization dashboard report is listed under the Disk Utilization, Threshold, Top 10, and
Performance categories.
Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view
You can customize a dashboard by adding additional reports to the dashboard views. Click
Add Content to add additional reports to the dashboard view.
The reports available to add to the current dashboard vary, depending on the dashboard
view type. Home dashboard views can include any available dashboard report, while you can
only add reports which apply to a single device to a Device Status dashboard view. Reports
are grouped into categories based on their function to make finding the right report easier.
Report types include tabular, pie charts, line charts, gauges, and others, depending on the
type of data displayed. When you select a report in the list, a report preview displays.
342
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To add reports to a dashboard view:
1 Open the dashboard and select the dashboard view where you want the report to
appear.
2 In the title bar of the dashboard pane, click Add Content. The Add Content pane
appears.
3
Select the category of report you want to add by clicking the related folder. The reports
in that category display.
4 Click the report you want to add. A preview of the report displays.
343
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
5
Click the Next and Prev buttons to cycle through the next and previous reports within
the category.
6 Click Add.
7
Continue selecting and adding reports until you have added all of the reports. You can
add up to 15 reports to a single view.
8 When you have finished adding reports, click Close to close the report dialog.
9 Click I'm Done to return to the dashboard view. The newly added reports appear in the
dashboard view.

To configure a report in your dashboard, click Menu > Configure in the title bar of
the report.

To remove a report from a dashboard view, click Menu > Close.
344
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Searching for dashboard reports
Use the dashboard report search feature to locate specific reports that you want to add to a
dashboard view.
To search for reports:
1
From the Home, Top 10, or Device Status dashboard, click Add Content. The Add
Content pane appears.
2 Type all or part of the report name in the box at the top of the Add Content pane.
3 Click the Search button. The matching reports appear in the pane.
345
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Working with dashboard views
WhatsUp Gold comes with a several pre-configured dashboard views. You can create your
own dashboard views to use in addition to the pre-configured views. You can create as many
as you feel necessary to organize your system for efficient reporting.

To manage views for multiple users, see Managing dashboard views (on page 868).

To switch to a different dashboard view, click another view tab in the dashboard.

To add a new dashboard view, click the + in the row of tabs to open the New
Dashboard View.

To delete a view, click and drag the associated tab. The Delete tab appears to the
right of the tab row. Drag the view tab you want to delete over the Delete tab. The
view is removed.
346
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Click Edit View to edit the settings for the current dashboard view.

Click Add Content to open the Add Content pane and select additional reports to
add to the current view.

To change the order of the dashboard view tabs, click and drag a tab to a new
location.
To create a new dashboard view:
1 From the dashboard where you want to add the new view, click +. The New Dashboard
View dialog appears.
2
Enter the appropriate information in the following fields:

View name. Type a relevant name for the new view. This name is used to identify a
view in the dashboard, so select a name that is meaningful and helps you to
distinguish it from other views.

Start with. Select the existing dashboard view type on which to base the new view, or
select An empty view to create a new custom view.

Number of columns. Enter a value for the number of columns you wish to have in the
new dashboard view (1 -4). Keep in mind, the more columns you include, the smaller
the data displayed inside a dashboard.
Note: This option appears only when you start with an empty view.

Column widths. Enter a width for each of the dashboard view columns. You are
prompted for a value for each column you selected in the previous step.
Note: This option appears only when you start with an empty view.
3
Click OK to save changes.
347
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To edit a dashboard view:
1 Click Edit View in the toolbar. The Edit Dashboard View dialog appears.
2 Enter the appropriate information in the following fields:
3

View name. The dashboard title as it appears on the dashboard view tab and in the
Manage Dashboard Views dialog.

Number of columns. The number of columns in the dashboard.

Column width. The width of each column in the dashboard (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Changing dashboard content
Dashboard reports are smaller versions of the monitor reports listed on the Monitoring tab.
The dashboard reports are displayed within WhatsUp Gold dashboard views. For more
information, see Understanding and using dashboards (on page 339).

To add a report, click Add Content on the WhatsUp Gold toolbar to bring up the Add
Content pane. From this pane, you can select multiple dashboard reports from
multiple categories. A preview for the dashboard report displays when you select it.
For more information see, Adding dashboard reports to a Device Status dashboard (on
page 354).

To remove a report, click Menu > Configure for that dashboard report and then
select Close. Keep in mind that when you remove a report, any customizations you
have made to it are lost.

To move a dashboard report, click the report title bar and drag it to a new space in
the dashboard view.

To change the settings for a dashboard report, click Menu > Configure in the title bar
of that report.
Using the dashboard report menu
Each dashboard report has a menu on the right side of its title bar. From the Dashboard
Report Menu, you can access help for a specific dashboard report, go to the configuration
dialog for a report, or close the report. Closing a report removes it from the dashboard view.
Keep in mind that after you remove a dashboard report from a dashboard, all customization
to the dashboard report is lost.
348
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Configuring a dashboard report
Dashboard reports can be customized to fit your specific needs. From a dashboard report
menu, select Configure to open the configuration dialog. On this dialog, you can:

Change the report title

Select a device or device group for the report

Set the height and width of the report

Specify the width of certain report columns
349
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Moving dashboard reports within a dashboard view
WhatsUp Gold supports drag-and-drop within the web interface. You can move a dashboard
report from one column of a dashboard view to another, or position a dashboard report
above or below another dashboard report, by clicking the report title bar and dragging it to
another area of the dashboard view. The new dashboard configuration is saved, including
after you log out from the web interface or when you move between dashboard views.
To move a dashboard report:
1 With the mouse pointer in the title bar of the report you want to move, click and hold
the left mouse button.
2 Drag the pointer to the desired location. A blue box highlights the area where the
report will appear.
3 Release the mouse button to place the report in the new page location. The report
appears in the new location.
350
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Navigating dashboard views
Navigate from one dashboard view to another by clicking the dashboard view tabs. You can
also use the WhatsUp Gold toolbar to add content to a dashboard view, edit your dashboard
and dashboard views, export and schedule report emails, and access the WhatsUp Gold help
system.
The WhatsUp Gold Toolbar
Use the WhatsUp Gold toolbar to perform the following activities:

Add Content. Open the Add Content pane and add reports to your dashboard view.

Edit View. Edit your current dashboard view settings.

Export. Export the currently displayed data to a file.

Email. Email or schedule reports. For more information, see Scheduling Reports (on
page 625).

Help. View online help topics for the window you are currently viewing.
351
Types of dashboards
In This Chapter
About types of dashboards...........................................................................352
Home Dashboard .............................................................................................353
Device Status dashboard ...............................................................................354
Top 10 Dashboard ............................................................................................356
About types of dashboards
The WhatsUp Gold web interface includes three types of dashboards:

Home (on page 353)

Device Status (on page 354)

Top 10 (on page 356)
Each of the dashboard types supports multiple user-defined views. Up to 15 small reports
known as dashboard reports can display within each view. These dashboard reports show
content ranging from Current Interface and CPU Utilization to Syslog messages. As these
reports are configurable on a per user basis, users can add content that is most relevant to
their roles.
352
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Home Dashboard
The WhatsUp Gold Home Dashboard is the first screen that you see after you complete the
initial setup of WhatsUp Gold and log in to the web interface. Referred to as Home, this
universal dashboard is designed to display the network information that you need most
visible.
The Home Dashboard can display both Home- and Device-level dashboard reports. You can
place any dashboard report on a Home dashboard; mixing and matching summary, group,
and device-specific data.
The content of this Dashboard varies for each user. Changes that you make to a dashboard
view only affect your user account. This Dashboard should contain the information about
your network that is most important to you. This Dashboard comes with some stock content
such as Devices with Down Active Monitors and Top 10 Devices by Ping Response Time, although
these reports can and should be replaced by the reports that are most relevant to your needs.
The Home Dashboard includes these starter views:

Active Management

Getting Started

Passive Management

Performance Management
Each dashboard view includes several default dashboard reports that you can decide to keep,
alter, or remove. You can also add other dashboard reports to these views. For more
information, see Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view (on page 342).
353
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
You can create your own dashboard views for the Home dashboard through the Manage
Dashboard Views (on page 868) dialog.
Device Status dashboard
The Device Status dashboard is used to view information about a specific device. You can
only add single device dashboard reports to the Device Status dashboard.
The Device Status dashboard presents relevant information about the health and
performance of a single monitored device. Throughout the web interface you will see links to
. All of these links point to the Device Status dashboard
devices, such as
for that device. If there is a potential problem with a monitored device, the Device Status
dashboard is a good place to look for more information on the device status. The Device
Status dashboard includes several default dashboard views:

Disk/CPU/Memory

General

Router/Switch/Interface

Virtual Current Utilization
354
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Virtualization

Wireless
There are many different types of devices and a variety of features and services that can be
monitored. The dashboard views let you select a view that is most appropriate for the
individual device. Each time the report is visited, the last view selected for a device displays.
The Disk/CPU/Memory View is the most appropriate view for a Windows or UNIX host that
supports the Host Resources MIB for performance monitoring. The Router/Switch/Interface
View is the most appropriate view for a manageable Switch or Router that is capable of
reporting Interface or Bandwidth utilization.
The device name and icon display at the top of the Device Status report. To change the focus
of the report to another device without leaving the report, select a new device from the
device context in the dashboard title bar.
For more information, see Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard (on page 342).
355
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Top 10 Dashboard
The WhatsUp Gold Top 10 dashboard displays Top 10 reports for your network devices. The
Top 10 dashboard shows devices, at a glance, that may be potential problems and to provide
information on the current health of your network devices. It is pre-configured to include
reports that display data on the top network devices by:

Interface Errors

Ping Response Time

Interface Discards

Disk Utilization

Interface Utilization

CPU Utilization

Interface Traffic

Memory Utilization
You can add any of the Top 10 reports (on page 561) to the Top 10 dashboard.
Unlike the Home and Device dashboards, the Top 10 dashboard is designed with only the
General dashboard view. You can customize the general view in the same way you can other
dashboard views by removing the default dashboard reports and/or adding other Top 10 and
Threshold dashboard reports.

Add the reports you want to see here by clicking Add Content. For more information,
see Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view (on page 342).
356
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Change options for individual reports by clicking Menu > Configure for each report.

Add additional views by clicking the +. Remove views by dragging them to the trash.
For more information, see Working with dashboard views (on page 345).
The Top 10 dashboard also displays threshold reports. These reports let you set a threshold to
filter out items that do not match a specified criteria. For example, the Interface Utilization
Threshold report could have been used (in the example above) instead of the Interface Top
10 report, to filter out the interfaces that are not above 50% utilization. Using this approach,
only interfaces with significant usage would be shown.
Thresholds
Report percentages are displayed in colors that represent the utilization thresholds:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Above 80%

Green. 80% or less
357
Using Favorites
In This Chapter
Using the Favorites toolbar...........................................................................612
Adding Favorites...............................................................................................612
Editing Favorites ...............................................................................................614
Using the Favorites toolbar
WhatsUp Gold Favorites let you create your own customized toolbar by adding the WhatsUp
Gold options you use most often to a single tab. You can edit and organize your favorites the
way that best fits your needs. For more information, see Adding Favorites (on page 358).
Access WhatsUp Gold Favorites by clicking the Home tab.
Adding Favorites
To add a favorite:
1
2
Click the Home tab.
Click the + (Add Favorites) to the right of the Favorites group. The Add to Favorites
dialog appears.
3
From the dialog, select the tab containing the option you want to add. The buttons
available on that tab appear in the pane.
358
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
4
Select the box to the left of each button you want to add to the Favorites group. A
running total appears in the lower left of the pane as you select additional buttons to
add. You can have up to 12 buttons in your Favorites group.
5
Continue clicking tabs and selecting buttons until you have added as many as you want
to add.
6 Click Add to save your changes and add the selected buttons to your Favorites. The
selected buttons appear in your Favorites toolbar.
359
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Editing Favorites
To remove buttons from your Favorites toolbar:
1
From the Home tab, click Edit Favorites. The Edit Favorites dialog appears.
2
Click the X at the upper right of each button you want to remove from the toolbar.
3
When you have deleted all of the buttons from the Favorites group that you want to
remove, click Save. The buttons are removed from your Favorites toolbar.
Note: If you delete all of the buttons from the Favorites group, the WhatsUp Gold default
Favorites appear in the group when you save.
360
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To change the order of your Favorites:
1 From the Home tab, click Edit Favorites. The Edit Favorites dialog appears.
2 From within the Edit Favorites dialog, click and drag the buttons to the order you prefer.
3
When the buttons are in the preferred order, click Save. The dialog closes and the
toolbar updates with the new button order.
361
Dashboard reports
In This Chapter
CPU Utilization reports ...................................................................................363
Custom Performance Monitor reports......................................................369
Disk Utilization reports ...................................................................................374
Flow Monitor reports ......................................................................................382
General reports..................................................................................................407
Interface Errors and Discards reports ........................................................423
Interface Utilization reports ..........................................................................431
Inventory reports ..............................................................................................441
Memory Utilization reports ...........................................................................445
Performance-Historic reports .......................................................................451
Performance-Last Poll reports .....................................................................469
Ping Availability and Response Time reports .........................................481
Problem Areas reports ....................................................................................489
Problem Areas Specific Device ....................................................................501
Remote/Central reports .................................................................................507
Split Second Graph reports ...........................................................................536
Threshold reports .............................................................................................552
Top 10 reports....................................................................................................561
Virtualization reports.......................................................................................570
Wireless reports.................................................................................................577
ELM reports .........................................................................................................585
Dashboard Report - Remote Site ................................................................ 587
Creating and modifying user accounts ....................................................587
Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports ......................................589
362
CPU Utilization reports
In This Chapter
CPU Utilization dashboard reports.............................................................363
CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)................................ 364
CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific CPU)..................................365
Last Polled CPU Utilization (Specific CPU) ...............................................365
Last Polled CPU Utilization (Single Device) .............................................366
Top 10: CPU Utilization ...................................................................................367
CPU Utilization dashboard reports
CPU Utilization
dashboard reports
Type
Last Polled Values (single
device)
Home Shows the CPU utilization(s) for a specific device at the time of the
last poll.
Description
Last Polled Values (specific Home Shows the CPU utilization for a specific CPU at the time of the last
CPU)
poll.
Over 80% Utilization*
Home Lists all network devices with a CPU utilization greater than 80%.
Over 90% Utilization
Home Lists all network devices with a CPU utilization greater than 90%.
Top 10 by Utilization*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current CPU utilization
percentage.
Top 20 by Utilization
Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current CPU utilization
percentage.
Last 4 hours (single
device)
Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last
4 hours.
Last 8 hours (single
device)
Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last
8 hours.
Last 7 days (single device)
Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last
7 days.
Last 30 days (single
device)
Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last
30 days.
Last 4 hours (specific CPU) Home Details CPU utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one
device over the last 4 hours.
Last 8 hours (specific CPU) Home Details CPU utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one
device over the last 8 hours.
Last 7 days (specific CPU)
Home Details CPU utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one
device over the last 7 days.
363
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
CPU Utilization
dashboard reports
Type
Description
Last 30 days (specific CPU) Home Details CPU utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one
device of the last 30 days.
*Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions.
CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays multiple area graphs that detail the CPU
utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard
report in a dashboard allows you to monitor device CPUs to watch for trends, spikes, or drops
in CPU utilization.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the
following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline.

Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line
shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the Web
browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.
Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts.

Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The
default is 500 pixels.
Note: Large graph images can be used, but be aware that these larger images will refresh at
slower speeds. The optimum size will depend on the speed of your network connection from
your browser to your Web server.

Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear.

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
Click OK to save changes.
364
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific CPU)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the CPU utilization
percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing spikes on one of their CPUs.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the
following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline.

Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line
shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the web
browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.
Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts.

Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The
default is 500 pixels.
Note: You can use large graph images, but be aware that larger images refresh at slower
speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from your
browser to your web server.

Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear.

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
Click OK to save changes.
365
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Last Polled CPU Utilization (Specific CPU)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device's CPU utilization
at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view
a device's CPU status quickly, even from across the room.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available CPU space in green, and used space in red.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the CPU percentage used.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the CPU percentage used.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the CPU percentage used.

Text. A numerical representation of the CPU percentage used. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
Under each type of graph, the CPU size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used
and free space.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

CPU to graph. Select the CPU that you want to monitor.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.
Click OK to save changes.
366
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Last Polled CPU Utilization (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays current CPU utilization percentages for all CPUs
on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to
monitor the CPU(s) of an important device to watch for spikes in CPU utilization. The report
shows:

Description. The particular CPU.

CPU Load. The percentage of the CPU currently in use. The colors displayed in the
CPU Load column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button.

To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display
the values.
If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be
displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph
Types. (on page 610)
Click OK to save changes.

3
Top 10: CPU Utilization
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their current CPU
utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs
on crucial devices and their current CPU load. Report percentages are displayed in colors that
represent the CPU utilization thresholds:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Above 80%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

CPU. The device CPU description.

CPU Load. The percentage of CPU currently in use.
367
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
368
Custom Performance Monitor reports
In This Chapter
Custom Performance Monitor dashboard reports ...............................369
Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Single Device) 370
Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Specific Monitor)
371
Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Single Device) .372
Custom Performance Monitor Top 10 (Specific Monitor) ..................372
Threshold: Custom Performance Monitor ...............................................373
Custom Performance Monitor dashboard reports
Custom Performance
Monitor dashboard
reports
Type
Last Polled Values (single
device)
Home Details information on custom performance monitor(s) for a
single device at the time of the last poll.
Last Polled Value (specific
monitor)
Home Details information on a specific custom performance monitor at
the time of the last poll.
Top 10 with threshold*
Home Lists the top 10 devices by a custom performance monitor
threshold.
Top 20 with threshold
Home Lists the top 20 devices by a custom performance monitor
threshold.
Top 10 by specific
monitors*
Home Lists the top 10 devices by a specific custom performance
monitor.
Top 20 by specific
monitors
Home Lists the top 20 devices by a specific custom performance
monitor.
Last 4 hours (single
device)
Device Details custom performance monitors for a device over the last 4
hours.
Last 8 hours (single
device)
Device Details custom performance monitors for a device over the last 8
hours.
Last 7 days (single device)
Device Details custom performance monitors for a device over the last 7
days.
Last 30 days (single
device)
Device Details custom performance monitors for a device over the last 30
days.
Last 4 hours (specific
monitor)
Home Details a specific custom performance monitor over the last 4
hours.
Last 8 hours (specific
monitor)
Home Details a specific custom performance monitor over the last 8
hours.
Description
369
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Custom Performance
Monitor dashboard
reports
Type
Last 7 days (specific
monitor)
Home Details a specific custom performance monitor over the last 7
days.
Last 30 days (specific
monitor)
Home Details a specific custom performance monitor over the last 30
days.
Description
*Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions.
Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Single
Device)
This device-level dashboard report can display multiple graphs that detail custom
performance monitors for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard
report in a dashboard allows you to monitor a device's performance monitor(s) to watch for
trends, spikes, or drops.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the
following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline.

Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line
shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the Web
browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.
Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts.

Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The
default is 500 pixels.
Note: Large graph images can be used, but be aware that these larger images refresh at
slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from
your browser to your web server.

Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear.

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis.
370
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
 Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Specific
Monitor)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details a custom performance
monitor for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard allows you to monitor important devices and their custom performance monitors.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Custom aspect to graph. Select the aspect from the list.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the
following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline.

Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line
shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the web
browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.
Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts.

Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The
default is 500 pixels.
Note: You can use large graph images, but be aware that these larger images refresh at
slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from
your browser to your web server.



3
Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear.
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
Click OK to save changes.
371
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays any custom performance monitors configured for
a device and their last poll values. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows
you to monitor important performance monitors and keep up with their latest poll values.

Name. The name of the performance monitor as listed in the Performance Monitor
Library.

Poll Time. The time the last poll took place.

Time Delta. The time between the last two polls.

Value. The value of the last poll.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

3
Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.
Custom Performance Monitor Top 10 (Specific Monitor)
This home-level dashboard report displays top devices in a group based on their association
with a custom WMI or SNMP performance monitor. Placing this dashboard report in a
dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their custom performance monitor
values.

Custom performance monitor. The custom performance monitor you chose to
watch in this dashboard report.

For group. The group you selected to display in the report.

Device. The device associated with the custom performance monitor. Clicking on the
device opens its Device Status dashboard.

Value. The value returned from the custom performance monitor.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Performance monitor. The custom performance monitor you want to monitor in this
report. This list is populated with any custom performance monitors you have
configured in the Performance Monitor Library. If you have not configured any
custom performance monitors, the list is empty.
372
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

3
Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.
Threshold: Custom Performance Monitor
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on a selected custom WMI
or SNMP performance monitor.
The top of the report displays the name of the selected custom performance monitor and to
which device group the report applies.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:
Device. The monitored network device.
Value. The value returned from the custom performance monitor.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2. Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select
all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Performance monitor. Choose a performance monitor from the drop-down menu. If
there are no performance monitors listed in the drop-down menu, you must first
configure a custom WMI or SNMP performance monitor from the Performance
Monitor Library.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria from the
separate list.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.
3. Click OK to save the changes.
373
Disk Utilization reports
In This Chapter
Disk Utilization dashboard reports.............................................................374
Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)................................ 375
Disk Free Space Last X hours/days (Specific Disk) ................................ 376
Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Disk)..................................376
Disk Utilization Last Polled Value (Specific Disk) ...................................377
Disk Utilization: Last Polled Values (Single Device) ..............................378
Threshold: Disk Utilization ...........................................................................379
Threshold: Disk Free Space ...........................................................................379
Top 10: Disk Utilization ...................................................................................380
Disk Utilization dashboard reports
Disk Utilization
dashboard reports
Type
Last Polled Values (single
device)
Device Shows the disk utilization for all disks for a specific device at the
time of the last poll.
Description
Last Polled Values (specific Home Shows the disk utilization for a specific disk on one device at the
disk)
time of the last poll.
All Disks Over 80%*
Home Lists all network devices with disk utilization greater than 80%.
All Disks Over 90%
Home Lists all network devices with disk utilization greater than 90%.
Top 10 by Utilization*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on current disk utilization
percentages.
Top 20 by Utilization
Home Lists the top 20 devices based on current disk utilization
percentages.
Top 10 by Free Space*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on current free disk space.
Top 20 by Free Space
Home Lists the top 20 devices based on current free disk space.
Last 4 hours (single
device)
Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last
4 hours.
Last 8 hours (single
device)
Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last
8 hours.
Last 7 days (single device)
Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last
7 days.
Last 30 days (single
device)
Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last
30 days.
374
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Disk Utilization
dashboard reports
Type
Last 4 hours (specific disk
utilization)
Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device
over the last 4 hours.
Last 8 hours (specific disk
utilization)
Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device
over the last 8 hours.
Last 7 days (specific disk
utilization)
Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device
over the last 7 days.
Last 30 days (specific disk
utilization)
Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device
over the last 30 days.
Last 4 hours (specific disk
free space)
Home Details free space for a specific disk for one device over the last 4
hours.
Last 8 hours (specific disk
free space)
Home Details free space for a specific disk for one device over the last 8
hours.
Last 7 days (specific disk
free space)
Home Details free space for a specific disk for one device over the last 7
days.
Last 30 days (specific disk
free space)
Home Details free space for a specific disk for one device over the last 30
days.
Description
*Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions.
Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report can display multiple area graphs that detail the disk
utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard
report in a dashboard allows you to monitor a device's disk(s) to watch for trends, spikes, or
drops in its disk utilization.
To configure this dashboard report:
1
2
On the dashboard report menu, click Configure.
Enter the appropriate information:

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
375
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
 Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Disk Free Space Last X hours/days (Specific Disk)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the disk free space in GB
for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard
can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing
spikes on their disk.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

2

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Disk)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the disk utilization
percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing spikes on their disk.
376
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report in pixels.

Height. Enter a height for the report in pixels.
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Disk Utilization Last Polled Value (Specific Disk)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of disk utilization for a
device at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you
to view disk status quickly, even from across the room.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available disk space in green, and used space in red.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the disk percentage used.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the disk percentage used.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the disk percentage used.

Text. A numerical representation of the disk percentage used. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
377
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
Under each type of graph, the disk size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used
and free space.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Choose a device by clicking on the Browse (...) button.

Disk to graph. Select a disk to graph for devices with more than one disk.
 Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Disk Utilization: Last Polled Values (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays current disk utilization percentages for all disks
on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to
monitor an important device's disk(s) to watch for spikes in disk space. The colors displayed in
the Percent Used column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Description. The particular disk.

Size Used. The size of disk in use at the time of the last poll.

Total Size. The total size of the disk.

Percentage Used. The percentage of the total size of the disk in use at the time of the
last poll.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button.

To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display
the values.
378
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

3
If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be
displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types
(on page 610).
Click OK to save changes.
Threshold: Disk Utilization
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of disk
utilization. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial
devices and their disk utilization by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage
level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

Disk. The description of the drive.

Percent Full. The amount of utilized disk space on that device.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter the or select appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select
all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
from the list.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
3 Click OK to save changes.
Threshold: Disk Free Space
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of
available free disk space. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep
tabs on crucial devices and their current disk capacity by glancing at the colors associated
with each percentage level:

Red. Above 90%
379
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

Disk. The device's drive description.

Size. The size of the disk in MB.

Free space. The amount of free space on the disk in MB.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select
all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
from the drop down menu.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column in pixels.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Top 10: Disk Utilization
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of
utilized disk space. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on
crucial devices and their current disk load by glancing at the colors associated with each
percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

Disk. The drive description.

Percent Full. The percentage of the disk currently utilized.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
380
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
3
Enter or select appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
381
Flow Monitor reports
In This Chapter
General Flow Monitor dashboard reports ...............................................382
Interface Troubleshooting dashboard reports ......................................385
Interface Traffic dashboard reports ...........................................................393
Interface Details dashboard reports ..........................................................395
General Flow Monitor dashboard reports
General Flow Monitor dashboard reports Type
Description
Source List
Home
Displays all enabled Flow Monitor sources.
Database Size
Home
Displays summary information about the
Flow Monitor database.
Archive Database Size
Home
Displays summary information about the
Flow Monitor archive database.
Source
Home
Displays detailed information for a selected
Flow Monitor source.
Interface
Home
Displays detailed information for a selected
Flow Monitor interface.
Flow: Archive Database Size
This dashboard report displays summary information about the Flow Monitor archive
database.

Database Edition. The Flow Monitor database edition; can be Express, Standard, or
Enterprise.
Express - SQL Server 2005 Express Edition
Standard - SQL Server 2005 Standard Edition
Enterprise - SQL Server 2005 Enterprise Edition

Current Size. The amount of archive database space currently in use.

Max Size. The maximum size of the archive database.

Unused Space. The amount of archive database space currently not in use.
Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of
Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. When the full Microsoft SQL Server database is
used, N/A appears in this column because the dbase size is not limited.
382
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Percent Used. The percentage of database space currently in use.
Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of
Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. When the full Microsoft SQL Server database is
used, N/A appears in this column because the dbase size is not limited.
For more information
Configuring this dashboard report
Flow: Database Size
This dashboard report displays summary information about the Flow Monitor database.

Database Edition. The Flow Monitor database edition; can be Express, Standard, or
Enterprise.
Express - SQL Server 2005 Express Edition
Standard - SQL Server 2005 Standard Edition
Enterprise - SQL Server 2005 Enterprise Edition

Current Size. The amount of database space currently in use.

Max Size. The maximum size of the database.

Unused Space. The amount of database space currently not in use.
Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of
Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. When the full Microsoft SQL Server database is
used, N/A appears in this column because the database size is not limited.

Percent Used. The percentage of database space currently in use.
Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of
Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. When the full Microsoft SQL Server database is
used, N/A appears in this column because the database size is not limited.
For more information
Configuring this dashboard report
Flow: Flow Interface
This dashboard report displays detailed information for a selected Flow Monitor source. The
data displayed in this dashboard report is current to the last half-hour.
383
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
The Interface Traffic report for the last half-hour is displayed at the top of the interface's
details.

Last active. The last time traffic transmitted over the interface.

Interface type. They type of interface; for example, Ethernet CSMA/CD.

In speed. The speed (in bytes) at which data is flowing to the interface.

Out speed. The speed (in bytes) at which data is flowing from the interface.

Status. The status of the interface; either Up, Down, or Unknown.
Click the Interface name at the top of the report to view its Flow Monitor Interface Details
report.
For more information
Configuring this dashboard report
Flow: Flow Source
This dashboard report displays detailed information for a selected Flow Monitor source. The
data displayed in this dashboard report is current to the last half-hour.

IP address. The source router's IP address.

NetFlow version. The version of NetFlow supported by the router.

Packets received. The number of packets received by the router over the last halfhour.

Packets lost. The number of packets lost by the router over the last half-hour.

Reliability. The percentage of packets received by the router of the last half-hour.

Flow rate. The number of flows per second (fps) occurring over the router for the last
half-hour.

Last active. The last time traffic transmitted over the router.

Flow traffic status. Whether Flow Monitor is receiving traffic from the router; either
receiving, or not receiving.
A list of the source interfaces are listed at the bottom of the dashboard report. Click an
Interface name to view the Flow Monitor Interface Details report for that interface.
384
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
For more information
Configuring this dashboard report
Flow: Source List
This dashboard report lists all of the enabled Flow sources. Click an interface to drill down
into reports specific to the interface.

Flow Sources. Routers and interfaces enabled for Flow data collection are listed in
this column. Routers are listed by IP address and display name; interfaces are listed
below routers. The sources listed in this dashboard report are configured on the Flow
Sources dialog.
Note: Interfaces can be hidden; if you don't see an interface listed on this dashboard report,
check to see if it has been hidden via the Flow Interface dialog.

In Traffic. Interface inbound traffic is reported as a percentage of usage according to
the interface's speed, and as the number of inbound bytes per second.

Out Traffic. Interface outbound traffic is reported as a percentage of usage according
to the interface's speed, and as the number of outbound bytes per second.
The report displays the number of overall flows per minute for each router.
Note: The traffic data displayed in this dashboard report is for the last half-hour.
For more information
Configuring this dashboard report
Interface Troubleshooting dashboard reports
Interface Troubleshooting
dashboard reports
Type
Description
Top Senders with Most Conversation
Partners
Home
Displays the senders with the most
conversation partners in the selected direction
on the selected interface
Top Receivers with the most
conversation partners
Home
Displays the devices receiving the most traffic
from the highest number of other devices in the
selected direction on the selected interface.
Top Senders with the Most Failed
Connections
Home
Displays the devices that initiated the highest
number of unsuccessful TCP connection
attempts, or SYN packets, in the selected
direction on the selected interface.
Top Receivers with the Most Failed
Connections
Home
Displays the devices to which the greatest
number of other devices have failed to connect.
This dashboard report shows only connection
attempts, or SYN packets, sent in the selected
385
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Troubleshooting
dashboard reports
Type
Description
direction on the selected interface.
ICMP Types
Home
Displays a summary graph of the top Internet
Control Message Protocol (ICMP) errors
occurring on the selected interface during the
time period selected for the Interface Details
report.
Packet Size Distribution
Home
Displays a bar chart where each bar represents
the percentage of packets that fall within a
given size range in bytes.
Flow Monitor: Top Senders with Most Conversation Partners
This dashboard report displays the senders with the most conversation partners in the
selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected
interface. A conversation is a connection between two devices that are transmitting
information to one another over a single port. Conversation partner data is useful in
determining the devices on and off the network that are sending the most information to
other devices and/or Web sites. Also, a device with too many conversation partners could be
using unauthorized peer-to-peer applications.
By default, devices are listed by hostname, however you can configure this report to list the
devices by IP address by selecting Display IP Address instead of Hostname on the report
configuration dialog.

Sender. Displays the host name of the top sender with the most conversation
partners.

Number of Partners. Displays the number of conversation partners with which the
sender has connected.

Percent of Top n. Displays the percentage ranking of the item within the top n items
of the category.
Tip: You can hover over a host name to display popup information about the host name's IP
address. If you right-click on the host-name, a filter will be created that uses the host as the
filter criteria and the Interface Details dashboard will reload with this filter applied.
386
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
For more information
About interface traffic directions
Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume
that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In
reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external
interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it
enters.
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Internal interface Inbound
The devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected
internal interface sending information to the most conversation
partners/outside devices.
Outbound
The outside devices sending information to the most
conversation partners/devices on the LAN segment connected
to the selected internal interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The devices sending the most information across the selected
internal interface.
External interface Inbound
The devices connected to the selected external interface
sending information to the most conversation partners/ devices
on an internal LAN segment.
Outbound
The devices on internal LAN segments sending information to
the most conversation partners/devices connected to the
selected external interface.
Inbound/
The devices sending the most information across the selected
387
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Outbound
external interface.
Linking to Flow Monitor reports from WhatsUp Gold
Configuring this dashboard report
Flow Monitor: Top Senders
This dashboard report shows the devices generating the most traffic traveling in the selected
direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected interface.
You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display
and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods
allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources
other than bandwidth.
By default, devices are listed by hostname, however you can configure this report to list the
devices by IP address by selecting Display IP Address instead of Hostname on the report
configuration dialog.

Sender. Displays the hosts that are the top senders on the interface.

You can select one of the following units to display and sort the specific items in the
report using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. The
selected option will appear as the first column header in the report and will be used
to sort the top "n" items.

Bytes. Displays the total number of bytes transmitted for the specific item in the
report category for the selected date range.

Packets. Displays the total number of packets for the specific item in the report
category for the selected date range.

Flows. Displays the total number of flows for the specific item in the report category
for the selected date range.

Rate. Displays the average bit rate, packet rate or flow rate, in multiples of the
selected unit (e.g. Kbps, Mbps, or Gbps) for the specific item in the report category for
the selected date range.

Utilization. Displays the percentage of the total available bandwidth used by the
specific item in the report category for the selected date range.
388
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: Utilization is displayed as N/A if a speed is not specified for the interface, or if you have
selected to display packets or flows in the report. If you are displaying bytes, you can set the
interface speed on the Flow Interface dialog. To navigate to the Flow Interface dialog, rightclick on the interface and then click Configure > Source > Edit.

Percentage. Displays the percentage of the total traffic for the specific item in the
report category for the selected date range.

Others (row title). The optional Others row title displays a summation of all of the
unspecified items of the report category. The unspecified items are those items not
specifically displayed in the top "n" items. The Others row provides a comparison
between the specified items, or top "n" items selected for display, and the rest of the
traffic on the interface. When displayed, the Others row will provide perspective as to
the relative size of the specified items in comparison to the total traffic on the
interface.

Totals (row title). Displays the total of all of the items in the report category,
specified and unspecified (Others). This row shows the interface totals for each
column in the report.
Tip: You can hover over a host name to display popup information about the host name's IP
address. If you right-click on the host-name, a filter will be created that uses the host as the
filter criteria and the Interface Details dashboard will reload with this filter applied.
Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with
average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity.
389
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
For more information
About interface traffic directions
Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume
that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In
reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external
interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it
enters.
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Internal interface Inbound
The top senders among devices on the LAN segment connected
to the selected internal interface that are communicating with
outside devices.
Outbound
The top senders among outside devices that are
communicating with devices on the LAN segment connected to
the selected internal interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The top senders among all devices that are transmitting traffic
across the selected internal interface.
External interface Inbound
The top senders among devices connected to the selected
external interface that are communicating with devices on an
internal LAN segment.
Outbound
The top senders among devices on internal LAN segments that
are communicating with devices connected to the selected
external interface.
Inbound/
The top senders among all devices that are transmitting traffic
390
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Outbound
across the selected external interface.
Flow Monitor: Top Senders with Most Failed Connections
This dashboard report displays the devices that initiated the highest number of unsuccessful
TCP connection attempts, or SYN packets, in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound,
Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected interface.
Essentially, the listed host has tried to establish a TCP connection to another device but has
not succeeded. Devices listed in this report may be conducting port scanning--a practice
used by hackers to find potential intrusion points on a network.
By default, devices are listed by hostname, however you can configure this report to list the
devices by IP address by selecting Display IP Address instead of Hostname on the report
configuration dialog.

Sender. Displays the host name of the top sender with the most failed connections.

Connection Attempts. Displays the number of failed connection attempts.

Percent of Top n. Displays the percentage ranking of the item with the top n items of
the category.
Tip: You can hover over a hostname to display popup information about the host name's IP
address. If you right-click the hostname, a filter is created that uses the host as the filter
criteria and the Interface Details dashboard reloads with this filter applied.
Note: WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor can only find failed connections on sources that are not
sending sampled data.
391
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
For more information
About interface traffic directions
Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume
that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In
reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external
interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it
enters.
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Internal interface Inbound
The devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected
internal interface the most failed attempts to send information
to outside devices.
Outbound
The outside devices with the most failed attempts to send
information to devices on the LAN segment connected to the
selected internal interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The devices with the most failed communication attempts
across the selected internal interface.
External interface Inbound
The devices connected to the selected external interface with
the most failed attempts to send information to devices on an
internal LAN segment.
Outbound
The devices on internal LAN segments with the most failed
attempts to send information to devices connected to the
selected external interface.
Inbound/
The devices with the most failed communication attempts
392
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Outbound
across the selected external interface.
Interface Traffic dashboard reports
Interface Traffic dashboard
reports
Type
Description
Interface Traffic
Home
Displays the incoming and outgoing traffic
transmitted over the selected interface for the
chosen time period.
Incoming Interface Traffic
Home
Displays the percentage of the total inbound traffic
on an interface that is leaving through each of the
output interfaces.
Outgoing Interface Traffic
Home
Displays the percentage of the total outbound
traffic through an interface, that entered through
each of the input interfaces.
Incoming Interface Utilization
Home
Displays a graph of the selected interface's
incoming traffic as a percentage of available
bandwidth for the chosen time period.
Outgoing Interface Utilization
Home
Displays a graph of the outgoing utilization on
selected interface for the chosen time period.
Flow: Incoming Interface Traffic
The Incoming Interface Traffic dashboard report displays the percentage of the total inbound
traffic on an interface that is leaving through each of the output interfaces.
Occasionally a misconfiguration can cause a device to send traffic back through the interface
where it was received. In Flow Monitor, this is called Bounce traffic. Flow Monitor alerts you to
this abnormal traffic pattern by displaying a flag next to the interface(s) where the error is
occurring.
Below the chart, a table is provided that includes the number of bytes, packets and flows for
each output interface, as well as the percentage of the total inbound traffic leaving through
that interface.
393
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Flow: Incoming Interface Utilization
This dashboard report displays a graph of the selected interface's incoming traffic as a
percentage of available bandwidth for the chosen time period.
Tip: If you experience an unusually low interface utilization, this could be because you have
Flow Monitor collecting on a router which is not the network bottleneck. Changing the
interface speed on the Flow Sources dialog will give a more accurate reading of its utilization.
Flow: Interface Traffic
This dashboard report shows the incoming and outgoing traffic transmitted over the selected
interface for the chosen time period.
Interface traffic is graphed in bytes over time. The 95th percentile for both inbound and
outbound interface traffic is graphed for the chosen time period.
You can easily lower the time graph scale on the configuration dialog to see the lower level
traffic that is more difficult to see at the default scale setting.
You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display
and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods
allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources
other than bandwidth.
Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with
average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity.
Click the interface name at the top of this dashboard report to view the Flow Monitor
Interface Overview report for the selected interface.
394
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Flow: Outgoing Interface Traffic
The Outgoing Interface Traffic dashboard report displays the percentage of the total
outbound traffic through an interface, that entered through each of the input interfaces.
Occasionally a misconfiguration can cause a device to receive traffic it has just sent. Flow
Monitor alerts you to this abnormal traffic pattern by displaying a flag next to the interface(s)
where the error is occurring.
Below the chart, a table is provided that includes the number of bytes, packets and flows for
each input interface, as well as the percentage of the total outbound traffic that is coming
into that interface.
Flow: Outgoing Interface Utilization
This Flow Monitor dashboard report displays a graph of the outgoing utilization on selected
interface for the chosen time period.
Outbound interface utilization is graphed by percentage over time.
Tip: If you experience an unusually low interface utilization, this could be because you have
Flow Monitor collecting on a router which is not the network bottleneck. Changing the
interface speed on the Flow Sources dialog will give a more accurate reading of its utilization.
395
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Details dashboard reports
Interface Details dashboard
reports
Type
Description
Top Protocols
Home
Displays the transport layer protocols (TCP,
UDP, ICMP, etc.) used the most, traveling in
the selected direction on the selected
interface.
Top Applications
Home
Displays the applications used by devices
generating the most traffic traveling in the
selected direction on the selected interface.
Top Senders
Home
Displays the devices generating the most
traffic traveling in the selected direction on
the selected interface.
Top Receivers
Home
Displays the devices receiving the most traffic
traveling in the selected direction on the
selected interface.
Top Sender/Receiver Domains
Home
Displays the top domains whose devices are
generating traffic/to which traffic is routed
over the selected interface in the selected
direction.
Top Sender/Receiver Countries
Home
Displays the geographic locations of the
devices sending/receiving the most traffic
traveling in the selected direction on the
selected interface.
Top Sender/Receiver Groups
Home
Displays the sender/receiver groups
generating the most traffic traveling in the
selected direction on the selected interface.
Top Sender/Receiver TLD
Home
Displays the top level domains (the last
portion of an Internet domain name, such as
.com, .edu, or .us) whose devices are
generating traffic/to which traffic is routed
over the selected interface in the selected
direction.
Top Types of Service
Home
Displays the top Quality of Service (QoS) types
that are generating the most traffic traveling
in the selected direction on the selected
interface.
Top Conversations
Home
Displays the conversations between devices
generating the most traffic traveling in the
selected direction on the selected interface.
Top NBAR Applications - Flow
Details
Home
Displays the top applications as identified
using Cisco's NBAR classification engine.
Top Ports
Home
Displays the top ports to which traffic is routed
on the selected interface in the selected
direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and
Outbound, or Bounce).
396
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Flow Monitor: Top Sender Domains
This dashboard report displays the top domains whose devices are generating traffic that is
routed over the selected interface in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound
and Outbound, or Bounce). The traffic displayed for each domain is the sum of the traffic
generated by each device on that domain.
Note: The domains listed in this dashboard report are obtained from the last two parts of a
host name.
Domain data is useful in determining where the persons on a network are spending the most
time. If you see a domain that isn't network-friendly, you can drill down by adding a filter for
the domain and detect the device or devices visiting the suspect Web location.
You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display
and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods
allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources
other than bandwidth.

Receiver. Displays the hosts that are the top receivers on the interface.

Sender Domain. Displays the top sender domain.

You can select one of the following units to display and sort the specific items in the
report using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. The
selected option will appear as the first column header in the report and will be used
to sort the top "n" items.

Bytes. Displays the total number of bytes transmitted for the specific item in the
report category for the selected date range.

Packets. Displays the total number of packets for the specific item in the report
category for the selected date range.

Flows. Displays the total number of flows for the specific item in the report category
for the selected date range.

Rate. Displays the average bit rate, packet rate or flow rate, in multiples of the
selected unit (e.g. Kbps, Mbps, or Gbps) for the specific item in the report category for
the selected date range.

Utilization. Displays the percentage of the total available bandwidth used by the
specific item in the report category for the selected date range.
Note: Utilization is displayed as N/A if a speed is not specified for the interface, or if you have
selected to display packets or flows in the report. If you are displaying bytes, you can set the
interface speed on the Flow Interface dialog. To navigate to the Flow Interface dialog, rightclick on the interface and then click Configure > Source > Edit.
397
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Percentage. Displays the percentage of the total traffic for the specific item in the
report category for the selected date range.

Others (row title). The optional Others row title displays a summation of all of the
unspecified items of the report category. The unspecified items are those items not
specifically displayed in the top "n" items. The Others row provides a comparison
between the specified items, or top "n" items selected for display, and the rest of the
traffic on the interface. When displayed, the Others row will provide perspective as to
the relative size of the specified items in comparison to the total traffic on the
interface.

Totals (row title). Displays the total of all of the items in the report category,
specified and unspecified (Others). This row shows the interface totals for each
column in the report.
Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with
average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity.
For more information
About interface traffic directions
Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume
that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In
reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external
interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it
enters.
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Internal interface Inbound
The top domains used by devices on the LAN segment
connected to the selected internal interface to send information
to outside devices.
Outbound
The top domains used by outside devices to send information to
the devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected
internal interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The top domains used by all devices transferring information
across the selected internal interface.
398
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
External interface Inbound
The top domains used by devices connected to the selected
external interface to send information to devices on an internal
LAN segment.
Outbound
The top domains used by devices on internal LAN segments to
send information to devices connected to the selected external
interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The top domains used by all devices sending information across
the selected external interface.
Linking to Flow Monitor reports from WhatsUp Gold
Configuring this dashboard report
Flow Monitor: Top Sender Groups
This dashboard report shows the sender groups generating the most traffic traveling in the
selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected
interface. Sending Group data is useful in determining which groups on the network are
using the most bandwidth by sending the most information.
Groups are user defined sets of hosts that allow customized reporting and are configured via
the Flow Groups dialog. (Configure > Flow Groups).
399
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display
and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods
allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources
other than bandwidth.

Sender Group. The group name, used to represent a user defined set of hosts.

You can select one of the following units to display and sort the specific items in the
report using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. The
selected option will appear as the first column header in the report and will be used
to sort the top "n" items.

Bytes. Displays the total number of bytes transmitted for the specific item in the
report category for the selected date range.

Packets. Displays the total number of packets for the specific item in the report
category for the selected date range.

Flows. Displays the total number of flows for the specific item in the report category
for the selected date range.

Rate. Displays the average bit rate, packet rate or flow rate, in multiples of the
selected unit (e.g. Kbps, Mbps, or Gbps) for the specific item in the report category for
the selected date range.

Utilization. Displays the percentage of the total available bandwidth used by the
specific item in the report category for the selected date range.
Note: Utilization is displayed as N/A if a speed is not specified for the interface, or if you have
selected to display packets or flows in the report. If you are displaying bytes, you can set the
interface speed on the Flow Interface dialog. To navigate to the Flow Interface dialog, rightclick on the interface and then click Configure > Source > Edit.

Percentage. Displays the percentage of the total traffic for the specific item in the
report category for the selected date range.

Others (row title). The optional Others row title displays a summation of all of the
unspecified items of the report category. The unspecified items are those items not
specifically displayed in the top "n" items. The Others row provides a comparison
between the specified items, or top "n" items selected for display, and the rest of the
traffic on the interface. When displayed, the Others row will provide perspective as to
the relative size of the specified items in comparison to the total traffic on the
interface.

Totals (row title). Displays the total of all of the items in the report category,
specified and unspecified (Others). This row shows the interface totals for each
column in the report.
Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with
average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity.
400
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
For more information
About interface traffic directions
Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume
that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In
reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external
interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it
enters.
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Internal interface Inbound
The top groups used by devices on the LAN segment connected
to the selected internal interface to communicate with outside
devices.
Outbound
The top groups used by outside devices to communicate with
devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal
interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The top groups used by all devices transmitting traffic across the
selected internal interface.
External interface Inbound
The top groups used by devices connected to the selected
external interface to communicate with devices on an internal
LAN segment.
Outbound
The top groups used by devices on internal LAN segments to
communicate with devices connected to the selected external
interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The top groups used by all devices transmitting traffic across the
selected external interface.
401
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Flow Monitor: Top Sender TLD
This dashboard report displays the top level domains (the last portion of an Internet domain
name, such as .com, .edu, or .us) whose devices are generating traffic that is routed over the
selected interface in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or
Bounce). The traffic displayed for each TLD is the sum of the traffic generated by each device
on that TLD.
In most cases, the TLD for a device is the same as the country that is listed in the Top Sender
and Receiver Countries dashboard reports. However, in the case of the TLD, the country is
where the domain name was obtained, and not necessarily where the host is located.
Sender TLD traffic is reported by type in bytes and as a percentage of the top x results from
the current interface for the selected time period.
Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with
average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity.
For more information
About interface traffic directions
Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume
that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In
reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external
interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it
enters.
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Internal interface Inbound
Outbound
The top domain types used by devices on the LAN segment
connected to the selected internal interface that are receiving
traffic from outside devices.
The top domain types used by outside devices that are receiving
traffic from devices on the LAN segment connected to the
selected internal interface.
402
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Inbound/
Outbound
External interface Inbound
The top domain types used by all devices transferring traffic
across the selected internal interface.
The top domain types used by devices connected to the
selected external interface that are receiving traffic from devices
on an internal LAN segment.
Outbound
The top domain types used by devices on internal LAN
segments that are receiving traffic from devices connected to
the selected external interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The top domain types used by all devices transmitting traffic
across the selected external interface.
Flow: Top Types of Service
This dashboard report displays the top Type of Services (ToS) based on traffic traveling in the
selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected
interface. ToS are used by routers to prioritize the traffic that is transmitted over a router. For
instance, VoIP data may be given a higher ToS than general network use to ensure that the
quality of the VoIP audio is not degraded by high network utilization.
403
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display
and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods
allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources
other than bandwidth.

Type of Service. Displays the ToS differentiated services code point (DSCP).

You can select one of the following units to display and sort the specific items in the
report using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. The
selected option will appear as the first column header in the report and will be used
to sort the top "n" items.

Bytes. Displays the total number of bytes transmitted for the specific item in the
report category for the selected date range.

Packets. Displays the total number of packets for the specific item in the report
category for the selected date range.

Flows. Displays the total number of flows for the specific item in the report category
for the selected date range.

Rate. Displays the average bit rate, packet rate or flow rate, in multiples of the
selected unit (e.g. Kbps, Mbps, or Gbps) for the specific item in the report category for
the selected date range.

Utilization. Displays the percentage of the total available bandwidth used by the
specific item in the report category for the selected date range.
Note: Utilization is displayed as N/A if a speed is not specified for the interface, or if you have
selected to display packets or flows in the report. If you are displaying bytes, you can set the
interface speed on the Flow Interface dialog. To navigate to the Flow Interface dialog, rightclick on the interface and then click Configure > Source > Edit.

Percentage. Displays the percentage of the total traffic for the specific item in the
report category for the selected date range.

Others (row title). The optional Others row title displays a summation of all of the
unspecified items of the report category. The unspecified items are those items not
specifically displayed in the top "n" items. The Others row provides a comparison
between the specified items, or top "n" items selected for display, and the rest of the
traffic on the interface. When displayed, the Others row will provide perspective as to
the relative size of the specified items in comparison to the total traffic on the
interface.

Totals (row title). Displays the total of all of the items in the report category,
specified and unspecified (Others). This row shows the interface totals for each
column in the report.
Note: For the purposes of this report, Flow Monitor defines ToS as the first 6 bits of a Type of
Service (ToS) byte, or the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP).
404
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with
average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity.
For more information
About interface traffic directions
Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume
that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In
reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external
interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it
enters.
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Internal interface Inbound
The top types of service used by devices on the LAN segment
connected to the selected internal interface to communicate
with outside devices.
Outbound
The top types of service used by outside devices to
communicate with devices on the LAN segment connected to
the selected internal interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The top types of service used by all devices transmitting traffic
across the selected internal interface.
External interface Inbound
The top types of service used by devices connected to the
selected external interface to communicate with devices on an
internal LAN segment.
405
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface
Traffic Direction Report displays...
Outbound
The top types of service used by devices on internal LAN
segments to communicate with devices connected to the
selected external interface.
Inbound/
Outbound
The top types of service by all devices transmitting traffic across
the selected external interface.
406
General reports
In This Chapter
General dashboard reports ...........................................................................407
General: Custom Links ....................................................................................408
General: Database Size ...................................................................................409
General: Database Table Usage ...................................................................410
General: Device Active Monitor States .....................................................411
General: Device Attributes ............................................................................411
General: Device Custom Links......................................................................412
General: Device Dependencies ...................................................................412
General: Device Notes.....................................................................................412
General: Device Performance Monitor Summary .................................413
General: SNMP Details ....................................................................................413
General: Device Status ....................................................................................414
General: Device Toolbar .................................................................................415
General: Free Form Text/HTML ....................................................................415
General: Group Status .....................................................................................416
General: Interface Details...............................................................................417
General: Map View ...........................................................................................418
General: Monitors Applied ............................................................................419
General: Search Knowledge Base ...............................................................419
General: Summary Counts.............................................................................420
General: Web User Activity Log ...................................................................420
General dashboard reports
General dashboard
reports
Type
Device Notes
Device Displays device notes configured in Device Properties > Notes.
Device Attributes
Device Displays device attributes configured in Device Properties >
Attributes.
Device SNMP Details
Device Displays device SNMP details.
Device Status
Device Displays device details, active monitors, attributes, and the device
Description
407
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
General dashboard
reports
Type
Description
groups to which a device belongs.
Device Toolbar
Device Displays device details configured in Device Propterties >
General.
Device Custom Links
Device Displays any custom links assigned to a device in Device
Properties > Custom Links.
Device Dependencies
Device Shows the state of a device and any devices that are up or down
dependent on that device.
Monitors Applied
Home Displays a list of any Active, Passive, or Performance monitors
assigned to the selected device.
Device Active Monitor
States
Device Lists all of a device's Active Monitors and their current state.
Device Performance
Monitor Summary
Device Displays a polling summary for the device currently in context.
Map View
Home Displays a smaller version of a network map.
Group Status
Home Displays a summary for the selected device group.
Database Size
Home Displays a graphical representation of the WhatsUp Gold database
at the time of the last poll.
Database Table Usage
Home Displays a graphical representation of the WhatsUp Gold top five
database tables. If Flow Monitor is installed, Flow Monitor or Flow
Monitor Archive database views can be configured to display in
the dashboard report.
Custom Links
Home Displays any custom links that you add to the dashboard report.
Free Form Text/HTML
Home Displays any free form text or HTML code that you add to the
dashboard report.
Web User Activity Log
Home Displays a log of when a user logs on or off the web interface, and
the actions taken while logged on.
Interface Details (specific
interface)
Home Displays SNMP information reported by a specific network
interface.
User Orientation
Home Displays information regarding the new the new web interface,
dashboard, and dashboard reports.
Search Knowledge Base
Home Allows you to search the WhatsUp Gold Knowledge Base.
408
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
General: Custom Links
This universal dashboard report lets you add http links to a dashboard for easy access. For
example, use this dashboard report to add a link to your company's home page to easily
access this page from the WhatsUp web interface.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

3
Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Click Add to add a new custom link to the dashboard report.

Select an existing link and click Edit to change an existing link.

Select an existing link and click Remove to remove a link from the list.

Move an existing link up or down the list by first selecting it, and then clicking Up
or Down.
Click OK to save changes.
General: Database Size
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of the database size at the
time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to view your
database size at a glance.
The graph uses color to show the current status:
Red. Above 75%
Yellow. Between 50% and 75%
Green. 50% or less
Under the graph, the database size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and
free space.
Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of
Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations.
409
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available database space in green, and used
space in red.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the database percentage used.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the database percentage used.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the database percentage used.

Text. A numerical representation of the database percentage used. The
percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display
size of the graph (small, medium, or large).
Click OK to save changes.
General: Database Table Usage
This home-level dashboard report provides bar graphs of the top five WhatsUp Gold
database tables' usage. The remaining database table space usage is graphed in the Other
category. If Flow Monitor is installed, Flow Monitor or Flow Monitor Archive database views
can be configured to display the number of records for each record type in the dashboard
report. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to view the top five database
table sizes and manage the database size as it grows.
Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of
Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations.
Tip: You can use the Alert Center to set database threshold alerts for WhatsUp Gold and Flow
Monitor. For more information, see Configuring a WhatsUp Health threshold (on page 795).
410
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
Select Database. Select the WhatsUp Gold, Flow Monitor, or Flow Monitor Archive
database to display in the report.
Click OK to save changes.

3
General: Device Active Monitor States
This device-level dashboard report lists all of a device's Active Monitors and their current
state. Adding this report to a Device Status dashboard will update you on the health of a
crucial device's Active Monitors, as well as list what Active Monitors are currently configured
for the device. If you only want to see down Active Monitors, see Problem Areas: Down Active
Monitors Problem Areas Specific Device: Down Active Monitors (on page 501).

Monitor. The type of Active Monitor.

State. The state of the Monitor after the last poll.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Click Browse (...) to add a device.
Click OK to save changes.
General: Device Attributes
This device-level dashboard report displays device attributes that are configured/added to a
device in Device Properties > Attributes. By adding this dashboard report to a device
dashboard, you can keep important identification information visible. For example, you can
include the location of a device, to whom a workstation belongs, or other identification
indicators.
Tip: Clicking the device icon brings up its Device Status Report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

3
Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.
411
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
General: Device Custom Links
This dashboard report displays a customizable list of web links in a dashboard view.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter a title for the dashboard report in the Report name field.
3 Make any changes to the report:
4

Click Add to add a new URL to the list.

Click Edit to change the settings for a URL.

Click Remove to delete a URL from the list.
Click OK to save changes.
General: Device Dependencies
This device-level dashboard report shows the state of a device and any devices that are up or
down dependent upon it. In addition, the states of these dependent devices are listed along
with any down Active Monitors.
This dashboard report contains the following fields:

Dependencies for: The selected device's name or IP address.

The selected device is Up dependent on: any device(s) the selected device is Up
dependent on. If none are listed, the selected device is not Up dependent on any
other device(s).

The selected device is Down dependent on: any device(s) the selected device is
Down dependent on. If none are listed, the selected device is not Down dependent
on any other device(s).
For more information on setting dependencies, please see the Dependencies Overview and
Setting Dependencies.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
3 Click OK to save changes.
412
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
General: Device Notes
This device-level dashboard report displays device notes configured in Device Propterties >
Notes. You may want to add this dashboard report to the dashboard of a device to help
differentiate it from other devices you are monitoring, or to keep up with important
reminders for a specific device.
Tip: Clicking on the device icon opens its Device Status Report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Click browse (...) to select the device this report applies to.
Click OK to save changes.
General: Device Performance Monitor Summary
This device-level dashboard report summarizes all Performance Monitors configured for a
single device.
The dashboard report includes the following fields:

Performance Monitor Type. The type of Performance Monitor, for example, CPU
Utilization.

Polling Collection. What the application is polling, for example, "All," "Default," or
"Active Interfaces."

Polling Interval. How often the Performance Monitor is being polled.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Name. Enter a title for the report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Column 1 width. Enter a width for column 1 in pixels.
Click OK to save the changes.
413
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
General: SNMP Details
This device-level dashboard report displays a device's SNMP details. You can use this
dashboard report to display a variety of device-specific SNMP details to assist in monitoring
important devices. For example, you can use it to monitor how long a device has been up and
to pin-point its down time.
Click on the device to bring up its Device Status Report.

Property. The OID label.

Value. The information returned from the poll.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report's pane.

Device. Select a device for the report by clicking the browse (...) button.

Click Add to add another OID to the SNMP value list from the MIB Browser.

Select an existing OID, then click Edit to make a change.

Select an existing OID, then click Remove to delete it from the list.
Move an OID up or down the list by selecting it and clicking either Move Up or
Move Down.
Click OK to save changes.

3
General: Device Status
The Device Status dashboard report displays a snapshot of a specific device. You can change
the device-in-context, but the dashboard reports within the Device Status Dashboard remain
the same. The Device Status dashboard report displays the following information for a device:
Display name. The name that displays in WhatsUp Gold for the device.
Device type. The type of device.
Host name. The host name for the device.
Address. The address of the device.
Active Monitors. A list of any active monitors applied to the device and their current state.
Attributes. Any additional information about the device.
Group membership. The WhatsUp Gold groups to which the device belongs.
414
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Click Browse (...) to select a device.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
General: Device Toolbar
This device-level dashboard report displays a device's details configured in Device
Propterties > General. You may want to add this dashboard report to a device's dashboard
to help differentiate it from other devices you are monitoring.
Tip: Clicking on the device icon brings up its Device Status Report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
 Device. Click browse (...) to select the device this report applies to.
3 Click OK to save changes.
General: Free Form Text/HTML
This universal level dashboard report allows you to write any HTML text for display within a
dashboard view. Displaying this dashboard report offers you the ability to keep important
information in view.
This free-form dashboard report supports:

Any HTML text

Standard HTML formatting - bold, italic, and underline

Tables and <br> tags
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
415
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Type a title for the report.
 Free form text/HTML. Type your HTML code or text in this box.
3 Click OK to save changes.
General: Group Status
This home-level dashboard report displays a summary for the selected device group by the
current count of its:

Monitored devices

Up devices
Note: All active monitors on a device must be up to be shown in the Up devices list.

Down devices
Note: All active monitors on a device must be down to be shown in the Down devices list.

Devices with down active monitors

Enabled active monitors

Devices with up active monitors

Down active monitors

Up interfaces

Down interfaces

Unacknowledged devices

Actions fired in the last 4 hours
Note: The Group Status dashboard report only reports on the first child of any group. It does
not show recursive report data for devices in sub-groups.
Note: When you click a link to the reports, the devices included in the full report are all
devices that have exhibited the status behavior during the selected date and time periods of
the report. The dashboard report, however, only displays the number of devices that are
currently exhibiting the selected status.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
416
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
3
Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report's pane.

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
General: Interface Details
This General Dashboard report displays SNMP information reported by a specific interface. To
gather this data, you must have the SNMP Credentials (on page 75) configured for the device
in it's Device Properties.
Device Information
The top section of the Dashboard report shows the current state of the device, as well as the
display name and device type. Click the device name to go to that device's Device Status (on
page 354) report.
Interface Information
The lower section of the Dashboard report is the information reported by SNMP:

Interface name. The name and IP address of the interface. Click the interface name to
access the Interface Utilization (on page 641) report for this interface.

Type. The type code of the interface as defined in the MIB file for the interface.

Index. The SNMP index of the interface.

Description. Usually the interface or port name on the device.
Polling Information

Status. The current status of the device as reported through SNMP. Click the status
code to access the Router/Switch/Interface view of the Device Status report.

1 - up

2 - down

3 - testing

4 - unknown

5 - dormant

6 - notPresent

7 - lowerLayerDown

Last poll time. The date and time of the last successful poll.

Last poll time interval. The time (in seconds) between the last two successful polls.
417
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Received octets

Rx speed. The maximum bandwidth (in Mbps) that the interface allows for received
octets..

Last rx octets. The bandwidth (in Kbps) used by the interface during the last polling
period for received octets.

Rx octets total. The total number of octets received (in KB) during the last polling
cycle.

Rx utilization. The percent of the total bandwidth used by the interface for received
octets during the last polling cycle.
Transmitted octets

Tx speed. The maximum bandwidth (in Mbps) that the interface allows for
transmitted octets.

Last tx octets. The bandwidth (in Kbps) used by the interface during the last polling
period for transmitted octets.

Tx octets total. The total number of octets transmitted (in KB) during the last polling
cycle.

Tx utilization. The percent of the total bandwidth used by the interface for
transmitted octets during the last polling cycle.
Configuration
Use the Configure Interface Details page to select an interface on a specific device. You can
also change the title of the Dashboard report by entering a new name in the Report name
box.
General: Map View
This dashboard report displays a smaller version of a network map.

Clicking a device in the map takes you to the Device Status dashboard for that device.

Clicking the device group name at the bottom of the map dashboard report takes
you to the Devices list.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the browse (...) button.

Width. Enter a width for the map boundary box in pixels.

Height. Enter a height for the map boundary box in pixels.
418
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
You can select these optional items:

Draw device type icons. This includes device type icons in the map. Devices are
represented by dots when this option is not selected.

Show unconnected links. This displays links unconnected links in the map.

Show dependency arrows. This displays arrows that indicating up and down
dependencies on group devices in the map.

Clip device labels. This removes device labels from the map.
 Wrap device labels. This wraps device labels in the map.
3 Click OK to save changes.
General: Monitors Applied
This home or device-level dashboard report displays any Active, Passive, or Performance
monitors configured for and assigned to the selected device.
The report body displays:

A listing of monitors by type and name.
Tip: Click the Reports link next to a monitor name to view a list of any associated full reports.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Device. Select a device for the report by clicking the browse (...) button.
Click OK to save changes.
General: Search Knowledge Base
This home-level dashboard report allows you to search the WhatsUp Gold Knowledge Base.
To perform a Knowledge Base search from this dashboard report:
1
2
Enter an alphanumeric phrase in the field provided.
Click Search. A new WhatsUp Gold Knowledge Base web page that contains the results
of the search appears.
419
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.
Click OK to save changes.

3
General: Summary Counts
This general dashboard report gives a summary of a group by the total number of:

Monitored devices

Up devices

Down devices

Devices with down Active Monitors

Devices in Maintenance

Active Monitors

Down Active Monitors

Up interfaces

Down interfaces

Actions fired in the last 4 hours
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Count. The total number of that specific type of passive monitor on the network.

Total number of. The device status types.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.
Click OK to save changes.
420
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
General: Web User Activity Log
This home-level dashboard report displays a log of when a user logs on or off the web
interface, and the actions taken while logged on. All messages found in this Log are also
written to the Windows Event log.

Web user. The specific WhatsUp Web user to which the message pertains.

Date. The date of the message.

Category. The type of message. Possible categories and example details:

Devices. Indicates a change to a device or device group, for example, "'Created
device' %1"

Action. Indicates changes made to action types, for example, "Modified action type
'%1'"

Device Properties. Indicates changes made to device properties, for example,
"Removed passive monitor type '%1' from '%2'"

Active Monitor. Indicates changes made to active monitor types, for example,
"Modified active monitor type '%1'"

Action. Indicates changes made to action types, for example, "Deleted action type
'%1'"

Action Policy. Indicates changes made to action policies, for example, "Created action
policy type '%1'"

System. Indicates changes to the overall system, for example, "Modified 'ip security
settings'"

Bulk Field Change operations. Indicates that a bulk field change successfully
executed, for example, "'Maintenance bulk field changes' for %1"

Login. A record of user logins and logouts, for example, "Logged in"

User. Indicates changes made to user accounts, for example, "Deleted user '%1'"

Credentials. Indicates changes made to credentials, for example, "Changed
credentials '%1'"

Passive Monitor. Indicates changes made to passive monitors, for example,
"Modified passive monitor type '%1'"

Performance Monitor. Indicates changes made to performance monitors, for
example, "Modified performance monitor type '%1'"

Dashboards. Indicates changes made to dashboards, for example, "Modified
dashboard 'General'"

Flow. (available with Flow Monitor only) Indicates changes made to Flow Interface
Details, for example, "Modified Flow dashboard report: 'General'"

Details. The details of the activity.
421
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Date range. Select a date range for the dashboard report from the drop-down menu.

Maximum rows to return. Enter a number for the number of rows displayed in the
dashboard report.

Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Details column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
422
Interface Errors and Discards reports
In This Chapter
Interface Errors and Discards dashboard reports .................................423
Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Single Device) ..........................425
Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) ...................425
Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Single Device) ...............................427
Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) ........................427
Interface Errors and Discards - Last Polled Values (Single Device) .429
Interface Errors and Discards: Top X by Number of Discards ...........429
Interface Errors and Discards:Top X by Number of Errors..................430
Interface Errors and Discards dashboard reports
Interface Errors and
Discards dashboard
reports
Type
Interface Errors and
Discards - Last Polled
Values (single device)
Home Shows the interface errors and discards for the selected device
/
network interfaces at the time of the last poll.
Device
Top 10 by Number of
Errors
Home Lists the top 10 device interfaces with packet errors for inbound
and outbound data during a selected time period.
Top 10 by Number of
Discards
Home Lists the top 10 device interfaces with packet discards for inbound
and outbound data during a selected time period.
Top 20 by Number of
Errors
Home Lists the top 20 device interfaces with packet errors for inbound
and outbound data during a selected time period.
Top 20 by Number of
Discards
Home Lists the top 20 device interfaces with packet discards for inbound
and outbound data during a selected time period.
Interface Errors - Last 4
Hours (single device)
Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for
/
inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device
Device during the last 4 hours.
Interface Errors - Last 8
Hours (single device)
Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for
/
inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device
Device during the last 8 hours.
Interface Errors - Last 7
Days (single device)
Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for
/
inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device
Device during the last 7 days.
Description
423
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Errors and
Discards dashboard
reports
Type
Description
Interface Errors - Last 30
Days (single device)
Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for
/
inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device
Device during the last 30 days.
Interface Discards - Last 4
Hours (single device)
Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for
inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device
/
Device during the last 4 hours.
Interface Discards - Last 8
Hours (single device)
Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for
inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device
/
Device during the last 8 hours.
Interface Discards - Last 7
Days (single device)
Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for
inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device
/
Device during the last 7 days.
Interface Discards - Last
30 Days (single device)
Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for
inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device
/
Device during the last 30 days.
Interface Errors - Last 4
Hours (specific interface)
Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface errors for
inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a
device during the last 4 hours.
Interface Errors - Last 8
Hours (specific interface)
Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface errors for
inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a
device during the last 8 hours.
Interface Errors - Last 7
Days (specific interface)
Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface errors for
inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a
device during the last 7 days.
Interface Errors - Last 30
Days (specific interface)
Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface errors for
inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a
device during the last 30 days.
Interface Discards - Last 4
Hours (specific interface)
Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface discards
for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a
device during the last 4 hours.
Interface Discards - Last 8
Hours (specific interface)
Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface discards
for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a
device during the last 8 hours.
Interface Discards - Last 7
Days (specific interface)
Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface discards
for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a
device during the last 7 days.
Interface Discards - Last
30 Days (specific
interface)
Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface discards
for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a
device during the last 30 days.
424
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface
discards for inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device during a
selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor
and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing problems.
To display a single interface, use the Performance: Interface Discards Last X hours/days - Specific
Interface (on page 425) dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.
Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on
your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the
graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a
period of time to determine the typical number of interface discards, then set the Vertical
Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will
help you better identify the interface discard values that are of real concern.
3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface
utilization graphs you want to display.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
425
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Specific Interface)
This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the percentage of
interface utilization discards for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific device
interface during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows
you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet discard problems.
To display more than one interface, use the Interface Discards (last X hours/days - Single Device
(on page 425) dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.
Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on
your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the
graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a
period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis
Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help
you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern.
3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
426
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface
errors for inbound and outbound data packets for all interfaces on a device during a selected
time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and
troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet error problems.
To display a single interface, use the Performance: Interface Errors (Last X hours/days - Specific
Interface) (on page 427) dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.
Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on
your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the
graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a
period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis
Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help
you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern.
3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface
utilization graphs you want to display.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
427
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Specific Interface)
This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the percentage of
interface utilization errors for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific device
interface during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows
you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet error problems.
To display more than one interface, use the Interface Errors (last X hours/days - Single Device)
(on page 427) dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report in pixels.

Height. Enter a height for the report in pixels.
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.
Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on
your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the
graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a
period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis
Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help
you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern.
3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
428
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Errors and Discards - Last Polled Values (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report provides details for the number of interface transmit
(outbound) and receive (inbound) errors, and transmit and receive discards for the specified
device. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot
devices that are experiencing interface errors and discard problems.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Description. The selected device interface.

Transmit Errors. The number of packets transmitted through the device interface
with errors.

Receive Errors. The number of packets received through the device interface with
errors.

Transmit Discards. The number of packets transmitted through the device interface
that were discarded.

Receive Discards. The number of packets received through the device interface that
were discarded.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Column 1 width. The width of the column in the dashboard in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Interface Errors and Discards: Top X by Number of Discards
This home-level dashboard report displays the top device interfaces with packet discards for
inbound and outbound data during a selected time period.

Device. The network device name.

Interface. The interface description.

Transmit. The number of discarded packets transmitted from each interface.

Receive. The number of discarded packets received from each interface.

Total. Provides the number of packets discarded for each interface.
429
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select all devices or a specific device group for the dashboard report.
Select Every device or clear Every device if you want to select a specific device
group, then click the browse (...) button to select the device group you want to
include in this dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Interface Errors and Discards:Top X by Number of Errors
This home-level dashboard report displays the top device interfaces with packet errors for
inbound and outbound data during a selected time period.

Device. The network device name.

Interface. The interface description.

Transmit. The number of packets transmitted from each interface.

Receive. The number of packets received from each interface.

Total. Provides the number of packet errors for each interface.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select all devices or a specific device group for the dashboard report.
Select Every device or clear Every device if you want to select a specific device
group, then click the browse (...) button to select the device group you want to
include in this dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
430
Interface Utilization reports
In This Chapter
Interface Utilization dashboard reports ...................................................431
Interface Utilization: Interface Traffic Last X hours/days (Single Device) 432
Interface Utilization (Specific Interface Traffic) ......................................433
Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) ......................434
Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Interface Utilization)435
Last Polled Interface Utilization Value (Specific Interface) ................436
Last Polled Interface Utilization Values (Single Device)......................437
Threshold: Interface Utilization ...................................................................437
Top 10 by Interface Utilization.....................................................................438
Top 10 by Interface Traffic .............................................................................439
Threshold: Interface Traffic ...........................................................................439
Interface Utilization dashboard reports
Interface Utilization
dashboard reports
Type
Last Polled Interface
(single device)
Device Shows the interface utilization for all network interfaces at the
time of the last poll.
Last Polled Interface
(specific interface)
Home Shows the interface utilization for a specific network interface at
the time of the last poll.
All Interfaces over 80%
Bandwidth Utilization*
Home Lists all network interfaces with a utilization greater than 80%.
All Interfaces over 90%
Bandwidth Utilization
Home Lists all network interfaces with a utilization greater than 90%.
Top 10 with Traffic
Threshold*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current interface traffic.
Top 10 by Bandwidth
Utilization*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current interface utilization.
Top 20 by Bandwidth
Utilization
Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current interface utilization.
Top 10 by Traffic*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current interface traffic.
Top 20 by Traffic
Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current interface traffic.
Last 4 hours (single
device)
Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the
last 4 hours.
Description
431
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Utilization
dashboard reports
Type
Last 8 hours (single
device)
Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the
last 8 hours.
Description
Last 7 days (single device) Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the
last 7 days.
Last 30 days (single
device)
Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the
last 30 days.
Last 4 hours (specific
interface utilization)
Home Details utilization for a specific interface for one device over the
last 4 hours.
Last 8 hours (specific
interface utilization)
Home Details utilization for a specific interface for one device over the
last 8 hours.
Last 7 days (specific
interface utilization)
Home Details utilization for a specific interface for one device over the
last 7 days.
Last 30 days (specific
interface utilization)
Home Details utilization for a specific interface for one device over the
last 30 days.
Last 4 hours (specific
traffic interface)
Home Details traffic for a specific interface for one device over the last 4
hours.
Last 8 hours (specific
traffic interface)
Home Details traffic for a specific interface for one device over the last 8
hours.
Last 7 days (specific traffic Home Details traffic for specific interface for one device over the last 7
interface)
days.
Last 30 days (specific
traffic interface)
Home Details traffic for a specific interface for one device over the last 30
days.
Interface Traffic - Last 4
Hours (single device)
Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last four
hours.
Interface Traffic - Last 8
hours (single device)
Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last eight
hours.
Interface Traffic - Last 7
days (single device)
Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last seven
days.
Interface Traffic - Last 30
days (single device)
Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last 30 days.
*Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions.
Interface Utilization: Interface Traffic Last X hours/days (Single
Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the interface traffic for a
device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows
you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems.
432
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
You can control the number of graphs appearing in the dashboard by changing the
Maximum number of graphs to draw setting. Some devices have numerous interfaces, and
displaying all of them can be too resource-intensive for WhatsUp Gold. Displayed interfaces
are selected based on the order they are received from the database when the number of
interfaces present exceeds the Maximum number of graphs to draw setting.
Note: The Interface Traffic report updates the units of measure displayed based on the traffic
received over the interface. Units are determined per interface, however, and both outgoing
and incoming traffic are evaluated to determine the unit of measure displayed. The smallest
unit of measure is used in the report. For example, if the incoming traffic is measured in Kbps,
but the outgoing traffic is measured in bps, then the dashboard report uses bps as the unit of
measure for the graph for that interface.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface
utilization graphs you want to display.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
433
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Utilization (Specific Interface Traffic)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the number of packets
transmitted and received by a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard
report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the interface utilization
percentages for all interfaces on a device during a selected time period. Adding this
dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing
problems.
To display a single interface, use the Interface Utilization (Last 4 Hours - Specific Interface) (on
page 435) dashboard report.
434
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface
utilization graphs you want to display.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Interface Utilization)
This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the interface utilization
percentage during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard
allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems.
To display more than one interface, use the Interface Utilization (All Interfaces) (on page 434)
dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.
435
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

3

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
Last Polled Interface Utilization Value (Specific Interface)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of an interface utilization at
the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view
an interface status quickly, even from across the room.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available interface space in green, and used space
in red.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the interface percentage used.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the interface percentage used.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the interface percentage used.

Text. A numerical representation of the interface percentage used. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
Under each type of graph, the interface size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for
used and free space.
436
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device for the report by clicking on the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.

Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph.
Click OK to save changes.
Last Polled Interface Utilization Values (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays current interface utilization percentages for all
interfaces on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard
allows you to monitor an important device's interface(s) to keep up with the number of
packets they are currently transmitting and receiving. The colors in the second Transmit and
Received columns coincide with the WhatsUp Threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Description. The particular interface.

Speed. The interface speed.

Transmit (kbps). The number of packets transmitted in kbps.

Receive (kbps). The number of packets received in kbps.

Transmit. The percentage of packets transmitted.

Receive. The percentage of packets received.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.
Click OK to save changes.
437
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Threshold: Interface Utilization
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of
transmitted and received packets. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to
keep tabs on crucial devices and their interface utilization by glancing at the colors associated
with each percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Transmit. The percentage of packets transmitted by a device.

Receive. The percentage of packets received by a device.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select
all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
from the list.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Top 10 by Interface Utilization
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their interface
utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs
on crucial interfaces and their current utilization by glancing at the colors associated with
each percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
438
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

Interface. The interface description.

Transmit. The percentage of packets transmitted from each interface.

Receive. The percentage of packets received from each interface.
To configure this dashboard report:
1 Select Configure from the dashboard report menu.
2 Enter the appropriate information.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Top 10 by Interface Traffic
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their current
interface traffic as a total of packets transmitted and received.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The device's interface description.

Transmit. The number of packets transmitted from each interface.

Receive. The number of packets received from each interface.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
439
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Threshold: Interface Traffic
This home-level dashboard report displays interface traffic information for a specified device
group based on the number of packets both sent and received. Placing this dashboard report
in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current interface traffic
rates by glancing at the numbers in the transmit and receive columns for each device.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The interface description.

Transmit. The number of packets sent.

Receive. The number of packets received.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select
all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
from the list.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
440
Inventory reports
In This Chapter
Inventory dashboard reports .......................................................................441
Inventory: Total Actions Applied by Type ...............................................441
Inventory: Active Monitors Applied by Type ..........................................442
Inventory: Total Devices by Type ................................................................ 442
Inventory: Devices with Specific Attribute ..............................................443
Inventory: Total Passive Monitors by Type ..............................................443
Inventory: Total Performance Monitors by Type ..................................444
Inventory dashboard reports
Inventory dashboard
reports
Type Description
Total Devices by Type
Home Lists all monitored network devices by type and number.
Total Active Monitors by
Type
Home Lists all Active Monitors on the network by type and number.
Total Passive Monitors by
Type
Home Lists all Passive Monitors on the network by type and number.
Total Performance
Monitors by Type
Home Lists all Performance Monitors on the network by type and
number.
Total Actions Applied by
Type
Home Lists all Actions on the network by type and number.
Total Devices with Specific Home Lists all devices with a specific attribute.
Attributes
Inventory: Total Actions Applied by Type
This home-level dashboard report gives a summary of actions on the network by type. This
can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge about the
type of monitoring currently in use for your network. If you notice a particularly useful or
successful action isn't used extensively, you can apply more of this type of action to other
crucial devices on the network. You can also remove less successful actions.

Action Type. The type of action.

Percentage. The percentage accounted for on the network by that specific type of
action.

Count. The total number of that specific type of action on the network.
441
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.
Inventory: Active Monitors Applied by Type
This home-level dashboard report gives a summary of active monitors on the network by
type. This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge
about the type of monitoring currently in use for your network. If you see that a typically
useful or successful active monitor isn't used extensively, you can apply more of this type of
monitor to other crucial devices on the network. Inversely, you can decrease less successful
monitors.

Active Monitor. The type of active monitor.

Percentage. The percentage accounted for on the network by that specific type of
active monitor.

Count. The total number of that specific type of active monitor on the network.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Inventory: Total Devices by Type
This home-level dashboard report lists network devices by type. This can be useful for
gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge about the type of devices
currently in use on your network.

Device Type. The type of device.

Percentage. The percentage accounted for of the total by a particular type of device.

Count. The total number of that particular type of device.

Total. The total number of devices on the network.
442
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Inventory: Devices with Specific Attribute
This home-level dashboard report displays information on devices with specific attributes.
This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge about
the type of devices currently in use on your network.

Attribute Name. Contact, Description, or Location

Percentage. The percentage accounted for of the total by an attribute.

Count. The total number of a specific attribute for a specific device.

Total. The total number of the attribute.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Column 1 width. Enter a width for the Attribute column (in pixels).

Attribute Name. Select Contact, Description, or Location.
Click OK to save changes.
Inventory: Total Passive Monitors by Type
This universal-level dashboard report gives a summary of passive monitors on the network by
type. This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge
about the type of monitoring currently in use for your network. If you notice a particularly
useful or successful action isn't used extensively, you can apply more of this type of action to
other crucial devices on the network. You can also remove less successful actions.

Passive Monitor Type. The type of passive monitor.

Percentage. The percentage accounted for on the network by that specific type of
passive monitor.

Count. The total number of that specific type of passive monitor on the network.
443
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Inventory: Total Performance Monitors by Type
This home-level dashboard report gives a summary of performance monitors on the network
by type. This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge
about the type of monitoring currently in use for your network. If you notice a particularly
useful or successful action isn't used extensively, you can apply more of this type of action to
other crucial devices on the network. You can also remove less successful actions.

Performance Monitor Type. The type of performance monitor.

Polls Per Min. The total number of polls per minute by performance monitor type.

Count. The total number of a particular performance monitor on the network.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.
444
Memory Utilization reports
In This Chapter
Memory Utilization dashboard reports ....................................................445
Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) .......................446
Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Aspect) ....................446
Last Polled Memory Utilization (Specific Aspect) .................................447
Last Polled Memory Utilization (Single Device).....................................448
Threshold: Memory Utilization ....................................................................449
Top 10: Memory Utilization...........................................................................450
Memory Utilization dashboard reports
Memory Utilization
dashboard reports
Type
Last Polled Values (single
device)
Device Shows the memory utilization for all device memory at the time of
the last poll.
Description
Last Polled Value (specific Home Shows the memory utilization for a specific network device at the
aspect)
time of the last poll.
Over 80% Utilization*
Home Lists all network devices with a memory utilization greater than
80%.
Over 90% Utilization
Home Lists all network devices with a memory utilization greater than
90%
Top 10 by Utilization*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current memory utilization.
Top 20 by Utilization
Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current memory utilization.
Last 4 hours (single
device)
Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the
last 4 hours.
Last 8 hours (single
device)
Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the
last 8 hours.
Last 7 days (single device) Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the
last 7 days.
Last 30 days (single
device)
Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the
last 30 days.
Last 4 hours (specific
aspect)
Home Details utilization of a specific memory type for one device over
the last 4 hours.
Last 8 hours (specific
aspect)
Home Details utilization of a specific memory type for one device over
the last 8 hours.
445
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Memory Utilization
dashboard reports
Type
Last 7 days (specific
aspect)
Home Details utilization of a specific memory type for one device over
the last 7 days.
Last 30 days (specific
aspect)
Home Details utilization of a specific memory type for one device over
the last 30 days.
Description
*Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions.
Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the memory utilization
percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing spikes in memory.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
446
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Aspect)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the memory utilization
percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing spikes in memory.
To display more than one memory, use the Memory Utilization (All Memories) dashboard
report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
447
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Last Polled Memory Utilization (Specific Aspect)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of device memory utilization
at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to view
device memory status quickly.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available memory space in green, and used space in
red.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the memory percentage used.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the memory percentage used.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the memory percentage used.

Text. A numerical representation of the memory percentage used. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
Under each type of graph, the memory size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for
used and free space.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device for the report by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Memory aspect to graph. For devices with more than one memory aspect, select a
memory aspect to graph.

Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph.
Click OK to save changes.
448
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Last Polled Memory Utilization (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays current memory utilization percentages for all
memories on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard
allows you to monitor an important device's memory(s) to watch for spikes in memory
utilization. The colors displayed in the Percent Used column coincide with the WhatsUp
threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Description. The particular memory.

Size Used. The size of memory in use at the time of the last poll.

Total Size. The total size of the memory.

Percentage Used. The percentage of the total size of the memory in use at the time
of the last poll.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button.

To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display
the values.

If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be
displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types
(on page 610).
Click OK to save changes.
Threshold: Memory Utilization
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their memory utilization
percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial
devices and their current memory capacity by glancing at the colors associated with each
percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
449
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

Memory. The memory type. For example, Physical Memory or Virtual Memory.

Percent Used. The percentage of utilized memory.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select
all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
from the list.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels).
3 Click OK to save changes.
Top 10: Memory Utilization
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their memory utilization
percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial
devices and their current memory load by glancing at the colors associated with each
percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

Memory. The memory type. For example, Physical Memory or Virtual Memory.

Percent Used. The percentage of utilized memory.
To configure this dashboard report:
1
2
Select Configure from the dashboard report menu.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
450
Performance-Historic reports
In This Chapter
Performance-Historic dashboard reports ................................................451
CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)................................ 453
CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific CPU)..................................454
Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Single Device) 455
Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Specific Monitor)
455
Disk Free Space Last X hours/days (Specific Disk) ................................ 456
Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)................................ 457
Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Disk)..................................458
Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Single Device) ..........................458
Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) ...................460
Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Single Device) ...............................460
Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) ........................462
Interface Utilization: Interface Traffic Last X hours/days (Single Device) 463
Interface Utilization (Specific Interface Traffic) ......................................464
Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) ......................464
Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Interface Utilization)465
Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) .......................466
Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Aspect) ....................467
Ping Availability Last X hours/days (Single Device) .............................467
Ping Response Time Last X hours/days (Single Device) .....................468
Performance-Historic dashboard reports
Performance - Historic
dashboard reports
Type
Description
Custom Performance
Monitor Values
(last 4 hours - single
device)
Device Details custom Performance Monitor values for one device over
the last 4 hours.
Interface Utilization
(last 4 hours - single
device)
Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the
last 4 hours.
451
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Performance - Historic
dashboard reports
Type
Description
CPU Utilization
(last 4 hours - single
device)
Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last
4 hours.
Memory Utilization
(last 4 hours - single
device)
Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the
last 4 hours.
Disk Utilization
(last 4 hours - single
device)
Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last
4 hours.
Ping Response Time
(last 4 hours - single
device)
Device Details all ping response times for device interfaces over the last 4
hours.
Ping Availability
(last 4 hours - single
device)
Device Details all ping availability for a device interfaces over the last 4
hours.
Interface Traffic
(last 4 hours - specific
interface)
Home Details interface traffic for a specific device interface over the last 4
hours.
Custom Performance
Monitor Values
(last 4 hours - specific
monitor)
Home Details a device's specific custom Performance Monitor values
over the last 4 hours.
Interface Utilization
(last 4 hours - specific
interface)
Home Details utilization percentages for a specific interface for one
device over the last 4 hours.
CPU Utilization
(last 4 hours - specific
CPU)
Home Details utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one device
over the last 4 hours.
Disk Utilization
(last 4 hours - specific
disk)
Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device
over the last 4 hours.
Disk Free Space - Last 4
Hours (specific disk)
Home Details the percentage of available disk space over the last four
hours for one disk on one device.
Memory Utilization - Last
4 Hours (specific aspect)
Device Details utilization percentages for a specific memory type for one
device over the last 4 hours.
Interface Traffic - Last 4
Hours (single device)
Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last four
hours.
Interface Errors - Last 4
Hours (single device)
Device Details the percentage of interface errors for outbound and
inbound traffic on one device over the last four hours.
452
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Performance - Historic
dashboard reports
Type
Description
Interface Discards - Last 4
hours (single device)
Device Details the percentage of interface discards for inbound and
outbound traffic for all interfaces on a specific device. over the last
four hours.
Interface Errors - last 4
hours (specific interface)
Device Details the percentage of interface errors for outbound and
inbound traffic on one device interface over the last four hours.
Interface Discards - Last 4
hours (specific interface)
Device Details the percentage of interface discards for inbound and
outbound traffic for one interface on a specific device over the last
four hours.
CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays multiple area graphs that detail the CPU
utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard
report in a dashboard allows you to monitor device CPUs to watch for trends, spikes, or drops
in CPU utilization.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the
following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline.

Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line
shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the Web
browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.
Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts.

Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The
default is 500 pixels.
Note: Large graph images can be used, but be aware that these larger images will refresh at
slower speeds. The optimum size will depend on the speed of your network connection from
your browser to your Web server.

Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear.

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.
453
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
Click OK to save changes.
CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific CPU)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the CPU utilization
percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing spikes on one of their CPUs.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the
following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline.

Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line
shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the web
browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.
Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts.

Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The
default is 500 pixels.
Note: You can use large graph images, but be aware that larger images refresh at slower
speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from your
browser to your web server.

Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear.

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
Click OK to save changes.
454
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Single
Device)
This device-level dashboard report can display multiple graphs that detail custom
performance monitors for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard
report in a dashboard allows you to monitor a device's performance monitor(s) to watch for
trends, spikes, or drops.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the
following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline.

Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line
shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the Web
browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.
Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts.

Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The
default is 500 pixels.
Note: Large graph images can be used, but be aware that these larger images refresh at
slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from
your browser to your web server.
3

Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear.

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
Click OK to save changes.
455
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Specific
Monitor)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details a custom performance
monitor for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard allows you to monitor important devices and their custom performance monitors.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Custom aspect to graph. Select the aspect from the list.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the
following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline.

Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line
shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the web
browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.
Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts.

Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The
default is 500 pixels.
Note: You can use large graph images, but be aware that these larger images refresh at
slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from
your browser to your web server.



3
Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear.
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
Click OK to save changes.
456
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Disk Free Space Last X hours/days (Specific Disk)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the disk free space in GB
for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard
can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing
spikes on their disk.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

2
Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report can display multiple area graphs that detail the disk
utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard
report in a dashboard allows you to monitor a device's disk(s) to watch for trends, spikes, or
drops in its disk utilization.
To configure this dashboard report:
1 On the dashboard report menu, click Configure.
2 Enter the appropriate information:

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.
457
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum.
Click OK to save changes.
Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Disk)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the disk utilization
percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing spikes on their disk.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

3

Width. Enter a width for the report in pixels.

Height. Enter a height for the report in pixels.
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
458
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface
discards for inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device during a
selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor
and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing problems.
To display a single interface, use the Performance: Interface Discards Last X hours/days - Specific
Interface (on page 425) dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.
Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on
your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the
graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a
period of time to determine the typical number of interface discards, then set the Vertical
Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will
help you better identify the interface discard values that are of real concern.
3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface
utilization graphs you want to display.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
459
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Specific Interface)
This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the percentage of
interface utilization discards for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific device
interface during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows
you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet discard problems.
To display more than one interface, use the Interface Discards (last X hours/days - Single Device
(on page 425) dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.
Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on
your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the
graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a
period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis
Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help
you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
460
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface
errors for inbound and outbound data packets for all interfaces on a device during a selected
time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and
troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet error problems.
To display a single interface, use the Performance: Interface Errors (Last X hours/days - Specific
Interface) (on page 427) dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.
Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on
your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the
graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a
period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis
Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help
you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern.
3

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface
utilization graphs you want to display.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
461
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Specific Interface)
This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the percentage of
interface utilization errors for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific device
interface during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows
you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet error problems.
To display more than one interface, use the Interface Errors (last X hours/days - Single Device)
(on page 427) dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report in pixels.

Height. Enter a height for the report in pixels.
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.
Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on
your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the
graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a
period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis
Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help
you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
462
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Utilization: Interface Traffic Last X hours/days (Single
Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the interface traffic for a
device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows
you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems.
You can control the number of graphs appearing in the dashboard by changing the
Maximum number of graphs to draw setting. Some devices have numerous interfaces, and
displaying all of them can be too resource-intensive for WhatsUp Gold. Displayed interfaces
are selected based on the order they are received from the database when the number of
interfaces present exceeds the Maximum number of graphs to draw setting.
Note: The Interface Traffic report updates the units of measure displayed based on the traffic
received over the interface. Units are determined per interface, however, and both outgoing
and incoming traffic are evaluated to determine the unit of measure displayed. The smallest
unit of measure is used in the report. For example, if the incoming traffic is measured in Kbps,
but the outgoing traffic is measured in bps, then the dashboard report uses bps as the unit of
measure for the graph for that interface.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.


Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface
utilization graphs you want to display.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
463
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Interface Utilization (Specific Interface Traffic)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the number of packets
transmitted and received by a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard
report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

3

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the interface utilization
percentages for all interfaces on a device during a selected time period. Adding this
dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing
problems.
To display a single interface, use the Interface Utilization (Last 4 Hours - Specific Interface) (on
page 435) dashboard report.
464
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface
utilization graphs you want to display.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Interface Utilization)
This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the interface utilization
percentage during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard
allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems.
To display more than one interface, use the Interface Utilization (All Interfaces) (on page 434)
dashboard report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.
465
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

3

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the memory utilization
percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing spikes in memory.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
466
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Aspect)
This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the memory utilization
percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing spikes in memory.
To display more than one memory, use the Memory Utilization (All Memories) dashboard
report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Ping Availability Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the ping availability
percentages for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing ping problems.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.
467
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

3

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Click OK to save changes.
Ping Response Time Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the ping response
times for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing ping response delays.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

3

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.

Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
Click OK to save changes.
468
Performance-Last Poll reports
In This Chapter
Performance-Last Poll dashboard reports ...............................................469
Last Polled CPU Utilization (Single Device) .............................................470
Last Polled CPU Utilization (Specific CPU) ...............................................471
Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Single Device) .471
Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Specific Monitor)472
Disk Utilization: Last Polled Values (Single Device) ..............................473
Disk Utilization Last Polled Value (Specific Disk) ...................................474
Interface Errors and Discards - Last Polled Values (Single Device) .475
Last Polled Interface Utilization Values (Single Device) ......................475
Last Polled Interface Utilization Value (Specific Interface) ................476
Last Polled Memory Utilization (Single Device).....................................477
Last Polled Memory Utilization (Specific Aspect) .................................478
Performance: Last Polled Ping Response Time (Specific Interface) 479
Performance-Last Poll dashboard reports
Performance - Last Poll
dashboard reports
Custom Performance
Monitor Values (single
device)
Type
Description
Device Shows the values for all custom Performance Monitors for a single
device at the time of the last poll.
Interface Utilization (single Device Shows the interface utilization for all device interfaces for a single
device)
device at the time of the last poll.
CPU Utilization (single
device)
Device Shows the CPU utilization for all CPUs for a single device at the
time of the last poll.
Memory Utilization (single Device Shows the memory utilization for all memory types for a single
device)
device at the time of the last poll.
Disk Utilization (single
device)
Device Shows the disk utilization for all of disks for a single device at the
time of the last poll.
Custom Performance
Monitor Values (specific
monitor)
Home Shows the values for a specific device custom Performance
Monitor.
Interface Utilization
(specific interface)
Home Shows the utilization of a specific device interface at the time of
the last poll.
469
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Performance - Last Poll
dashboard reports
Type
CPU Utilization (specific
CPU)
Home Shows the utilization of a specific device CPU at the time of the
last poll.
Memory Utilization
(specific aspect)
Home Shows the utilization of a specific device memory type at the time
of the last poll.
Disk Utilization (specific
disk)
Home Shows the utilization of a specific device disk at the time of the
last poll.
Ping Response Time
(specific interface)
Home Shows the ping response time of a specific device interface at the
time of the last poll.
Interface Errors and
Discards (single device)
Device Shows the number of interface errors on all interfaces for inbound
and outbound traffic for a single device.
Description
Last Polled CPU Utilization (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays current CPU utilization percentages for all CPUs
on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to
monitor the CPU(s) of an important device to watch for spikes in CPU utilization. The report
shows:

Description. The particular CPU.

CPU Load. The percentage of the CPU currently in use. The colors displayed in the
CPU Load column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button.

To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display
the values.

If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be
displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph
Types. (on page 610)
Click OK to save changes.
470
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Last Polled CPU Utilization (Specific CPU)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device's CPU utilization
at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view
a device's CPU status quickly, even from across the room.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available CPU space in green, and used space in red.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the CPU percentage used.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the CPU percentage used.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the CPU percentage used.

Text. A numerical representation of the CPU percentage used. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
Under each type of graph, the CPU size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used
and free space.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

CPU to graph. Select the CPU that you want to monitor.
 Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays any custom performance monitors configured for
a device and their last poll values. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows
you to monitor important performance monitors and keep up with their latest poll values.

Name. The name of the performance monitor as listed in the Performance Monitor
Library.
471
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Poll Time. The time the last poll took place.

Time Delta. The time between the last two polls.

Value. The value of the last poll.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

3
Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.
Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Specific Monitor)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device custom
performance monitor at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a
dashboard allows you to view the performance status of a device quickly.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays the custom performance monitor value.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the custom performance monitor value.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the custom performance monitor value.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the custom performance monitor value.

Text. A numerical representation of the custom performance monitor value. The
percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Note:If you do not select the Define custom min and max values option on the report
configuration dialog, the text value will be displayed in black.
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
472
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Custom aspect to graph. Select the custom performance monitor configured for the
device to display in the report. If you have not yet, you must configure a custom
performance monitor for this device. First configure the monitor in the Performance
Monitor Library, and then add it to the device in Device Properties.

Define custom min and max values. Selecting this option allows you to choose from
all of the graph types listed above. Not selecting this option only allows you to use the
text graph.

Minimum value. Enter the minimum value to graph.

Maximum value. Enter the maximum value to graph.

Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph.
Note: If you choose the gauge graph, selecting the Define custom min and max values
allows you to reverse the high and low values on the gauge. For example, you could have
the 100% available memory as green on the gauge instead of red which would signify a
problem.
3

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Disk Utilization: Last Polled Values (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays current disk utilization percentages for all disks
on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to
monitor an important device's disk(s) to watch for spikes in disk space. The colors displayed in
the Percent Used column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Description. The particular disk.

Size Used. The size of disk in use at the time of the last poll.

Total Size. The total size of the disk.

Percentage Used. The percentage of the total size of the disk in use at the time of the
last poll.
473
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button.

To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display
the values.
If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be
displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types
(on page 610).
Click OK to save changes.

3
Disk Utilization Last Polled Value (Specific Disk)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of disk utilization for a
device at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you
to view disk status quickly, even from across the room.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available disk space in green, and used space in red.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the disk percentage used.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the disk percentage used.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the disk percentage used.

Text. A numerical representation of the disk percentage used. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
Under each type of graph, the disk size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used
and free space.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
474
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Choose a device by clicking on the Browse (...) button.

Disk to graph. Select a disk to graph for devices with more than one disk.
 Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Interface Errors and Discards - Last Polled Values (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report provides details for the number of interface transmit
(outbound) and receive (inbound) errors, and transmit and receive discards for the specified
device. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot
devices that are experiencing interface errors and discard problems.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Description. The selected device interface.

Transmit Errors. The number of packets transmitted through the device interface
with errors.

Receive Errors. The number of packets received through the device interface with
errors.

Transmit Discards. The number of packets transmitted through the device interface
that were discarded.

Receive Discards. The number of packets received through the device interface that
were discarded.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Column 1 width. The width of the column in the dashboard in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
475
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Last Polled Interface Utilization Values (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays current interface utilization percentages for all
interfaces on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard
allows you to monitor an important device's interface(s) to keep up with the number of
packets they are currently transmitting and receiving. The colors in the second Transmit and
Received columns coincide with the WhatsUp Threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Description. The particular interface.

Speed. The interface speed.

Transmit (kbps). The number of packets transmitted in kbps.

Receive (kbps). The number of packets received in kbps.

Transmit. The percentage of packets transmitted.

Receive. The percentage of packets received.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.
Click OK to save changes.
Last Polled Interface Utilization Value (Specific Interface)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of an interface utilization at
the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view
an interface status quickly, even from across the room.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available interface space in green, and used space
in red.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the interface percentage used.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the interface percentage used.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the interface percentage used.
476
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Text. A numerical representation of the interface percentage used. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
Under each type of graph, the interface size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for
used and free space.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device for the report by clicking on the Browse (...) button.

Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one
interface, select an interface to graph.
 Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Last Polled Memory Utilization (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays current memory utilization percentages for all
memories on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard
allows you to monitor an important device's memory(s) to watch for spikes in memory
utilization. The colors displayed in the Percent Used column coincide with the WhatsUp
threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Description. The particular memory.

Size Used. The size of memory in use at the time of the last poll.

Total Size. The total size of the memory.

Percentage Used. The percentage of the total size of the memory in use at the time
of the last poll.
477
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button.

To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display
the values.
If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be
displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types
(on page 610).
Click OK to save changes.

3
Last Polled Memory Utilization (Specific Aspect)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of device memory utilization
at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to view
device memory status quickly.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available memory space in green, and used space in
red.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the memory percentage used.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the memory percentage used.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the memory percentage used.

Text. A numerical representation of the memory percentage used. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
Under each type of graph, the memory size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for
used and free space.
478
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device for the report by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Memory aspect to graph. For devices with more than one memory aspect, select a
memory aspect to graph.

Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph.
Click OK to save changes.
Performance: Last Polled Ping Response Time (Specific Interface)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device's ping response
time. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view device ping
response time status quickly.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available ping response time in green.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the the ping response time.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the ping response time.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the ping response time.

Text. A numerical representation of the ping response time. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
To configure this dashboard report:
1 On the dashboard report menu, click Configure.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields:

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface. Select the interface that you want to monitor.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.
479
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

3
Maximum ping response time. Enter a value (in milliseconds) for the maximum ping
response time.
Click OK to save changes.
480
Ping Availability and Response Time reports
In This Chapter
Ping Availability and Response Time dashboard reports ..................481
Threshold: Ping Availability ..........................................................................482
Threshold: Ping Packet Loss .........................................................................483
Threshold: Ping Response Time ..................................................................484
Ping Availability Last X hours/days (Single Device) .............................484
Ping Response Time Last X hours/days (Single Device) .....................485
Performance: Last Polled Ping Response Time (Specific Interface) 486
Top 10: Ping Availability .................................................................................486
Top 10: Ping Packet Loss ................................................................................487
Top 10: Ping Response Time.........................................................................488
Ping Availability and Response Time dashboard reports
Ping Availability and
Response Time
dashboard reports
Type
Description
Last 4 hours (single device Device Shows the ping response time for all interfaces for a specific
response time)
device over the last 4 hours.
Last 8 hours (single device Device Shows the ping response time for all interfaces for a specific
response time)
device over the last 8 hours.
Last 7 days (single device
response time)
Device Shows the ping response time for all interfaces for a specific
device over the last 7 days.
Last 30 days (single device Device Shows the ping response time for all interfaces for a specific
response time)
device over the last 30 days.
Last 4 hours (single device Device Shows the ping availability for all interfaces for a specific device
availability)
over the last 4 hours.
Last 8 hours (single device Device Shows the ping availability for all interfaces for a specific device
availability)
over the last 8 hours.
Last 7 days (single device
availability)
Device Shows the ping availability for interfaces for a specific device over
the last 7 days.
Last 30 days (single device Device Shows the ping availability for all interfaces for a specific device
availability)
over the last 30 days.
Last Polled Response Time Home Shows the last ping response time of a specific device interface at
(specific interface)
the time of the last poll.
481
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Ping Availability and
Response Time
dashboard reports
Type
Description
Top 10 by Ping Response
Time*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on current ping response time.
Top 20 by Ping Response
Time
Home Lists the top 20 devices based on current ping response time.
Top 10 by Ping Packet
Loss*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on current ping packet loss.
Top 20 by Ping Packet
Loss
Home Lists the top 20 devices based on current ping packet loss.
Top 10 by Ping
Availability*
Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current ping availability.
Top 20 by Ping Availability Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current ping availability.
Devices with Ping
Response Time
over 100 msec
Home Lists all devices with a ping response time greater than 100 msec.
Devices with Ping
Response Time
over 500 msec
Home Lists all devices with a ping response time greater than 500 msec.
Devices with Ping Packet
Loss over 50%
Home Lists all devices with a ping packet loss greater than 50%.
Devices with Ping Packet
Loss over 75%
Home Lists all devices with a ping packet loss greater than 75%.
Devices with Ping
Availability over 50%*
Home Lists all devices with a ping availability greater than 50%.
Devices with Ping
Availability over 75%
Device Lists all devices with a ping availability greater than 75%.
*Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions.
Threshold: Ping Availability
This home-level dashboard report displays ping availability information for a specific device.
A graph displays in the dashboard, charting the device response time to pings (in msec) over
the amount of time defined by the specific report type.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Percent Available. The total availability percentage for the device.
482
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select
all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
from the list.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels).
3 Click OK to save changes.
Threshold: Ping Packet Loss
This home-level dashboard report displays packet loss information and percentages for
devices in a specific group, based on the latest poll. Placing this dashboard report in a
dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their ping packet loss by glancing
at the colors associated with each percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Sent. The number of packets sent from the device.

Lost. The total number of packets lost from the device

% Lost. The percentage of sent packets that have been lost.
Note: All of the data listed in this dashboard report is based on the latest poll.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select
all devices regardless of their subgroups.
483
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
from the drop down menu.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Threshold: Ping Response Time
This home-level dashboard report displays ping response times for devices in a specific
device group. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial
devices and their current ping response times by glancing at the Max and Avg columns for
each device.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Max (ms). The maximum response time in milliseconds.

Avg (ms). The average response time in milliseconds.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select
all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
from the list.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Ping Availability Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the ping availability
percentages for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a
dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been
experiencing ping problems.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
484
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.


Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).
Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.

3
Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.
 Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Click OK to save changes.
Ping Response Time Last X hours/days (Single Device)
This home-level dashboard report displays ping availability information for devices in a
specific group. This dashboard report charts device response time to pings (in msec) over the
length of time defined by the specific report.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use.

Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display.

Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels).

Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels).

Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale.


Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis.

Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis.
Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value
over the selected time period.
485
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
Click OK to save changes.
Performance: Last Polled Ping Response Time (Specific Interface)
This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device's ping response
time. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view device ping
response time status quickly.
There are five types of graphs to choose from:

Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available ping response time in green.

Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that
indicates the the ping response time.

Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that
indicates the ping response time.

Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that
indicates the ping response time.

Text. A numerical representation of the ping response time. The percentage is
displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of
the graph (small, medium, or large).
To configure this dashboard report:
1 On the dashboard report menu, click Configure.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields:
3

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button.

Interface. Select the interface that you want to monitor.

Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display.

Maximum ping response time. Enter a value (in milliseconds) for the maximum ping
response time.
Click OK to save changes.
486
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Top 10: Ping Availability
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their ping
availability percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep
tabs on crucial devices by glancing at each device's current ping availability percentage level.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Polled Min. Amount of total time (in minutes) that passed during the time period
selected in the Ping Availability (on page 650) report.

Unavailable. Amount of total time (in minutes) that the device was unavailable in the
group.

Percent Available. The total availability percentage for the device.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Top 10: Ping Packet Loss
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their ping
packet loss percentages at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a
dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices by glancing at the colors associated
with each packet loss percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Sent. The number of packets sent.

Lost. The number of packets lost.

% Loss. The percentage of sent packets that have been lost.
487
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: All of the data listed in this dashboard report is based on the latest poll.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).

Top count. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report.
Click OK to save changes.
Top 10: Ping Response Time
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their ping
response times. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on
crucial devices and their current ping response times by glancing at each device's Max and
Avg columns.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Avg (ms). The average response time in milliseconds.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
3 Click OK to save changes.
488
Problem Areas reports
In This Chapter
Problem Areas dashboard reports .............................................................489
Problem Areas: Actions Fired in the Last X Hours .................................490
Problem Areas: All Completely Down Devices ......................................491
Problem Areas: All Down Interfaces ..........................................................491
Problem Areas: Device Group Mini Status...............................................492
Problem Areas: Devices with Down Active Monitors ..........................493
Problem Areas: Devices with Down Critical Monitors .........................494
Problem Areas: General Error Log ..............................................................494
General: Summary Counts.............................................................................495
Problem Areas: Tail of Action Activity Log ..............................................495
Problem Areas: Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log .................................496
Problem Areas: Tail of SNMP Trap Log......................................................496
Problem Areas: Tail of State Change Log .................................................497
Problem Areas: Tail of Syslog .......................................................................498
Problem Areas: Tail of Windows Event Log.............................................499
Problem Areas: Unacknowledged Devices .............................................499
Problem Areas: Web Alarms .........................................................................500
Problem Areas dashboard reports
Problem Areas
dashboard reports
Type
Description
Devices with Down Active
Monitors
Device Displays down Active Monitors for a device.
All Down Interfaces
Device Displays down interfaces for a device.
Tail of State Change Log
Device Displays the tail of the State Change Log for a specified device.
Tail of Syslog
Device Displays the tail of the Syslog full report for a specified device.
Tail of Windows Event Log Device Displays the tail of the Windows Event Log for a specified device.
Tail of SNMP Trap Log
Device Displays the tail of the SNMP Trap Log for a specified device.
Tail of Action Activity Log* Device Displays the tail of the Action Activity Log for a specified device.
Tail of Passive Monitor
Error Log
Device Displays the tail of the Passive Monitor Error Log for a specified
device.
489
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Problem Areas
dashboard reports
Type
Web Alarms
Device Displays any web alarms fired for a specified device.
All Completely Down
Devices
Home Displays down devices for a specified device group.
All Down Interfaces
Home Displays down interfaces for a specified device group.
Devices with Down Active
Monitors
Home Displays devices with down Active Monitors within a specified
device group.
Unacknowledged Devices
Home Displays unacknowledged devices within a specified device
group.
Tail of State Change Log
Home Displays a tail of the State Change Log for your network.
Summary Counts*
Home Displays a summary of a specified device group.
Tail of Syslog
Home Displays the tail of the Syslog full report for your network.
Description
Tail of Windows Event Log Home Displays the tail of the Windows Event Log for your network.
Tail of SNMP Trap Log
Home Displays the tail of the SNMP Trap Log for your network.
Tail of Action Activity Log* Home Displays the tail of the Action Activity Log for your network.
Tail of Passive Monitor
Error Log
Home Displays the tail of the Passive Monitor Error Log for your network.
Device Group Mini Status
Home Lists all devices in a device group and displays their status by
color.
Web Alarms
Home Shows a snap shot of the most recent web alarms fired on your
network.
General Error Log
Home Displays the tail of the General Error Log for your network.
Actions Fired in the Last 4
Hours
Home Displays all devices that have fired an action in the last four hours.
*Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions.
Problem Areas: Actions Fired in the Last X Hours
This dashboard report displays devices that have fired an action over a selected period of
time. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard can give you a snapshot of the health and
success of actions on your network.

Date. The date the action was fired. Click a date to bring up the Action Log.

Source. The device from which the action was fired. Click a device to bring up the
Device Status Report.

Action Name. The name of the action as listed in the Active Monitor Library.

Trigger. The trigger for the action, either Up or Down. Click a trigger to bring up the
State Change Timeline.
490
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices.

Last hours. Enter the number of hours from which you would like information
displayed in the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
Maximum rows to return. Enter a value for the number of rows of data displayed
within the report.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Problem Areas: All Completely Down Devices
This dashboard report displays down devices for a specified group. Adding this dashboard
report to a dashboard helps you monitor your network status by displaying which devices are
down.

Device. The network device.

Status. The status of the device after the last poll.
You can maximize your available monitor space by limiting the number of rows displayed in
the report or shortening the width of the Status column.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 in pixels.
3 Click OK to save changes.
491
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Problem Areas: All Down Interfaces
This dashboard report displays down interfaces for a specified group. Adding this dashboard
report to a dashboard allows you to monitor network status by displaying all interfaces that
are down.

Device. The network device.

Status. The status of the interface after the last poll.
You can maximize your available monitor space by limiting the number of rows displayed in
the report or shortening the width of the Status column.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas: Device Group Mini Status
This dashboard report lists all devices in a group and displays their status by color, allowing
you to quickly scan and observe the statuses of devices in a group. Displaying multiple mini
status reports within a dashboard view allows you to watch more than one group on your
network at once, and can help you monitor important or problem areas more efficiently. You
can also optionally display active monitors associated with the devices in a selected group,
which is helpful in identifying which services on your network are down.
To help maximize the available viewing area on your monitor, you can change the size of
each mini status report. Even if the font size is too small to read at first glance, you can use the
mouse over text to find out the identity of a device. The static rows of the mini status also aid
in device recognition, as devices always stay in the same row regardless of their current state.
Status icon colors are the same as the WhatsUp Gold state colors:

Green is Up

Red is Down

Gray is Unknown
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
492
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
3
Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the browse (...) button. To select
every device on the network, select Every device.

Every device. Select this option to display every device in the system. However, only
devices that you have permissions to view display.

Style. Select the style and size in which you would like the mini status displayed.

Normal. Displays device and active monitor status with icons.

High Contrast. Displays device and active monitor status with bright colors.

Show Active Monitors. Select this option to display the active monitors associated
with the group devices.

Active Monitors per Row. Select the number of active monitors displayed per row.

Active Monitors Cell Width. Enter a cell width in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas: Devices with Down Active Monitors
This dashboard report displays devices with down active monitors for a select group. Adding
this dashboard report to a dashboard view helps you watch your network status by showing
you which devices are down, and the status of active monitors.

Device. The network device.

Status. The status of the device active monitor after the last poll.
To help maximize the available viewing area on your monitor, you can limit the number of
rows displayed in the report or shortening the width of the Status column.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
493
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Problem Areas: Devices with Down Critical Monitors
This home-level dashboard report displays devices with down critical monitors for a specified
device group. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily keep-up with
your network's status by showing you which devices are down, and the status of critical
monitors.

Device. The network device.

Status. The status of device's critical monitor after the last poll.
You can maximize your screen real-estate by limiting the number of rows displayed in the
report or shortening the width of the Status column.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas: General Error Log
This dashboard report displays any error received by WhatsUp Gold. Displaying this
dashboard report within a dashboard view helps you keep tabs on all of your network errors.
This dashboard report includes the following fields:

Date. The date the error took place.

Category. The type of error.

Source. Where the error originated.

Details. The details of the error.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 4 width. Enter a width for column 4 (in pixels).
494
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3
Click OK to save changes.
General: Summary Counts
This general dashboard report gives a summary of a group by the total number of:

Monitored devices

Up devices

Down devices

Devices with down Active Monitors

Devices in Maintenance

Active Monitors

Down Active Monitors

Up interfaces

Down interfaces

Actions fired in the last 4 hours
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Count. The total number of that specific type of passive monitor on the network.

Total number of. The device status types.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the report.
Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Problem Areas: Tail of Action Activity Log
This dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) of the Action Log. Placing this
dashboard report in a dashboard lets you see the success rate of actions fired. This enables
you to monitor important devices easily and to quickly address any issues. The dashboard
report is linked to the full Action Log, which shows all of the actions that WhatsUp Gold has
attempted to fire based on the configuration of the action.

Date. The date the action was fired. Click a date to bring up the Action Log.

Source. The source of the action. Click a source to bring up the Device Status report.

Action Name. The name of the Action.

Trigger. The trigger for the action (either Up or Down). Click a trigger to open the
State Change Timeline.
495
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).

Column 3 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas: Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log
This universal problem areas dashboard report shows any passive monitor errors that have
occurred for the specified devices.

Date. The date the error occurred.

Device. The network device.

Category. The category code of the error. Possible values include Con. Established
(Connection Established), Con. Failed (Connection Failed), or Auth Error
(Authorization Error).

Details. Text that describes the error that was received.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. To select
every device on the network, select Every device.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard
report.

Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Details column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
496
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Problem Areas: Tail of SNMP Trap Log
This dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the SNMP Trap Log. Placing this
dashboard report in a dashboard displays system-wide SNMP traps. For more information,
the dashboard report is linked to the full SNMP Trap Log, which provides a history of SNMP
traps that have occurred during the time period displayed at the bottom of the report.

Date. The date and time the trap occurred.

Device. The device from which the trap was sent.

SNMP Trap Type. The type of trap.

Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came
from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed within a packet or other transmission unit.
Note:In order for entries to be added to this report, the SNMP Trap listener must be enabled,
and either a SNMP trap passive monitor must be added to a device or unsolicited SNMP traps
must be accepted. For more information, see Enabling the SNMP Trap Listener (on page 873).
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Source column in pixels.

Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas: Tail of State Change Log
This dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) of the State Change Timeline. Placing
this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you visualize the monitor health for a device
and also decrease the monitoring of crucial devices. For more information, see the full State
Change Timeline, which is linked to this dashboard report. The State Change Log shows a
time line of when each monitor changed from one state to another during the displayed time
period.

Start time. The date and time of the state change. Click a time to bring up the State
Change Timeline for a single device.

Device. The device on which the action is configured. Click a device to bring up the
Device Status report.

Monitor. The active monitor by type. Click an active monitor to bring up the Active
Monitor Availability report for that monitor.
497
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

State. The state of the condition at the time of the poll. Click a state to bring up the
State Change Timeline for that device.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Monitor column (column 3) in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas: Tail of Syslog
This dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the Syslog Entries Report. Placing
this dashboard report in a dashboard grants visual access to Syslog log entries for the system.
For more information, this dashboard report is linked to the Syslog Entries report, which
shows Syslog events logged for the system during the time period displayed at the bottom of
the report.
Note:In order for entries to be added to this report, the Syslog listener must be enabled, and
either a Syslog passive monitor must be added to a device or unsolicited messages must be
accepted. For more information, see Enabling the Syslog listener (on page 875).

Date. The date and time the Syslog entry was received by WhatsUp Gold.

Device. The device for which the message was configured.

Syslog Type. The type of message.

Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came
from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed within a packet or other transmission unit.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Device column in pixels.
 Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels.
3 Click OK to save changes.
498
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Problem Areas: Tail of Windows Event Log
This dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the Windows Event Log. Placing
this dashboard report in a dashboard displays system-wide Windows events. For more
information, this dashboard report is linked to the Windows Event Log, which shows
Windows events logged during the time period displayed at the bottom of the report.
Note: In order for entries to be added to this report, the Windows Event Log listener must be
enabled. For more information on the Windows Event Log listener, see Enabling the Windows
Event Log Listener (on page 874).

Date. The date and time the event was received by WhatsUp Gold.

Device. The device or program that originated the entry.

WinEvent Type. The type of Windows Event.

Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came
from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed with the event message.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Device column in pixels.
 Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas: Unacknowledged Devices
This home-level dashboard report displays unacknowledged devices in a specific group.
Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard alerts you of unacknowledged devices in a
group at a glance, allowing you to quickly resolve issues.

Device. The network device.

Device Type. The type of device.

Unacknowledged For. The amount of time the device has gone unacknowledged.

In Maintenance. Either Yes or No.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
499
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
 Column 3 width. Enter a width for column 3 (in pixels).
3 Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas: Web Alarms
This dashboard report shows a snapshot of the most recent web alarms fired on your
network. Add this dashboard report to a highly visible dashboard so that recent issues can be
noted and addressed if needed.

Date. The date the alarm was fired. Click on a date to bring up the Web Alarms Report.

Source. The source of the alarm, such as a device or active monitor. Click on a source
to bring up the Device Status report. The icon next to the display name of the item
shows the current state of that item.

Message. The message produced by the web alarm.

Trigger. This is the state that caused the web alarm to trigger. Click on a trigger to
bring up the State Change Timeline.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Source column in pixels.
 Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Message column in pixels.
3 Click OK to save changes.
500
Problem Areas Specific Device
In This Chapter
Problem Areas Specific Device: Down Active Monitors .....................501
Problem Areas Specific Device: Device Down Interfaces ...................501
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Action Activity Log ...............502
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log ..503
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of SNMP Trap Log ......................503
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of State Change Log..................504
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Syslog ........................................505
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Windows Event Log .............505
Problem Areas Specific Device: Web Alarms ..........................................506
Problem Areas Specific Device: Down Active Monitors
This device-level dashboard report displays the down active monitors for a device and their
current state. The Down Active Monitors dashboard report displays the following information
for a device:

Monitor. The type of Active Monitor.

State. The state of the Monitor after the last poll.
Adding this report to a Device Status dashboard keeps you updated on the health of the
active monitors for an important device. If no active monitors appear in the report, none are
currently down.
To see all Active Monitors on a device regardless of down state, see General: Device Active
Monitors (on page 411).
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.
 Device. Click Browse (...) to select a device.
3 Click OK to save changes.
501
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Problem Areas Specific Device: Device Down Interfaces
This dashboard report displays down interfaces for a specific device.

Interface. The network interface.

Status. The status of the interface after the last poll.
Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard lets you quickly view the status of a particular
device by showing you what interfaces are down on a device.
To help maximize the available viewing area on your monitor, limit the number of rows
displayed in the report or decrease the width of the Status column.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Status column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Action Activity Log
This device-level dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) from the Action Log for a
specified device. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard grants visual access to
the success rate of actions fired for a particular device. Crucial devices can be monitored
easily, and problems can be dealt with swiftly. For more information, the dashboard report is
linked to the full Action Log, which shows all of the actions that WhatsUp Gold has attempted
to fire on the device, based on the configuration of the action.

Date. The date the action was fired. Click on a date to bring up the Action Log.

Source. The source of the action. Click on a source to bring up the Device Status
report.

Trigger. The action's trigger. Either Up or Down. Click on a trigger to bring up the
State Change Timeline.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
502
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
3
Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Top count. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log
This dashboard report shows any performance monitor error logs that have occurred for a
specified device.

Date. The date the error occurred.

Category. The category code of the error. Either Con. Established (Connection
Established), Con. Failed (Connection Failed), or Auth Error (Authorization Error.)

Details. Text that describes the error that was received.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Click Browse (...) to select a device.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.
 Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Details column.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of SNMP Trap Log
This device-level dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the SNMP Trap Log for
a specified device. Placing this report report in a device report grants visual access to SNMP
traps for a particular device. For more information, the report report is linked to the full SNMP
Trap Log, which provides a history of SNMP traps that have occurred for a device during the
time period displayed at the bottom of the report.

Date. The date and time the trap occurred.

Device. The device where the trap originated.

SNMP Trap Type. The type of trap.

Payload. the vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came
from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed within a packet or other transmission unit.
503
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: In order for entries to be added to this report, the SNMP Trap listener must be enabled
and an SNMP Trap passive monitor must be added to the device. For more information, see
Enabling the SNMP Trap Listener (on page 873).
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of rows you would like displayed in the
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Device column (in pixels).

Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Payload column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of State Change Log
This device-level dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) from the State Change
Timeline for a specified device. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard can
visualize a device's monitor health and help ease the task monitoring crucial devices. For
more information, the dashboard report is linked to the full State Change Log, which shows a
time line of when each monitor on a device changed from one state to another during the
displayed time period.

Start time. The date and time of the state change. Click on a time to bring up the
Device List.

Device. The device the action is configured on. Click on a device to bring up the
Device Status dashboard.

Monitor. The active monitor by type.

State. The state of the condition at the time of the poll. Click on a state to bring up
the State Change Timeline.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Top count. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard
report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Device column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
504
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Syslog
This device-level dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) from the Syslog Entries
Report for a specified device. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard grants
visual access to Syslog log entries for a particular device. For more information, this
dashboard report has been linked to the Syslog Entries report, which shows Syslog events
logged for the selected device during the time period displayed at the bottom of the report.
Note:In order for entries to be added to this report, the Syslog listener must be enabled, and
a Syslog passive monitor must be added to a device. For more information, see Enabling the
Syslog Listener (on page 875).

Date. The date and time the Syslog entry was received by WhatsUp Gold.

Syslog Type. The type of message.

Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came
from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed within a packet or other transmission unit.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Device. Click browse (...) to select a device.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Payload column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Windows Event Log
This dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the Windows Event Log for a
specific device. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard displays system-wide Windows
events. For more information, this dashboard report is linked to the Windows Event Log,
which shows Windows events logged during the time period displayed at the bottom of the
report.
Note: In order for entries to be added to this report, the Windows Event Log listener must be
enabled. For more information on the Windows Event Log listener, see Enabling the Windows
Event Log Listener (on page 874).

Date. The date and time the event was received by WhatsUp Gold.

WinEvent Type. The type of Windows Event.
505
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came
from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed with the event message.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report.

Device. Click browse (...) to select a device.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Payload column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Problem Areas Specific Device: Web Alarms
This dashboard report shows a snapshot of the most recent web alarms fired on a particular
device.
The following fields appear in this dashboard report:

Date. The date the alarm was fired. Click a date to bring up the Web Alarms Report.

Message. The message produced by the web alarm.

Trigger. This is the state that caused the web alarm to trigger. Click a trigger to bring
up the State Change Timeline.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the report.

Device. Browse for the device to display web alarms for.

Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in
the dashboard report.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.

Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
506
Remote/Central reports
In This Chapter
Remote/Central dashboard reports ...........................................................508
Remote Reports: Remote Group List .........................................................508
Remote Reports: Remote Sites ....................................................................509
Remote Reports: Remote Sites Overview ................................................510
Remote Reports: Tail of Remote Site Log dashboard report ............511
Remote Reports: Active Monitor States....................................................512
Remote Reports: Device Status ...................................................................512
Remote Reports: Monitor Status .................................................................513
Remote Reports: Summary Counts ............................................................513
Remote Reports: Tail of Action Activity Log dashboard report .......514
Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Response Time .......................................515
Remote Report: Top 10 Ping Response Time over 1ms ......................516
Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Packet Loss...............................................517
Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping by Packet Loss over 50% .....................518
Remote Reports: Top 10 CPU by Utilization............................................519
Remote Reports: Top 10 CPU by Utilization over 80% dashboard report 520
Remote Reports: Top 10 Memory by Utilization dashboard report521
Remote Reports: Top 10 Memory by Utilization over 80% dashboard report
522
Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Utilization dashboard report .............523
Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Utilization over 80% dashboard report524
Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Free Space dashboard report ............525
Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Free Space Over 1024 MB dashboard report
526
Remote Reports: Top 10 Interface Utilization dashboard report ....527
Remote Reports: Top 10 Interface Utilization Over 80% dashboard report
528
Remote Reports: Top 10 Interface Traffic Utilization Over 80% dashboard report
529
Remote Reports: Top 10 Interface with Traffic Over 50 Kbps dashboard report 530
Remote Reports: Top 10 Custom Performance Monitor dashboard report
531
Remote Reports: Top 10 Custom Performance Monitor with Threshold dashboard report
507
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
.................................................................................................................................532
Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Availability dashboard report ...........533
Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Availability Over 50% ...........................534
Remote/Central dashboard reports
Remote/Central
dashboard reports
Type
Description
(Only available in
distributed editions)
Summary Counts
(Remote)
Home Provides a summary for a remote site by the total number of its
monitored devices, up devices, down devices, devices with down
active monitors, devices in maintenance, active monitors, down
active monitors, up interfaces, down interfaces, actions fired in the
last four hours.
Active Monitor States
(Remote)
Home Displays Active Monitor states for a remote site at the time of the
last refresh.
Tail of Action Activity Log
(Remote)
Home Provides the tail (last 10 records) of the Action Log for a device
group on a remote site.
Device Status (Remote)
Home Displays a status summary for devices on a remote site at the time
of the last refresh.
Monitor Status (Remote)
Home Displays a status summary for monitors on a remote site at the
time of the last refresh.
Remote Site List
Home Lists all sites configured for use in WhatsUp Gold Remote and
Central Site Editions.
Tail of Remote Site Log
Home Provides the tail (last 10 records) of the Remote Site Log.
Remote Site Overview
Home Displays an overview of information on a remote site configured
for use in your
WhatsUp Gold Distribute Solution.
Group List (Remote)
Home Lists all subgroups in a remote site's My Network Group and their
status at the time of the last refresh.
Remote Reports: Remote Group List
This remote reports dashboard report lists all groups configured in a remote server's
WhatsUp Gold My Network group and their status at the last refresh time. For more
information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
508
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
The report displays the following information:

Remote server. The remote server selected for the report.

Last run.

Group name. The name of the remote server's My Network group.

Display name. The names of all subgroups configured on the selected remote server.

Status. The status of the groups at the time of the last run.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.
3
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Remote Sites
This Remote Report dashboard report lists all sites configured for use with WhatsUp Gold
Remote and Central Site Editions. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central
dashboard reports (on page 589).
This report displays the following information:

Display Name. The Remote Site's display name.

Local device. The device associated with the Remote Site. This device is often the
computer that is running the WhatsUp software to monitor a Remote Site.

Last connect time. The last time WhatsUp Gold connected to the Remote Site.

Last refresh time. The last time data gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.
3

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Column 3 width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the Last connect time column.

Column 4 width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the Last refresh time column.
Click OK to save changes.
509
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Remote Reports: Remote Sites Overview
This remote reports dashboard report displays an overview of information on a Remote Site
configured for use in your WhatsUp Gold Distributed Solution. For more information, see
Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports (on page 589).
The name of the Remote Site is displayed in the upper-left side of the report. The Last
snapshot is the time information gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed to display in
this dashboard report.
The dashboard report displays the following information about the Remote Site:

Http address. The Http address specified for the site at Configure > Program
Options > Central Site Configuration.

Last connect time. The last time WhatsUp Gold connected to the Remote Site.

Last refresh time. The last time data gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed to
display updated data.

# of devices. The number of devices on the Remote Site.

# of monitors. The number of monitors configured for the devices on the Remote
Site.

# of queries. The number of queries running on the Remote Site.

Display name. The Remote Site device's display name.

Device type. The Remote Site device's type.

Host name. The Remote Site device's host name.

Address. The Remote Site device's address.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The
Configure Report dialog appears.
2
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title
bar of the dashboard report's pane.
510
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Local device. Allows users, with rights, the ability to select a local device to
associate the Remote Site with. Click the browse (...) button to select a device. This
device is often the computer that is running the WhatsUp software on a Remote
Site. Associating a local device allows you to view the device status from the
Remote Site, keeping you informed about the connection status with the Remote
Site. It also provides easy access to the Network Tools for the local device you
selected.
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Tail of Remote Site Log dashboard report
This home-level Remote Reports dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the
Remote Site Log. The report displays information for both a WhatsUp Gold Client and a
Server, depending on which version of WhatsUp Gold you are running. For more information,
see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Date. The date the error took place.

Type. The type of the error message received.

Message. The error message received.

Remote Site. The Remote Site on which the failed connection took place.
Note: The Remote site column is only displayed when you are running the Server Distributed
version of WhatsUp Gold.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.
511
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
3

Column 1 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Active Monitor States
This remote report dashboard report lists all Active Monitors assigned to devices on the
selected Remote Site. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard
reports.
The table included in the dashboard report lists each device by display name, and the state of
all Active Monitors assigned to each device.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Remote active monitor type. Select a remote active monitor type for the report. The
default is All active monitor types.
Internal monitor state. Select an internal monitor state (All states, Up, Maintenance,
Down, Unknown) for the report.
Click OK to save changes.

3
Remote Reports: Device Status
This remote dashboard report provides a status summary of all monitored devices on a
Remote Site according to the last refresh time. For more information, see Using the
Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Display name. The display name for the monitored device.

Devices up. The number of monitored devices on the Remote Site in the Up state at
the last connect time.

Devices down. The number of monitored devices on the Remote Site in the Down
state at the last connect time.
512
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

In maintenance. The number of monitored devices on the Remote Site in the
maintenance at the last connect time.

Last refresh time. The last time data gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed to
display updated data.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

3
Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Monitor Status
This remote dashboard report provides a status summary of all monitors configured for the
monitored devices on a Remote Site according to the last refresh time. For more information,
see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Display name. The monitored device's display name.

Monitors up. The total number of monitors on the Remote Site in the Up state at the
last connect time.

Monitors down. The total number of monitors on the Remote Site in the Down state
at the last connect time.

Last refresh time. The last time data gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed to
display updated data.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

3
Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Summary Counts
This remote reports dashboard report provides a summary for a Remote Site by the total
number of:

Monitored devices

Up devices

Down devices

Devices with down Active Monitors
513
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Devices in Maintenance

Active Monitors

Down Active Monitors

Up interfaces

Down interfaces

Actions fired in the last 4 hours
For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains these pieces of information:

Count. The total number of that specific type of passive monitor on the network.

Total number of. The device status types.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.
3
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Tail of Action Activity Log dashboard report
This remote reports dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) of the Action Log for a
device group on a Remote Site. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard grants visual
access to the success rate of actions fired for a particular device group on a Remote Site.
Crucial devices can be monitored easily, and problems can be dealt with swiftly. For more
information, the dashboard report is linked to the full Action Log, which shows all of the
actions that WhatsUp Gold has attempted to fire on the group, based on the configuration of
the action. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
The dashboard report displays the following information about the Remote Site:

Date. The date the action was fired. Click on a date to bring up the Action Log.

Source. The source of the action. Click on a source to bring up the Device Status
report.

Action Name. The name of the Action.

Trigger. The trigger for the action. Either Up or Down. Click on a trigger to open the
State Change Timeline.
514
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.

Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at
Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the hostname report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
 Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Response Time
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group from a Remote Site,
based on their ping response times. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you
to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current ping response times by glancing at each
device's Max and Avg columns. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central
dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Avg (ms). The average response time in milliseconds.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
515
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
2
Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.
3

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Report: Top 10 Ping Response Time over 1ms
This home-level dashboard report displays ping response times by threshold for devices in a
specific device group on a Remote Site. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows
you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current ping response times by glancing at
devices with ping response times over 1ms. For more information, see Using the
Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Max (ms). The maximum response time in milliseconds.

Avg (ms). The average response time in milliseconds.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
516
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
(under, equals, over) from the drop down menu.
Note: Though the default threshold is 1ms, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you
should change the report title accordingly.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
3 Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Packet Loss
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site,
based on their ping packet loss percentages at the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a
dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices by glancing at the colors associated
with each packet loss percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Sent. The number of packets sent.

Lost. The number of packets lost.

% Loss. The percentage of sent packets that have been lost.
Note: All of the data displayed in this dashboard report is based on the latest poll.
517
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.
3

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping by Packet Loss over 50%
This home-level dashboard report displays packet loss information and percentages for
devices in a specific group from a Remote Site based on the latest poll. Placing this dashboard
report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their ping packet loss by
glancing at each device's ping packet loss over 50%. For more information, see Using the
Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.

Interface. The network interface.

Sent. The number of packets sent from the device.

Lost. The total number of packets lost from the device

% Lost. The percentage of sent packets that have been lost.
Note: All of the data displayed in this dashboard report is based on the latest poll.
518
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report displays the top
values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the
category are included in the 'Others' category, and display when Include 'Others' is
selected.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
(under, equals, over) from the list.
Note: Though the default threshold is 50%, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you
should change the report title accordingly.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels).
3 Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 CPU by Utilization
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group from a Remote Site
based on their current CPU utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a
dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current CPU load by glancing
at the colors associated with each percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains these pieces of information.

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.
519
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

CPU. The device's CPU description.

CPU Load. The percentage of CPU currently in use.
For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 CPU by Utilization over 80% dashboard
report
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site,
based on their current CPU utilization percentage thresholds. Placing this dashboard report
in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current CPU load by
glancing at at each device's current CPU utilization over 80%. For more information, see Using
the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.

Description. The device description.

CPU Load. The percentage of the CPU currently in use.
520
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
(under, equals, over) from the drop down menu.
Note: Though the default threshold is 80%, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you
should change the report title accordingly.

3
Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 Memory by Utilization dashboard report
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in group on a Remote Site, based
on their memory utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows
you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current memory load by glancing at the colors
associated with each percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.
521
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Memory. The memory type. For example, Physical Memory or Virtual Memory.

Percent Used. The percentage of utilized memory.
For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.
3

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report displays the top
values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the
category are included in the 'Others' category, and display when Include 'Others' is
selected.

Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 Memory by Utilization over 80% dashboard
report
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site,
based on their memory utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard
allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current memory capacity by glancing at
each device's current memory utilization over 80%. For more information, see Using the
Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.

Memory. The memory type. For example, Physical Memory or Virtual Memory.

Percent Used. The percentage of utilized memory.
522
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
(under, equals, over) from the list.
Note: Though the default threshold is 80%, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you
should change the report title accordingly.

3
Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Utilization dashboard report
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of
utilized disk space on a Remote Site. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you
to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current disk load by glancing at the colors associated
with each percentage level:

Red. Above 90%

Yellow. Between 80% and 90%

Green. 80% or less
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.
523
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Disk. The device's drive description.

Percent Full. The percentage of the disk currently utilized.
For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.
 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
3 Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Utilization over 80% dashboard report
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site,
based on their percentage of disk utilization. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard
allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their disk utilization by glancing at each
device's current disk utilization over 80%. For more information, see Using the
Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.

Disk. The device's drive description.

Percent Full. The amount of utilized disk space on that device.
524
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.
Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure
> Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every
device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups.

Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within
the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the
top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in
the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include
'Others' is selected.

Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol
(under, equals, over) from the drop down menu.
Note: Though the default threshold is 80%, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you
should change the report title accordingly.

3
Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels.
Click OK to save changes.
Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Free Space dashboard report
This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site,
based on their percentage of available free space on the Remote Site. Placing this dashboard
report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current level of disk
free space by glancing at the current disk percentage level for each device. For more
information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports.
Each entry in the report contains the following information:

Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured.

Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the
Remote Site.

Device. The network device.

Disk. The device's drive description.
525
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide

Size. The size of the disk in GB.

Free space. The amount of free space on the disk in GB.
To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold:
1
In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure
Report dialog appears.
2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields.

Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar
of the dashboard report pane.

Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list.

Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at
Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration.

Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select E